<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/microsoft-windows/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sun, 28 Apr 2024 07:08:04 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/blue-iris-quick-start-guides-2024/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/blue-iris-quick-start-guides-2024/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 28 Apr 2024 07:07:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Amcrest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVTECH]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Blue Iris]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Blue Iris Quick Start Guides]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bosch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GANZ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NAS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swann]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wansview]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WebCam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=13671</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024, Video Management Software Use up to 64 cameras (webcams, network IP cams, analog cards, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/blue-iris-quick-start-guides-2024/#more-13671" aria-label="Read more about Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024, Video Management Software Use up to 64 cameras (webcams, network IP cams, analog cards, or your Windows PC desktop). Capture JPEG snapshots or movies in standard MP4, AVI, advanced DVR, or Windows Media file formats.</p>
<p>editor&#8217;s note: The application supports many brands and models. The main models are included in the article. We explained our guide through the Amcrest system.</p>
<h2>Blue Iris User Manual</h2>
<p>To download a full user manual for <a href="https://blueirissoftware.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">Blue Iris 5</a>, click on the link provided below.</p>
<p><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1eutb9uNGcCH-zLjUgeLTBLhtpjJeQ4-9/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Blue Iris 5 User Manual</a></p>
<h2>How To Upgrade Blue Iris Demo Software With An Amcrest License Without Losing Settings</h2>
<p>If you are currently using a demo version of the Amcrest Blue Iris software upgrading your account will not reset your settings. All settings will be retained on the software after the upgrade is complete. For more information on how to upgrade your demo version of Blue Iris to paid version, please follow the steps provided below.</p>
<p>Step 1: Open your Blue Iris software and click on the Settings option ( <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-3.png" alt="mceclip0 3" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 34"></a> ) in the upper left corner of the interface and click on Settings/info.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/step1-605w.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/step1-605w.png" alt="step1 605w" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 35"></a></p>
<p>Step 2: In the About tab, click on the Register now option.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip1-516w497h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip1-516w497h.png" alt="mceclip1 516w497h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 36"></a></p>
<p>Step 3: In the Activation screen, click Next</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip2-1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip2-1.png" alt="mceclip2 1" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 37"></a></p>
<p>Step 4: Enter the Amcrest license number or key you have purchased into the activation box. Click Next to continue.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/step4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/step4.png" alt="step4" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 38"></a></p>
<p>Step 5: Click Finish once the code has been activated.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 39"></a></p>
<p>Step 5: The new license key has now been applied to your Blue Iris software. The information can be viewed in the License Key section of the menu. Click OK to continue.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip6-605w509h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip6-605w509h.png" alt="mceclip6 605w509h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 40"></a></p>
<p>The &#8220;Evaluation Copy&#8221; overlay will be removed from the live view screen and your previous settings will be accessible throughout the software.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip7.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip7.png" alt="mceclip7" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 41"></a></p>
<h1>Blue Iris 5 Compatibility</h1>
<p>To install the Blue Iris 5 software onto your computer, go to the Blue Iris website and <a href="http://blueirissoftware.com/#download" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">download the installation file </a>.</p>
<p>Minimum Requirements</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Pentium dual-core or equivalent 2GHz processor or better</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 2GB or more system RAM</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Microsoft Windows 7 or newer OS (equivalent server OS as well)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• One or more USB or Network IP cameras, or an analog capture card with DirectShow drivers</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>Recommendations When Using Many and/or HD Cameras</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Intel core i7 with QuickSync for hardware decoding</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 8GB or more RAM</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Microsoft Windows 10 64 bit</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• nVIDIA graphics adaptor for efficient screen display</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 7200+ RPM drives and/or SSD drive</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>Compatible with the Following Brands:</p>
<p>Amcrest, 4XEM, ACTT, Airlink101, AIRLive, Allnet, Apexis, Arecont, Astak, AVTech, Avlosys, Axis, Bosch, Canon, Cisco, Coolcam, Dericam, Di4-Lan, DLink, EasyN, Edimax, Evocam, Foscam, Gadspot, Ganz, Gandstream, Hawking, HIKVision, HooToo, Intellinet, JVC, Linksys, Logitech, Lorex, Microseven, Mobotix, Panasonic, Pelco, Planet, Sanyo, Sharx, Siemens, Sony, Stardot, Swann, Toshiba, Tenvis, TO-LINK, Trendnet, Vivotel, Wansview, Y-Cam, Zavio, Zonet and many more.</p>
<p>For more information on how to install the Blue Iris 5 software, click <a href="https://support.amcrest.com/hc/en-us/articles/360019768731-How-To-Install-Blue-Iris-5" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here</a>.</p>
<h1>Blue Iris UI3 update Issue</h1>
<p>If you are attempting to update to a new version of the Blue Iris software and receive an error such as:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-4.png" alt="mceclip0 4" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 42"></a></p>
<p>this is not a result of a bug or issue with the software itself but is a result of an update made to Visual Studio C++ compiler which is the software used to build Blue Iris. To resolve the issue, a simple reinstall of the software will fix the problem, however, if you wish to resolve the issue without reinstalling the software, please refer to the information below.</p>
<p>A resolution will be based on the which version of Windows you are running. For instance, if you are operating on a 64-bit version of Windows you will need to search and run the VCREDIST_X64.exe to resolve the issue. If you have a 32 bit system you will run the VCREDIST_X32.exe.</p>
<p>If this file is not found on your computer you may run it from the following URL <a href="http://blueirissoftware.com/VCREDIST_X64.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">blueirissoftware.com/VCREDIST_X64.exe</a> (or VCREDIST_X32.exe for 32 bit).</p>
<p>Step 1: Load the VCREDIST .exe file and click Run</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/fw-383w283h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/fw-383w283h.png" alt="fw 383w283h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 43"></a></p>
<p>Step 2: Click on Install.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/dwq.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/dwq.png" alt="dwq" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 44"></a></p>
<p>Step 3: A restart of your computer will be required to complete the install. Click on Restart to restart your computer.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/ve.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/ve.png" alt="ve" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 45"></a></p>
<p>After your computer has finished restarting please load the Blue Iris software and run the update as normal. If this does not fix the issue a full re-install of the software may be required. To re-install the Blue Iris software on your computer, access the Control Panel and click on &#8220;Uninstall a program&#8221;.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/sd-605w.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/sd-605w.png" alt="sd 605w" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 46"></a></p>
<p>Locate the Blue Iris Software from the Programs and Features list and click Uninstall. Select &#8220;Yes&#8221; to remove Blue Iris from your computer. For more information on how to install Blue Iris on your computer click</p>
<p>Note: It is recommended to not delete any registry entries or license activations during this process.</p>
<p>Click Finish, to restart your computer and complete the uninstall.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/dw-557w419h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/dw-557w419h.png" alt="dw 557w419h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 47"></a></p>
<p>For more information on how to install the Blue Iris software on your computer, click <a href="https://support.amcrest.com/hc/en-us/articles/360033981652-How-To-Install-Blue-Iris-5" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here.</a></p>
<h1>Blue Iris Not Automatically Starting up After a Crash?</h1>
<p>If your Blue Iris software crashes or becomes unresponsive and the software does not restart automatically with its last settings displayed then the software may need to be ran as a Windows service. By default, Blue Iris 5 is not set to run as a Windows service so therefore would have to be implemented manually. For more information on how to set Blue Iris as a Windows service, refer to the information provided below.</p>
<p>Step 1: Open Blue Iris 5 and click on the settings menu located in the upper left corner of the screen.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Screenshot__56_-567w413h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Screenshot__56_-567w413h.png" alt="Screenshot 56 567w413h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 48"></a></p>
<p>Step 2: In the Settings menu, click on the Startup tab.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Blue_Iris-567w549h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Blue_Iris-567w549h.png" alt="Blue Iris 567w549h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 49"></a></p>
<p>Inside the Startup tab, make sure the &#8220;Use last window position&#8221; option is selected in the Window field then click on the &#8220;Run as a Windows service (no UI, run again for console)&#8221; checkbox. This will enable your software to run as a Windows service. Click OK to continue.</p>
<p>Step 3: The service will install automatically. Click OK to reboot or restart the Blue Iris software.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Click_Ok-567w496h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Click_Ok-567w496h.png" alt="Click Ok 567w496h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 50"></a></p>
<p>The software is now running as a Windows service which allows the software to reboot with last settings in tact after a crash or service interruption.</p>
<h1>How to Add a Camera Into Blue Iris</h1>
<p>The camera and the computer you are using must be on the same network during setup. Please make sure you are running the most current version of Blue Iris during setup. The latest version of Blue Iris can be downloaded <a href="https://blueirissoftware.com/#download" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here.</a></p>
<p>There are 2 ways to add a camera into Blue Iris. You can right click on the main menu, or click on the settings menu ( <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 51"></a> )in the top-left corner of the interface.</p>
<p>Adding a Camera</p>
<p>To begin, right-click on the main interface or click on the settings menu (<a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip3-1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip3-1.png" alt="mceclip3 1" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 52"></a>) to access the &#8220;New camera&#8221; menu.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/img2-605w.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/img2-605w.png" alt="img2 605w" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 53"></a></p>
<p>In the new camera menu, give your camera a name, a short name (for URLs and filenames), choose a type, which in this case will be a Network IP, and enable any options such as, enabling audio, motion detection, etc. Click OK to continue.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/img1-476w479h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/img1-476w479h.png" alt="img1 476w479h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 54"></a></p>
<p>This will open two windows. The top window will be Network IP Camera Configuration. Enter the address of your camera (IP Domain or DDNS as well as RTSP address) and click on the Find/Inspect… button on the right to confirm. Enter the username and password, select the make as Amcrest, select the model of your device (ProHD and HDseries cameras as “ProHD 1080p RTSP/HTTP”), and specify the RTSP and ONVIF ports.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip1-567w398h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip1-567w398h.png" alt="mceclip1 567w398h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 55"></a></p>
<p>Note: If you choose the other option profile, &#8220;ProHD/IP2/3/4/4M Mainstream RTSP&#8221; features such as PTZ or other related features may not be accessible. Please use ProHD 1080P RTSP/HTTP in the Model field.</p>
<p>After filling in the information required, click OK. The second window will appear titled New Camera. Here you can make many adjustments to the way you want Blue Iris to configure your camera.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip2-454w480h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip2-454w480h.png" alt="mceclip2 454w480h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 56"></a></p>
<p>The page is defaulted to the Video tab. The options available for adjustment are Image Format and Frame Rate, PTZ Controls, Recording through Blue Iris, Alerts through Blue Iris, and other features. Once you have finished adjusting any necessary settings, click on OK to add the camera. The live view screen of your camera will show in the interface.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip4-605w.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip4-605w.png" alt="mceclip4 605w" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 57"></a></p>
<h1>How to Renew a Key in Blue Iris 5</h1>
<p>Any expired keys in the Blue Iris 5 software will cause the software not to work with any connected cameras and may cause them to be inaccessible. Keys in the Blue Iris software provide up to one year of service from the initial start date of your license and will need to be renewed before they expire.</p>
<p>Note: Please ensure you are using the most up to date version of Blue Iris. To download the most up to date version of Blue Iris, click <a href="https://blueirissoftware.com/#download" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here.</a></p>
<p>For more information on how to renew your Blue Iris key, please refer to the steps provided below.</p>
<p>Step 1: Click on the settings menu ( <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-5.png" alt="mceclip0 5" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 58"></a> ) located in the top-left corner of the interface and select &#8220;Settings&#8221;.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/ds.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/ds.png" alt="ds" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 59"></a></p>
<p>Step 2: In the bottom left corner of the Blue Iris Settings menu, click on the Upgrade/renew button to renew the key for your license.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/ime2-567w457h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/ime2-567w457h.png" alt="ime2 567w457h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 60"></a></p>
<p>Note: The new expiration date will be displayed in the menu and will be good for one year of the initial start date.</p>
<p>When you have purchased or renewed your account you will receive a new code in your email. Once the new key provided is entered into the Activation menu, press the &#8220;OK&#8221; button.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-6.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip0-6.png" alt="mceclip0 6" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 61"></a></p>
<h1>How To Install Blue Iris 5</h1>
<p>To install the Blue Iris 5 software onto your computer, go to the Blue Iris website and <a href="http://blueirissoftware.com/#download" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">download the installation file </a>.</p>
<p>Minimum Requirements</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Pentium dual-core or equivalent 2GHz processor or better</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 2GB or more system RAM</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Microsoft Windows 7 or newer OS (equivalent server OS as well)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• One or more USB or Network IP cameras, or an analog capture card with DirectShow drivers</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>Recommendations When Using Many and/or HD Cameras</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Intel core i7 with QuickSync for hardware decoding</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 8GB or more RAM</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Microsoft Windows 10 64 bit</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• nVIDIA graphics adaptor for efficient screen display</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 7200+ RPM drives and/or SSD drive</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>Compatible with the Following Brands:</p>
<p>Amcrest, 4XEM, ACTT, Airlink101, AIRLive, Allnet, Apexis, Arecont, Astak, AVTech, Avlosys, Axis, Bosch, Canon, Cisco, Coolcam, Dericam, Di4-Lan, DLink, EasyN, Edimax, Evocam, Foscam, Gadspot, Ganz, Gandstream, Hawking, HIKVision, HooToo, Intellinet, JVC, Linksys, Logitech, Lorex, Microseven, Mobotix, Panasonic, Pelco, Planet, Sanyo, Sharx, Siemens, Sony, Stardot, Swann, Toshiba, Tenvis, TO-LINK, Trendnet, Vivotel, Wansview, Y-Cam, Zavio, Zonet and many more.</p>
<p>Follow the on screen instructions to install the software. You can use the demo version or purchase a license. There is are options for a fill license (up to 64 cameras) for $69.95 or a Lite license for a single camera for $34.95.</p>
<p>Note:  Any Blue Iris keys that have expired support have to be renewed or upgraded for it to work in Blue Iris version 5. Additionally, if you are upgrading from version 4, please allow access and remove version 4 from your system. Please say NO to deleting any of your settings. Settings are automatically backed up to C:\Program Files\Blue Iris5\backup_upgrade_50.reg. Click OK to continue.</p>
<p>Now that you have your software installed, it’s time to start adding your cameras. Ensure that you have already installed your cameras and they are working correctly in a web browser. For more information on how to access your camera in a web browser (web UI), click <a href="https://support.amcrest.com/hc/en-us/articles/360026991692-How-To-Access-Your-Web-UI" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here</a></p>
<p>If you have any PTZ cameras, go ahead and set the presets, if any, now through the web interface before adding them to Blue Iris. The Blue Iris interface is shown below:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip1-326h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/mceclip1-326h.png" alt="mceclip1 326h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 62"></a></p>
<p>For more information about adding a camera into the Blue Iris software click <a href="https://support.amcrest.com/hc/en-us/articles/360001127791-How-To-Connect-Your-Camera-To-Blue-Iris" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here</a></p>
<h1>How to Enable Two Way Audio Using Blue Iris</h1>
<p>If your camera supports two-way audio and you are using it in Blue Iris, two-way audio can be configured directly in the software. Please make sure a compatible microphone is set up and configured on your computer before enabling it in Blue Iris. For more information on how to enable two-way audio using Blue Iris please refer to the information provided below.</p>
<p>Step 1: Log into Blue Iris and access the device.</p>
<p>Step 2: Click on the Blue Iris software settings icon.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image1-1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image1-1.png" alt="image1 1" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 63"></a></p>
<p>Step 3: Click on the Audio tab and enable the Enable audio capture hardware option.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image2-567w549h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image2-567w549h.png" alt="image2 567w549h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 64"></a></p>
<p>Note: Make sure the proper microphone is selected in the Device dropdown menu.  Use the Gain slider to adjust and test the microphone audio.</p>
<p>Step 4: Select the proper output device for your computer in the Output (Device) dropdown menu and click OK.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image3-567w544h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image3-567w544h.png" alt="image3 567w544h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 65"></a></p>
<p>Step 5: On the main interface click the speaker option to hear the audio from the device. Then click and hold the microphone icon and speak into the microphone.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image4-380w107h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image4-380w107h.png" alt="image4 380w107h" title="Blue Iris Quick Start Guides 2024 66"></a></p>
<p>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/blue-iris-quick-start-guides-2024/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Configure Pharos Device</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 12:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=10098</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Configure Pharos Device, TP-Link’s free Pharos Control Software allows users to easily manage unlimited Pharos products for complete, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How to Configure Pharos Device" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/#more-10098" aria-label="Read more about How to Configure Pharos Device">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="a">
<div class="w1200">
<div class="desc">
<div class="info">
<p>How to Configure Pharos Device, TP-Link’s free Pharos Control Software allows users to easily manage unlimited Pharos products for complete, unhindered network scalability. Batch management helps simultaneously configure and manage multiple devices, giving administrators an efficient, cost-effective and centralized management platform for an optimized network.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="b">
<div class="w1200">
<div class="desc"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">  </span><strong style="font-size: inherit;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Definition</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">In AP mode, the device acts as a central hub and provides wireless access point for wireless clients.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Take CPE as an example.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Access web management page of CPE</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Please follow </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/faq-710.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">this link</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> to access the web interface of CPE.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:CPE210 is a 2.4GHz device which can only broadcast 2.4GHz wireless network;CPE510 is a 5GHz device which can only broadcast 5GHz wireless network.Here we take CPE510 as example in this article.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Run Quick Setup</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 1:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Quick Setup-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Choose “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Access Point</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">” </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&#8211;</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="553" height="382" class="wp-image-10099 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image002" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 115" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108.jpeg 553w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108-300x207.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 2:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">The default IP Address of CPE is 192.168.0.254,we can change it to other IP addresses to fit in the main router’s network.</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">For example</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">,if the main modem/router’s IP Address is 192.168.1.1,we can set up the CPE510 as 192.168.1.* (*=2~254)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 .</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">It is also fine to leave it as the default value if you are not sure about the main router’s IP address,then click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img decoding="async" width="547" height="163" class="wp-image-10100 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image004" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 116" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1.jpeg 547w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1-300x89.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 3:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Customize your </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">wireless name (SSID)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">password</span></strong></p>
<table style="margin-left: 5.4pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 14.839506172839506cm;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">SSID: (Rename Your Wireless Name)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Security: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">PSK Password: (Create a Private Password)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"><img decoding="async" width="540" height="321" class="wp-image-10101 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image006" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 117" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1.jpeg 540w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 4:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">, and wait for the settings to take effect, it takes about 1 minute.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="359" class="wp-image-10102 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image008" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 118" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1.jpeg 531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1-300x203.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="400" class="wp-image-10103 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image010" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 119" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112.jpeg 531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Relocate the CPE</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">You may now unplug the computer from the LAN port of the PoE adapter,and connect the wired network(internet modem/router) into the LAN port.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Final Computer Setup Reversion(For Windows OS)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">We need change the IP settings back on the computer after the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Please find </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Local Area Connection</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">/</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Ethernet</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> on the computer, if you cannot remember the procedure, please refer to the FAQ again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/faq-710.html" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">How to login to the Pharos’ web management page?</span></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>How to Configure Pharos Device</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/">TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Properties</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">→</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/IP)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">→ Select “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Obtainan IP address automatically</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">” and “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Obtain DNS server address automatically</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> to exit</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> again to apply the settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="390" class="wp-image-10104 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image012" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 120" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113.jpeg 351w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113-270x300.jpeg 270w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Final Computer Setup Reversion (For Mac OS X)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Apple-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">System Preferences-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Network-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Highlight </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Ethernet &#8211;</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;Configure IPv4: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Using DHCP</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Apply.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="261" class="wp-image-10105 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image014" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 121" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114.jpeg 571w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114-300x137.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Get to know more details of each function and configuration please go to</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/download-center.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">Download Center</span></a><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to download the manual of your product.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">This guide introduces how to build a wireless network using the CPE/WBS products:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1. Check the System Requirements</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2. Log In to the Device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3. Set Up the Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The following parts detailedly introduces these steps.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">1</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Check the System Requirements</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Operating System:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Linux, or Mac OS X.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Web Browser</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Google Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Apple Safari. IE browsers are not recommended.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">2</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Log In to the Device</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Before configuring the device, you need to access the PharOS configuration interface. Follow the steps below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Connect your PC to the device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)Set the IP address of your PC as static IP address on 192.168.0.X subnet (X ranges from 2 to 253, e.g.192.168.0.10)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-1Specifying the IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="526" class="wp-image-10106 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/win7%E6%9B%B4%E6%94%B9IP%E5%9C%B0%E5%9D%80%E6%88%AA%E5%9B%BE.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 122" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26.png 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26-300x290.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)Launch a web browser on and enter </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">the management IP address of the device (192.168.0.254 by default)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> in the address bar to load the login page of the PharOS configuration interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-2Entering the Management IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Use </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">admin</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> for both of </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. Select the appropriate language from the Language drop-down list. </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Read and agree the terms of use, then click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Login</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-3Loging In</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="379" class="wp-image-10107 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/%E7%99%BB%E9%99%86%E9%A1%B5%E9%9D%A2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 123" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.png 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Create a new username and password for network security. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to log in to the PharOS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-4Creating a New Account</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="261" class="wp-image-10108 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/%E9%A6%96%E6%AC%A1%E7%99%BB%E9%99%86%E4%BF%AE%E6%94%B9%E7%94%A8%E6%88%B7%E5%90%8D%E5%AF%86%E7%A0%81.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 124" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.png 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28-300x111.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">3</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Set Up the Wireless Network</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">You can use the Quick Setup wizard to quickly configure your device step by step. Choose the suitable operation mode according to your network environment and follow the step-by-step instructions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.1</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Access Point</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Access Point mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Access Point</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-1Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="662" class="wp-image-10109 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 125" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1-300x218.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1-768x559.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-2Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="568" class="wp-image-10110 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 126" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-300x187.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-768x480.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">It is recommended to specify </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> as </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for the network security. You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-3Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="588" class="wp-image-10111 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 127" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1-768x496.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-4Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="598" class="wp-image-10112 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 128" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-300x197.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-768x505.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.2</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Client</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Client mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Client</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-5Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="669" class="wp-image-10113 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 129" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-768x565.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-6Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="589" class="wp-image-10114 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 130" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1-768x497.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-7Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="601" class="wp-image-10115 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 131" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-8Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="424" class="wp-image-10116 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 132" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-300x140.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-768x358.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-9Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="594" class="wp-image-10117 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 133" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1-300x196.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1-768x501.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-10Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="587" class="wp-image-10118 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client5.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 134" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38-768x495.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.3</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Repeater (Range Extender)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Repeater (Range Extender) mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Repeater</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-11Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="673" class="wp-image-10119 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_repeater1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 135" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2-300x222.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2-768x568.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-12Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="579" class="wp-image-10120 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 136" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1-300x191.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1-768x489.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-13Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="595" class="wp-image-10121 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 137" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1-300x196.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1-768x502.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-14Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="426" class="wp-image-10122 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client31.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 138" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1-300x140.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1-768x360.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-15Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10123 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 139" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-16Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="603" class="wp-image-10124 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_repeater2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 140" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.4</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Bridge</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Bridge mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Bridge</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-17Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="677" class="wp-image-10125 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 141" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2-300x223.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2-768x571.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-18Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="573" class="wp-image-10126 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point23.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 142" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1-300x189.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1-768x484.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-19Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-10127 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 143" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2-768x522.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-20Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="418" class="wp-image-10128 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client32.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 144" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1-300x138.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1-768x353.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that the </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-21Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10129 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 145" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-22Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="612" class="wp-image-10130 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 146" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-23Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="607" class="wp-image-10131 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 147" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51-768x512.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">8)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.5</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">AP Router</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Router mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">AP Router</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-24Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="669" class="wp-image-10132 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 148" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52-768x565.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Connection Type</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the connection type according to your need and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-25Specifying the WAN Connection Type</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10133 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 149" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The device supports three types of the WAN connection, including </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. You can contact with your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»PPPoE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-26Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-10134 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 150" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54-768x511.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Dynamic IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Static IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-27Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10135 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 151" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">It is recommended to specify </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> as </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for the network security. You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-28Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="613" class="wp-image-10136 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router5.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 152" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-29Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="603" class="wp-image-10137 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router6.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 153" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.6</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">AP Client Router (WISP Client)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Client Router (WISP Client) mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">AP Client Router (WISP Client)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-30Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="671" class="wp-image-10138 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_client_router1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 154" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1-768x566.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Connection Type</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, choose the connection type according to your need and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-31Specifying the WAN Connecting Type</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="592" class="wp-image-10139 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 155" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1-300x195.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1-768x500.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The device supports types, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> for the WAN connection. You can contact with your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»PPPoE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-32Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-10140 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 156" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1-768x511.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Dynamic IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Static IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-33Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10141 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 157" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-34Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-10142 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 158" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1-768x522.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-35Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="431" class="wp-image-10143 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client33.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 159" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63-300x142.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63-768x364.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-36Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10144 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 160" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-37Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="612" class="wp-image-10145 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 161" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-38Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10146 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_client_router2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 162" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">8)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 18:30:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[E-Map]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IMS300]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iVMS320]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=6243</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[IMS300 is a professional surveillance system software which support muti-user, multi-window and multi-language , voice talk, EMap, alarm and etc. ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/#more-6243" aria-label="Read more about IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>IMS300 is a professional surveillance system software which support muti-user, multi-window and multi-language , voice talk, EMap, alarm and etc. IM300 is compatible with various access devices. This is a stable, reliable and easy operation system.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; text-indent: 21pt;">IMS300 is software applications for embedded network CCTV monitoring equipment including NVR,IP Camera, IP Dome, PCNVR , decoding device and AV decoding card, it can support real-time preview, remote configuration, recording,playback, alarm, electric map and etc..</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Simple Component Design：Multiple components can be installed in one PC For a highly integrated.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>550 end users System: Add as much as 50 end users, fully meet the various system permissions management solution.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Find back the password with the super user permissions batch function.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Interface container processing mode: Elaborate method of container handling, simplifies the screen and single switch, significantly improved screen operation experience.。</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Channel management mode：Add the channel management mode, adapt the IP monitoring more.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Compatible with custom tools to generate configuration files.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Consider more for UE ：Provide visual image type control panel based on the UE, reverse the USES the required type.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Need only visible display mode:on client component interface elements,joined the need only visible display mode,the calendar,time,the toolbar,the system info,etc,.to join the design pattern.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 49.6pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -28.35pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 14pt;">1.2</span><strong><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Configuration requirement</span></strong><a id="_Toc26488"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt; text-indent: 15.75pt;">Lowest requirement of client to run IMS300 see below table 1-1:</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt; text-indent: 15.75pt;">Table 1-1 lowest configuration</p>
<table style="width: 14.631393298059965cm;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Parameter</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Introduction</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">CPU</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intel Pentium IV 3.0 GHzor more</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">RAM</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">DDR3 1GB</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">HDD</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Available space is more than 10 GB</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Operation System</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Microsoft Windows 7</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">、</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Microsoft Windows 8.1</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">、</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Microsoft Windows 10</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Display Resolution</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Resolution above </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">1024×768, suggest to use resolution of 1280×1024 Hardware support version above DirectX9.0c</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt;">
<p><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.25pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 22pt;">2</span><span style="font-size: 22pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;"><span style="background: #00b0f0; width: 11064; height: 115; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: 22pt;">Progarm</span><span style="font-size: 22pt;"> Install</span></strong><a id="_Toc31692"></a></p>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Below shows detailed installation procedure of <a href="https://store-4k2f863x.mybigcommerce.com/template/datasheets/IMS300_V1_03_005.exe" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">IMS300</a></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">：</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: initial;"> Step one: Double click IMS_300_V1.1.2 Trial.exe to install this program;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: initial;"> Step two: Complete the installation following the guide, click</span><span style="color: initial;">【</span><span style="color: initial;">Next</span><span style="color: initial;">】</span><span style="color: initial;">, see “Figure 2-1”:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="513" height="400" class="wp-image-6244 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image1.png" alt="image1" title="IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL 164" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image1.png 513w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image1-300x234.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 513px) 100vw, 513px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 9pt;">Figure 2-1</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">    <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-mobile-pc-app-full-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-mobile-pc-app-full-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 19:37:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EseeCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EZView]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Full Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=6123</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[EseeCloud Is A Simple, Stylish, User-Friendly And Powerful Mobile Video Surveillance Software. We Are Committed To Continuously Improving Our Video ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-mobile-pc-app-full-guide/#more-6123" aria-label="Read more about EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EseeCloud Is A Simple, Stylish, User-Friendly And Powerful Mobile Video Surveillance Software. We Are Committed To Continuously Improving Our Video Processing Technology And Video Innovation Technology, And Providing Global Security Products, Professional Industry Solutions And Superior Services To Continuously Create Greater Practical Value For Our Customers.</p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.44; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5; text-align: left;"><strong><span style="color: #4632da; font-size: 34pt;">Download</span></strong></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6124 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 280" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6125 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 281" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6126 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 282" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6127 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 283" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6128 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 284" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6129 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 285" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6130 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 286" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6131 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 287" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6132 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 288" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6133 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 289" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6134 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 290" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="512" class="wp-image-6135 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-1.jpeg" alt="EseeCloud APP" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 291" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-1.jpeg 288w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-1-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 288px) 100vw, 288px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #cc3366; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.juanvision.eseecloud30&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener nofollow"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="440" class="wp-image-6136 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/ipproapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Android.png?fit=500%2C440&amp;ssl=1" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 292" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13.png 500w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-300x264.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt; text-align: left;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.juanvision.eseecloud30&amp;hl=en" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 15pt;">Android</span></strong></a></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #cc3366; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/ip-pro-vr-cam-eseecloud/id1032277907" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener nofollow"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="440" class="wp-image-6137 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/ipproapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/ios.png?fit=500%2C440&amp;ssl=1" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 293" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14.png 500w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-300x264.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt; text-align: left;"><a href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/ip-pro-vr-cam-eseecloud/id1032277907" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 15pt;">IOS</span></strong></a></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #cc3366; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://ipproapp.com/computer/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="440" class="wp-image-6138 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-2.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/ipproapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pc.png?fit=500%2C440&amp;ssl=1" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 294" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-2.png 500w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-2-300x264.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt; text-align: left;"><a href="https://ipproapp.com/computer/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><strong><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 15pt;">EseCloud For Pc</span></strong></a></h3>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5; text-align: left;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Related app</span></strong></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #cc3366; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://ipproapp.com/ip-pro" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener nofollow"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6139 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-1.png" alt="IP PRO" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 295"></a></span>IP PRO</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 1.3; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #cc3366; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://ipproapp.com/vr-cam" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener nofollow"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6140 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-2.png" alt="VR CAM" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 296"></a></span>VR CAM</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/mobile-apps/278/unv-mobile-app-ezview-guide/">UNV Mobile App EZView Guide</a></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">FAQ</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When added by LAN or cloud </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">lD,indicate</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> “device is not online” or “device is not registered”</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Please make sure the network is normal and already enable DHCP on router.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.lf users manually change network parameter of </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">device,please</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> change it to default parameter. Just press reset button for 10 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device is online and there happen </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">alarm , but</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> cellphone gets no message?</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Please make sure the APP is on and allowit to get APP push </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">message,then</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> it can get alarm notification.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.After enable push </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">message,check</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> cellphone setup-application management,find out the “Eseecloud ” and enable to get push message.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Indicate “SD card error” after insert SD card.</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Only support SD card max 128GB and FAT32 format. If the system file is error,please formart the SD card and choose FAT32 format.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.When SD card is ruined or file system is wrong,please try to change or re-format the SD card.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Why the playback recording video content is uncontinuous?</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.For saving the room of SD card and extend the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">lifetime,device</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> will only make recording when detect the actived image ,that’s why the recording content is uncontinuous.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Can the device support be powered by USB or power bank?</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Suggest to use original power adapter. If use other adapter with the power is not </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">stable,the</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> device may be damaged.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device preview help</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Different devices support different functions. Preview interface only shows the functions supported.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cloud storage details</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Features</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. What is cloud storage? The cloud storage function is a video storage function developed based on technologies such as moving object detection. Cloud storage is divided into two types: alarm recording and full-day recording. Alarm recording refers to triggering the camera alarm when someone passes by or moves in front of the camera. The camera will automatically record and upload it to the Cloud Space Security Center for encryption. You can use it with confidence.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Tips:  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> (1) As long as you purchase the cloud storage service, you can get the corresponding cloud space. For example, if you purchase the cloud deposit monthly package, the cloud space is valid for one month, and it will take effect from the successful purchase. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">(2) The storage time of cloud storage video is determined by the type of package. If you open the cloud storage package for 7 days, the camera cloud video storage period is 7 days. The 30-day cloud storage package will be opened, and the camera cloud video storage cycle will be upgraded to 30 days. If you open a 7G/month cloud storage package, then your cloud recording storage space is 7G in this month. After the space is full, the cloud recording will not be saved. The stored video will be saved for one month.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> 2. What are the advantages of cloud storage? The video is safer: the video cloud storage can not steal, safe and reliable. More efficient viewing: generate alarm video in real time, quickly grasp the alarm situation, the video is clear and smooth without jamming Cloud storage: Camera video is stored in cloud space, no space limit, and unlimited cloud storage space.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cloud deposit purchase and exchange</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. How to buy a cloud storage package?</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the device list device “Cloud Record” button or the personal center “Cloud Mall” – enter the “Cloud Mall” interface – click “Switch” to select the device you want to purchase and the device channel – automatically select the appropriate package for you after the selection is completed – click ” Buy now” Once the payment is complete, you can turn on device cloud storage.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Tips:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(1) Cloud deposit does not support return and exchange after purchase, and does not support refund;</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(2) The purchase channel of the device is determined by the number of package service channels of the system. If the system has only two packages with service channels 1 and 3, then the device can only select 1 or 3 purchase channels;</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(3) Cloud storage is only bound to the purchase user. The device with the cloud storage is deleted and added to the new account. Under the new account, the device will not be able to continue to enjoy the cloud storage;</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">(4) Cloud storage is purchased by a single device and device channel, and multiple devices and multiple channels need to correspond to multiple cloud storage packages;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. How to redeem the cloud storage package?</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the device list device “Cloud Record” button or the personal center “Cloud Mall” – enter the “Cloud Mall” interface – click “Use Cloud Saver Code” – enter the “Scan Redemption Code” interface, scan the valid redemption code – enter the ” redemption code” Payment interface” – select the device and channel to be redeemed – click ” redeem now” to complete the redemption</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tips:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(1) The number of channels for redemption Device is determined by the number of package service channels generated by the redemption code (if the service channel of the redemption code package is 4, then the device can only select 4 channels to purchase);</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(2) There is no charge for redeeming the code cloud storage package using the redemption code, and each redemption code can only be used once;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cloud video introduction</span></h3>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">cloud video types and abnormal conditions</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Cloud recording is divided into two types: alarm recording and full-day recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Alarm recording, the video will only be uploaded when the camera detects that someone has passed, the item has been moved, and the camera alarm is triggered.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Recording all day means that the camera will automatically record when it is </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and in good condition. It will be detected 24 hours a day and encrypted and uploaded to the cloud space.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The cloud video is lost when the device is deleted, the device uploads the cloud video, and the device is disconnected from the network. The device and the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">server</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> are disconnected. The device network bandwidth is insufficient and the device cannot upload video and video.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to turn off the automatic upload function of cloud recording?</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After purchasing the cloud storage package, the cloud recording function will be automatically enabled.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can click the “Cloud Recording” button corresponding to the device list to enter the cloud recording interface. Click the cloud storage service icon to enter the “Cloud Storage Service” – disable the cloud recording function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tips: After the cloud recording function is turned off, the validity period of the cloud storage will not be extended;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cloud retention period</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Cloud deposit validity period</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Cloud deposits take effect from the date of purchase, that is, the validity period of cloud deposits is: “at the time of purchase” to “the same time point after one month / one year later”. For example, the cloud deposit package of 7 days/month was purchased at </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">0:00 on April 1, 2019, and the validity period of the cloud deposit is a natural month. It is: 0:00 on April 1, 2019, and O:00 on May 1, 2019.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tips: The validity period of the channel cloud is the sum of the time of all the cloud storage packages in the channel. For example, channel 1 purchased two 7-day/ month cloud storage packages at 0:00 on April 1, 2019, then the cloud storage validity period is: 0:00 on April 1, 2019, and June 1, 2019. 0:00 on the day.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Can the cloud validity period be suspended?</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Cloud storage is timed from the date of purchase, and will not stop during the time. after the user purchases the cloud storage, the action of deleting or stopping the uploading of the video can not affect the cloud expiration time</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cloud storage renewal</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. How to renew the cloud deposit package?</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">(1) Conditions for cloud surviving fee: The current device has purchased the cloud storage channel to purchase or renew the cloud storage package;</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(2) Process of cloud surviving fee: Click the device “Cloud Recording” to enter the cloud recording interface click the “Cloud Storage Service” icon to enter the cloud storage service – select the channel to renew the fee – click the “Renew Now” button below to enter the cloud mall interface – Select the channel and package for renewal of the device – click on the renewal fee immediately to complete the renewal.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tips: When you are renewing, if the renewal plan are using the package and the other channels of the package meet the renewal conditions, it will default to select previous package and channel.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cloud storage migration</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Unbound cloud service migration</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">(1) Conditions for migrating cloud services: The current account has a cloud storage service of unbound devices;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">(2) Migration cloud service process:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
After the device is added successfully, if the device meets the service migration conditions, the migration prompt box is displayed. After confirming, select the service that needs to be migrated to the newly added device, and click “Migration”.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If the device is a single-channel device, the device migrates directly to the device list interface. If the device is a multi-channel device, you need to select the number of channels equal to the number of services to migrate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Offline device cloud service migration</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(1) Offline device cloud service migration conditions: the current account has offline devices that have been bound to the cloud service;</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(2) Migration process:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
After the device is successfully added, if the device meets the service migration criteria, the migration prompt box is displayed. </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the determination, the device iumps to the miaration interface.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">b</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">. Select an offline device to migrate. If the offline device is multi channel, you need to select the migrated device channel.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If the device is a single-channel device, the device migrates directly to the device list interface. If the device is a multi-channel device, you need to select an equal number of channels to migrate.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Tips: Do not migrate all day recording cloud services to NVR devices</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device preview help</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Different devices support different functions. Preview interface only shows the functions supported.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6141 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35.jpeg" alt="Light control" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 297"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Light </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">control:setup</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> on/off,brightness,color temperature for light control device</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6142 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36.jpeg" alt="Screenshot" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 298"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Screenshot:snapshot</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> current preview image</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6143 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-2.jpeg" alt="Recording" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 299"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Recording: record current preview video</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6144 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-1.jpeg" alt="Full screen" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 300"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Full </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">screen:tap</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> button and switch to landscape viewing</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6145 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-2.jpeg" alt="Calendar" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 301"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Calendar:choose</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> playback time to show all recording files wanted</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6146 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-1.jpeg" alt="Remote playback" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 302"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Remote playback: device must to be inserted TF card.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6147 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-2.jpeg" alt="Two way talk" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 303"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Two way </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">talk:press</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> the button and talk for a long time</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6148 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-1.jpeg" alt="Installation mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 304"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Installation </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">mode:swith</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to wall installation and ceiling installation mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6149 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-1.jpeg" alt="Display mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 305"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Display mode: at ceiling installation </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">mode,there</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> have fisheye mode,cylinder mode,corridor mode and fulI screen mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6150 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44.jpeg" alt="Cruise" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 306"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cruise: setup auto </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">cruise .</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6151 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45.jpeg" alt="Sound" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 307"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sound:setup</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> the sound on/off</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6152 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46.jpeg" alt="Swith code stream" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 308"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Swith code </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">stream:switch</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> HD and SD</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6153 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47.jpeg" alt="Split screen dispaly" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 309"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Split screen dispaly: choose screen channel number</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6154 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48.jpeg" alt="Screen aspect ratio" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 310"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Screen aspect ratio: can set the screen aspect ratio</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="80" class="wp-image-6155 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49.jpeg" alt="PTZ control" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 311"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">PTZ control: control the movement of high speed dome</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="78" class="wp-image-6156 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-1.jpeg" alt="Timeline" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 312"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Timeline:drag</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> the time line left and right to choose recording period . Use fingers to zoom in or zoom out the timeline</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">App Operation</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log in</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This APP support “account log-in”, third-party log-in” and local experience”.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Account log-in: At log-in interface, input user name/cellphone number/email address and password, click ‘0K” and log in.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Third-party log-in: Click the icon of third-party network social software, authorize the APP to log </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">in.Local</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> experience: Users can use the APP without log-in.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Remember the password: Supportremem-berring the account and password that have been logged in, which is convenient for switching account login.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Note: Please pay attention thatLocal experience” mode will be stored at </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">local.Once</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> data is lost, it can’t be restored.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6157 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67.png" alt="IP PRO Log in" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 313" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IP PRO Log in</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Registration</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Input cellphone number/email address to register, get verification code.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Input verification code and password, click “OK”. After registration it will move to device list.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Note: Each cellphone number/ email address can be used for registration once.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6158 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68.png" alt="IP PRO Registration" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 314" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IP PRO Registration</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6159 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69.png" alt="IP PRO Registration" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 315" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IP PRO Registration</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Reset Password</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Input registered cellphone number /email address to get verification code. Input verification code, reset password and click “OK”.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Then go back to log-in interface, log in with new password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6160 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70.png" alt="IP PRO Reset Password" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 316" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IP PRO Reset Password</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add Camera</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add device</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Method 1: Enter to device list interface after login, click the t’ button in the upper right corner of the interface, and select the add device” button.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Method 2: Click the’+’ button in the interface to enter directly to add device interface.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6161 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-75.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 317" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-75.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-75-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. There is a QR code on the device body:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Scan the QR code on the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">device,display</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> the device ID of the current device , click the Add ICON below jump to the prompt interface of operation guide.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6162 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 318" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6163 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-1.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 319" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-1.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-1-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6164 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 320" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Can’t find the device QR code :</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
lf there is no QR code on the device, click ‘Other ways to add’ and then select ‘Standalone camera’.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6165 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-1.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 321" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-1.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-1-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6166 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-1.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 322" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-1.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-1-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6167 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-1.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 323" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-1.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-1-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. Please connect your mobile WiFi to the device hotspot.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Open Settings-&gt; Select Wireless </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; Select ‘IPCXXXXXXXXX’ device hotspot.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">hotspot,default</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> password</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">11111111</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6168 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-1.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 324" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-1.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-1-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. After connecting </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">successfully,return</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to APP.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Remote View: View video via WIFI or other network, please select Remote View.(most people choose)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Direct Connection: View video without </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">network ,select</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Direct Connection. (few people choose)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6169 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-1.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-1.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-1-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5. Select Remote View to continue.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Select your wifi and enter your wifi password, then click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Confirm .</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6170 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 326" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6171 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-1.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-1.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-1-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">6. Configuring, do not unplug the network! The network configuration process may take 1-2 minutes, please be patient.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6172 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 328" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">7. Set device name and device password.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
For added security, please set a password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6173 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 329" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6174 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6175 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 331" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6176 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90.jpeg" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 332" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device Sharing</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Generate shared QR codes ln the device list, click the “Share” button, set the right to share, choose to share, and generate QR codes.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6177 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91.jpeg" alt="Device Sharing" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device Sharing</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6178 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92.png" alt="Device Sharing" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device Sharing</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6179 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93.jpeg" alt="Device Sharing" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 335" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-139x300.jpeg 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device Sharing</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Scan and share QR code.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
click on the’+’button in the upper right corner of the interface to enter to add device interface, click on scan add device, enter to scan interface, scan shared device QR code, after display the scan results then return to device list interface.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Note: You need to allow access to the camera and album to use this function properly.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6180 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Scan and share QR code</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" class="wp-image-6181 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-95.png" alt="add camera" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-95.png 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-95-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Scan and share QR code</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.44; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #4054b2; font-size: 45pt;">Windows</span></strong></h2>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video playback</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video playback</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Playback four steps</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select device channel </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select video type </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select playback date </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">④</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Confirm search video</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Retrieving the video requires three conditions of ‘device channel + recording type + playback date’.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video types include: motion detection, timing detection, alarm detection, and manual detection. Generally, all types of videos can be retrieved by default.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The selection of the device channel can directly affect the retrieval result. Be sure to confirm the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> status of the device before recording.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="236" class="wp-image-6182 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-117.png" alt="Device channel" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 338"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device channel</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="222" height="300" class="wp-image-6183 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-118.png" alt="Video type" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 339"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video type</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="216" class="wp-image-6184 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-119.png" alt="Date selection" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 340"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Date selection</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Timed playback</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Timed playback</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select the timed playback operation, enter the recording effective time point in the time frame, and confirm that it can be played immediately (effective time point refers to: the time retrieved by video playback)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Time drag playback</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust the time scale and drag the cursor on the timeline to the corresponding time (as shown in Figure 2 below)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="85" class="wp-image-6185 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-120.png" alt="Timed playback" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 341"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Timed playback</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="64" class="wp-image-6186 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-121-800w.png" alt="Timeline" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-121-800w.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-121-800w-300x24.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-121-800w-768x61.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Timeline</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video sync</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Retrieve video  </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Check sync  </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Switching time point</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Date: Check the synchronization switching time point, the channel synchronization will not take effect.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Time: Check the synchronous switching time point. The recording time of each channel will not take effect at the same time.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video download</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Batch download</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter the time period to be downloaded at the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> time + end time according to the needs of the retrieved recording time range.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Time period download</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The time period of the video recording will also be displayed in the download resource. Click the download button for any time period according to your needs.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="40" class="wp-image-6187 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-122.png" alt="Custom bulk download" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 343" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-122.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-122-300x15.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-122-768x38.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Custom bulk download</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="57" class="wp-image-6188 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-123.png" alt="Select time period to download" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-123.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-123-300x21.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-123-768x55.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select time period to download</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Other functions</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Playback control</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Support playback/pause/stop control in video playback, select the screen form in playback and click operation</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Time scale adjustment</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The settings in the Setup Wizard are not set. The playback timeline scale will default to 60 minutes. You can also modify the scale value by clicking ‘Reduction’ or ‘Magnify’ during video playback.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="117" height="26" class="wp-image-6189 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-124.png" alt="Playback control" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 345"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Playback control</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="27" class="wp-image-6190 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-125.png" alt="Adjustment scale" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 346"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Adjustment scale</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User parameter</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Basic Settings</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Split screen number</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The selected split screen number is displayed after the re-login, and the CMS provides split screen 1/4/6/8/9/16/25/36/49 nine forms of choice.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Display language</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">CMS currently defaults to 9 display languages, such as Simplified Chinese and English. When you choose to log in again, you will switch to the corresponding language.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Login Method</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The cloud login mode is </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">. You need to connect to the external network when you log in. The local login does not have this hard requirement.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">List style</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The list style includes tree shape and graphics. The replacement is only the real-time preview interface and the display of the device list under the playback interface. The device list under other interfaces is unified into the tree list style.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Path modification</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Screenshot path: The screenshot file is saved in the snapshot folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to its own needs.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Local recording path: The local recording file is saved in the record folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to its own needs.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video download path: The files downloaded by the playback video are saved in the video_download folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to their needs.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Preview sync time</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Check the time when the device is previewed and the computer will be automatically synchronized (only ipc is supported)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">   </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">note</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After modifying the settings, click “Finish” and you will need to log in again. (It is best not to modify it to a directory containing Chinese)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">advanced settings</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Time zone setting</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The local time zone can be selected according to the actual situation.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Automatic lock</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Check the auto lock and enter the integer in minutes in the time frame. If no operation is performed on the CMS within the time of the input, the CMS will automatically lock.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Automatically connect video</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After logging in to the auto-connect video, log in to the CMS and automatically connect to the device added to the device list. The number of connected channels is the number of split screens in the basic settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="611" height="292" class="wp-image-6191 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-135.png" alt="Basic Settings" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-135.png 611w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-135-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 611px) 100vw, 611px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Basic Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="693" height="243" class="wp-image-6192 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-136.png" alt="advanced settings" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-136.png 693w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-136-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 693px) 100vw, 693px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">advanced settings</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User login</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Local login</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter account + password  </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to login</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Local login can be logged in using the default account admin (the initial password is blank)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Local login mode can choose remember passwords orautomatic login (automatic login is not possible when auto lock status is enabled)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the string in the login forgot password to be encrypted. Different accounts correspond to different encrypted passwords</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The account number box can display three accounts that are mostly used recently.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Switch to cloud login</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="300" class="wp-image-6193 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-139.png" alt="Login account" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-139.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-139-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Login account</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="173" class="wp-image-6194 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-140.png" alt="forget password" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 350"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">forget password</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">note:</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The current CMS version of the user name can only use “admin”, the initial password is empty. In order to prevent potential safety hazards, please be sure to modify the initial password after the initial login to prevent unauthorized access to your device or other adverse consequences.</span></strong></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">For better protection of your privacy and improving product security, we strongly recommend that you set up complex passwords based on the following rules: greater than 8 characters, including uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, special characters, and so on. Please understand that it is your responsibility to properly configure all passwords and other related product security settings.</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cloud login</span></strong></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User login</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter ‘account+password’ </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Remember password and automatic login (optional) </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to Login</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Register an account</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter ‘new account + password + email’ </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to register now</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Retrieve password</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter ‘Account+Mailbox’ </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to get verification code and enter </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter a new password </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">④</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to complete</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The cloud login should be logged in with the registered account (the account registered by the mobile app can be logged in)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Registered account is recommended to use a valid mailbox, easy to retrieve passwords and other special circumstances</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After registering an account, you need to log in to the email address you entered during registration to activate the email address (click the received link to verify)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">④</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The mailbox status is not activated, and cannot be retrieved after forgetting the password (activation period is two days)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">⑤</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The first time you use EseeCloud_CMS, the software’s time zone will automatically sync with your computer, and you can change it later in the advanced settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="300" class="wp-image-6195 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-141.png" alt="Login account" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 351"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Login account</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="192" class="wp-image-6196 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-142.png" alt="Register a new account" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 352"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Register a new account</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="191" class="wp-image-6197 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-143.png" alt="Retrieve password" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 353"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Retrieve password</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">More features</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User Management</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">New user</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click New User </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter username (required) + note name (optional)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to confirm</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify permissions</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Default: The default permissions include screenshot, video, PTZ settings, video playback, remote download 5 items</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">modify</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click edit permission </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Check the permissions and devices/channels that need to be assigned to new users (you can click to select all) </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to confirm</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Other functions</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">        </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Clear password: If the login password of the new user is forgotten, you can log in to the newly created user again by directly clearing the password and the internal setting </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> can be retained.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">        </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify the note: Add a note, change the note or delete the note, go to the modify note operation</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">        </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Delete user: If you feel that the newly created user is not necessary, click delete user to delete the user.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="276" class="wp-image-6198 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-149.png" alt="New user" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 354"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">New user</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="353" class="wp-image-6199 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-150.png" alt="Modify permissions" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-150.png 522w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-150-300x203.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">permissions</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="443" height="453" class="wp-image-6200 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-151.png" alt="Modify user" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-151.png 443w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-151-293x300.png 293w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify user</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log query</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Inquire</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Confirm ‘</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> time + end time’</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Confirm ‘log type’ (including: alarm log, login log, operation log)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selected area </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">④</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to query</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="160" class="wp-image-6201 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-152.png" alt="Log query" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-152.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-152-300x60.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-152-768x154.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log query </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Resource management</span></h3>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Screenshot</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">search for</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select ‘</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> time+end time’ </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click search</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Preview</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Method one selects ‘preview’ for right-click operation </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The second method is the screenshot file retrieved by direct click.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">delete</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Method 1 Select ‘Delete’ for the right-click operation. </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The second method is to enter the screenshot preview state and click to select ‘delete’.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">location</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Method 1 Select ‘Open location’ for right-click operation</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Method 2 is to click ‘Save Location’ in the resource information.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Resource information</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘user, resource size, resolution, device name, associated channel, screenshot time, save location’, including the above content (as shown in Figure 2)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Replacement size</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘Original size, maximize, zoom in, zoom out, resource information, delete’, the screenshot preview status includes the above status/function that can be switched to</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">video</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">search for</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select ‘</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> time+end time+’</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select the recording type (including: preview video, playback video, default all types)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click search</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Resource information</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘user, resource size, recording type, device name, associated channel, recording time, save location’, including the above</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Other functions</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The operation steps of ‘preview, resource information, location, delete’ function are the same as the screenshots. For details, please refer to the operation in the screenshot.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="297" height="233" class="wp-image-6202 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-153.png" alt="Right click operation " title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 358"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Right click operation</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="321" class="wp-image-6203 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-154.png" alt="Resource information" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-154.png 477w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-154-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Resource information</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">System Info</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Version Information</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The content is displayed as follows ‘version number, date’</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">change Password</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter ‘original password + new password + confirm new password’</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to confirm </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Re-login verification password</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">sign out</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the ‘Exit Login’ button to quit the login status of the current account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="334" class="wp-image-6204 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-155.png" alt="System Info" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-155.png 456w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-155-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">System Info</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Live Preview</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connection/Disconnection</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The list style is treeshape:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">connection</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Double-click on the selected device/channel to enter the connected video state.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After selecting the device/channel, right click and select “Connect Video” to enter the connected video state (Figure 1)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">disconnect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Double-click to disconnect the current connection after selecting the connected device/channel</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">④</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After selecting the device/channel, right click and select ‘Disconnect’ to disconnect the current connection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="158" height="120" class="wp-image-6205 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-163.png" alt="Figure 1" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 361"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Figure 1</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">List style is graphic</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After selecting the device/channel, click the play button on the device list to enter the connected video status.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After selecting the device/channel, click the stop button on the device list to disconnect the current connection status.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Right-click operation connection/disconnection is consistent with the tree list style. The specific operation can be referenced.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">poor performance of the computer will directly affect the smoothness of the preview video. It is recommended that the number of channels connected to the device be gradually increased</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video/screenshot</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the Record button on the toolbar to enter the video recording status (as shown in Figure 1 below)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the video operation, click the record button again to stop recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The actual recording duration is not equal to the time difference between the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> recording time and the end recording time.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If the device network is interrupted, the recording will succeed but no video file will be saved.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The channel is maximized or minimized during recording, and the recording will stop.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Screenshot</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the screenshot button on the toolbar to enter the screenshot status (as shown in Figure 1 below)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If the switching stream video is not loaded, the screenshot operation will be saved.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The screenshot does not have the function of continuous screenshots. Clicking the screenshot button once will capture an image.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="247" height="74" class="wp-image-6206 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-164.png" alt="Figure 1" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 362"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Figure 1</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Panorama mode</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">enter</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Double-click the channel screen to enter the maximized state, right click and select “panoramic mode” to switch to the panorama mode, enter the panorama, and the code stream is automatically switched to HD.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The channel screen is in 1 split screen mode, and the panorama mode option is available on the right toolbar. Click to select to switch the panorama mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">drop out</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click on Panorama mode on the right toolbar and select ‘Exit panorama’ to exit panorama mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Exit the panorama mode by exiting the screen from the split screen state.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="483" class="wp-image-6207 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-165.png" alt="Panorama mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-165.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-165-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-165-768x464.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Panorama mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="482" class="wp-image-6208 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-166.png" alt="Cylindrical mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-166.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-166-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-166-768x463.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cylindrical mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="484" class="wp-image-6209 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-167.png" alt="Expand mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-167.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-167-300x182.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-167-768x465.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Expand mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="484" class="wp-image-6210 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-168.png" alt="Split screen mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 366" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-168.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-168-300x182.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-168-768x465.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Split screen mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="483" class="wp-image-6211 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-169.png" alt="Quad screen mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-169.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-169-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-169-768x464.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Quad screen mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="484" class="wp-image-6212 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-170-800w.png" alt="Six-screen mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-170-800w.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-170-800w-300x182.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-170-800w-768x465.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Six-screen mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the local login mode, you can select 6 display modes in the panorama mode, including: panorama, cylinder, expand, 2 split screen, 4 split screen, 6 split screen</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the cloud login mode, you can select 4 display modes in the panorama mode, including: panorama, cylinder, split screen, quad screen</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Installation mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">        Suspension: the direction of the cruise is clockwise</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">        Wall-mounted: the direction of the cruise swings left and right</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cruise mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">       Speed: Cruise provides speed 3S / speed 40S / speed 60S three options, corresponding to slow / medium / fast three speeds</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">       Stop: Pause the current state of the cruise, left click on the channel in the cruise or select the stop cruise button in the cruise mode to click</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="232" height="300" class="wp-image-6213 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-171.png" alt="Panorama mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 369"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Panorama mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="182" class="wp-image-6214 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-172.png" alt="Installation mode " title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 370"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Installation mode</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="297" class="wp-image-6215 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-173.png" alt="Cruise mode" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 371"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cruise mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">PTZ control</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cruise / PTZ / Zoom / Focus / Aperture / Preset</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The PTZ control function can be used only when the PTZ device (such as a ball machine) is connected to the main control device (such as NVR or DVR).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Cruise is to directly perform the screen cruise operation. The pan/tilt is to adjust the lens direction and zoom to replace the mirror multiple.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="158" height="32" class="wp-image-6216 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-174.png" alt="PTZ speed level control" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 372"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">PTZ speed level control</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="150" class="wp-image-6217 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-175.png" alt="control" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 373"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">control</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="77" class="wp-image-6218 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-176.png" alt="Zoom, focus" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 374"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Zoom, focus</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="75" class="wp-image-6219 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-177.png" alt="Preset" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 375"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Preset</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust the PTZ control speed (default level is 6)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust lens direction and cruise</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust the zoom and focus of the PTZ camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">④</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Set and call the set bit, adjust the lens to the specified position, set the preset position, input the preset position later, click to call, the lens will automatically move to the specified position</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Split screen number</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The client provides 1 split screen / 4 split screen / 6 split screen / 8 split screen / 9 split screen / 16 split screen / 25 split screen / 36 split screen / 49 split screen, nine split screens can be switched at will</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When the number of connected device channels is greater than the current number of split screens, the displayed split screen will automatically increase, reaching 49 split screens.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="29" class="wp-image-6220 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-178.png" alt="Split screen number" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 376"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Split screen number</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Other functions</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sharpness switching: SD SD and HD HD toggle buttons</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">sound</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selected screen channel </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to turn off/on sound</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Intercom</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the intercom button to open the intercom</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Left-click and hold the connection to talk, click the exit button to exit the intercom </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Help: The help buttons under each interface are the corresponding function instructions.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Recording: When the live preview channel is recording, the icon is flashing.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">shut down</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to exit the login button </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click OK to log out and return to the login screen.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="62" class="wp-image-6221 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-179.png" alt="Other functions" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 377"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Other functions</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="230" height="160" class="wp-image-6222 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-180.png" alt="Intercom" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 378"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Intercom</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Introduction to EseeCloud CMS</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Function introduction</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">CMS is called Camera Monitor System. It is a camera monitoring client for </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> preview image, video storage, remote playback, device management, video/screen download and other functions. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">It is suitable for DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, Wifi IPC and other devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera suitable for IP PRO, VR CAM, </span><a href="https://ipproapp.com/faq/camera-add-failure-reasons-and-solutions" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #cc3366; font-size: 11pt;">EseeCloud</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> app.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">CMS has the following characteristics</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Interface containerization processing mode: In the interface design of the client component, the containerized processing is carefully adopted, which simplifies the processing mode of multi-screen and single-screen switching, greatly improves the multi-</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">screen operation feeling, and adapts to the development </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">trend</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> of a multi-screen PC.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Channelized management mode: In the client component design, channelized management mode is added, and the traditional design mode with device as the core subject is abandoned, which is more suitable for the development direction of IP monitoring.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Operating environment</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Operating </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">system:Microsoft</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Windows7 / Windows 8 / Windows 10 (32/64 bit Chinese and English operating system)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">OSX 10.9 or higher (64-bit Chinese and English systems)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">CPU</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">I3/2.4GHZ or more</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Memory: 4GB or more</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Graphics card: integrated graphics (Intel HD 4000 and later), discrete graphics (NVIDIA GeForce GTX 460 and later)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">note</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Preview multiple video or high resolution video at the same time, requiring higher </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">hardware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> configuration and network bandwidth</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Installation login</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Installation and operatio</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">n</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1: Run the EseeCloud_Setup_3.0.1.exe installation package</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2: Select the display language when installing</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3: Read and determine whether to accept the agreement</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4: Determine the path to the installation</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5: Installation is complete and you can choose to run immediately</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="123" class="wp-image-6223 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-199.png" alt="1. Running program" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 379"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Running program</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="175" class="wp-image-6224 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-200.png" alt="2. Choose a language" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 380"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Choose a language</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="252" class="wp-image-6225 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-201.png" alt="3. Reading agreement" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 381"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. Reading agreement</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="251" class="wp-image-6226 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-202.png" alt="4. Determine the path" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 382"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. Determine the path</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="255" class="wp-image-6227 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-203.png" alt="5. The installation is complete" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 383"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5. The installation is complete</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Frequently Asked Questions</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Question one</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After installation, open the CMS and display “Cannot load plugin”?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Answer one</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Please confirm whether the installation path uses Chinese when installing, and the plugin is temporarily not compatible with Chinese path.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.After confirming the non-Chinese path, if the problem persists, you can contact technical support for assistance.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Question two</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After connecting multiple channels of video (more than 30 channels), videos stop for a few </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">seconds , all</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> channels are automatically disconnected into the black screen. The device connected again has no response. Do we need to restart the CMS?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Answer two</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The new version of CMS3.0.1 runs with higher memory. If you connect many channels by the lower configuration computer, the computer system will run out of memory, causing the CMS to run abnormally. If the computer configuration is slightly lower, it is recommended not to connect too many channels. The optimization work has been planned for this situation.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Question three</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When CMS is installed on the OSX system, it displays “File is corrupted” or “Unable to open” when it is opened?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Answer three</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Open “System Settings” → “Security and Privacy” → “Allow applications to be downloaded in the following location”, check “any source” (applies to versions prior to OSX10.12.X);</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.Open “Terminal”, enter the string “sudo spctl –master-disable”, press the “Enter” key, enter the sudo password (applicable to versions after OSX10.12.X). If the above method still does not work, please contact us to help you solve it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Question four</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After starting a window and flashing, it will not </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> or XP will appear. Open the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to indicate 0a00000000 memory referenced by 0x00000000 instruction. The memory cannot be ‘written’.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Answer four</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Large probability video card driver problem, update the graphics card driver can solve</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Question five</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">It shows  mfc100u.dll lost when opening computer</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Answer five</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Install VC++2010 library to solve the problem</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Foreword</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Foreword</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Welcome to use our products! We are very honored to get your trust.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In order to have a general understanding of our product CMS and facilitate your use, we have specially configured this manual for you, including the function introduction, operation steps, precautions, etc</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.,</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> which are essential guides for your use of this product.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please read the instruction manual carefully before use. I believe it will be of great help to your effective use of this product. In addition, if you have any questions during the use, please feel free to contact us, we will be happy to serve you.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Applicable Model</span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This manual is for the camera monitoring system CMS.</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Statement</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This manual may contain areas where the product functions or operations do not match, or where the technology is inaccurate, or a typographical error. For such problems, our company will update the manual content according to product updates, and regularly update the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">hardware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and software products described in this manual. The updated content will be added to the new version of this manual without prior notice.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The contents of this manual are for reference guidance only, and are not guaranteed to be identical to the actual product. Please refer to the actual product.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Agreement </span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In order to simplify the description in this manual, make a convention:</span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera monitoring system CMS is referred to as CMS or </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> for short;</span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, WIFI IPC equipment, etc</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.,</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> collectively referred to as equipment;</span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click for the left mouse button click, double click for the left mouse button to double click;</span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Some pictures are schematic, please refer to the actual interface of the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">;</span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">A “note” hint text may appear in this article to indicate that the operation is potentially risky, and ignoring the text may result in errors or unpredictable results.</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Equipment management</span></h1>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add device</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add a </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> device</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter the device management interface </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Refresh LAN device </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Check the device and click Add (LAN device can be filtered by entering IP/ID in the filter box)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add cloud ID device</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Manually enter the device ‘cloud ID number + channel number’, select ‘type’ according to the actual situation of the device, and the rest can click to confirm (the password can be selected according to the actual settings of the device)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add an IP/DDNS device</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Manually enter the device ‘IP/DDNS+port+channel number’, select ‘type’ according to the actual situation of the device, and the rest can click OK.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="593" height="118" class="wp-image-6228 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-209.png" alt="LAN add" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 384" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-209.png 593w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-209-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> add</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="183" class="wp-image-6229 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-210.png" alt="Manual input addition" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 385"></span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="74" class="wp-image-6230 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-211.png" alt="Manual input addition" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 386"></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="70" class="wp-image-6231 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-212.png" alt="Manual input addition" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 387"></span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify device</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device modification</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the device management or preview interface, after selecting the device and clicking Modify, the device interface will be loaded.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Regional modification</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the modify device interface, click the area drop-down box.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Group modification</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After selecting the group under the device management interface, click the modify button to load the modified group information interface.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">note</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify the channel name, panorama, and channel type corresponding to the channel number in the device.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The panorama or channel type corresponding to each serial number is independent.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The channel device in the device needs to be in the panoramic state. You can select the corresponding channel serial number to modify the panorama. And channel type</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="221" class="wp-image-6232 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-213.png" alt="Device modification " title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-213.png 420w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-213-300x158.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device modification</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="153" class="wp-image-6233 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-214.png" alt="Grouping" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 389"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Grouping</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Remote setting</span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">VR CAM/gateway Remote setting</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Setup steps</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selected device </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click Settings / Connect Device and click the Remote Settings button (as shown in Figure 1)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device Information</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Content includes device model, device ID, OEM serial number, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> version (providing check updates)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Function setting</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The audio, prompt tone, prompt language, and display mode and resolution can be set on the configuration.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Alarm system</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The content includes motion detection, message push, motion detection sensitivity, and synchronization time function. If daylight saving time setting is available, you can set daylight saving time.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">TF card settings</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">TF card status, available / total capacity, TF card formatting function</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">note</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Alarm message push is not supported in local login. You need to check to switch to cloud login status.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Currently supports VR CAM/gateway devices for remote setup</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="174" height="300" class="wp-image-6234 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-215.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/ipproapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/%E5%9B%BE%E7%89%877-1-174x300.png?resize=174%2C300&amp;ssl=1" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 390"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="341" class="wp-image-6235 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-216.png" alt="Remote setting interface" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 391" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-216.png 796w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-216-300x129.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-216-768x329.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Remote setting interface</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">D82 series NVR remote setting</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Setup steps</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selected device </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click Settings / Connect Device and click the Remote Settings button</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">General settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Set the device’s time zone, date format, date, time, button sound, OSD transparency, VGA resolution</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Channel setting</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Coding settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Can set the encoding mode of each channel, the resolution of the primary and secondary streams, the code stream control, the code stream rate, the video frame rate, and the encoding format.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Color adjustment</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The tone, contrast, brightness, and saturation of each channel can be adjusted and copied to other channels.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Channel OSD</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The title, display status, and communication quality of each channel can be modified.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video detection</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Each channel alarm duration, detection type, sensitivity, whether to enable various alarm information push, detection area selection, deployment time selection can be modified, and can be copied to other channels</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Code stream value</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Monitor real-time stream for each channel</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Channel details</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">View the primary stream, secondary stream, and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> version for each channel</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Recording settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can set the recording type and time of each channel. There are three types of timing, movement and alarm.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Network settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Network settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can modify whether to use DHCP. If you choose No, you can modify the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, DNS address, and WEB port of the NVR.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Dynamic domain name</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can modify whether to use DDNS. If yes, you can modify the provider, domain name, username, password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">PPPOE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select whether to enable PPPOE. If yes, you can modify the PPPOE protocol, user name, and password. You can view the PPPOE status and PPPOE IP address.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">wireless setting</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Can view ESSID, modify Wireless Channel, area</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">System settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device Information</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">View device name, device model, device serial number, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> version, release time, cloud ID</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log information</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select the input type, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> time, and end time and click Search to display the log number, time, and content that meet the conditions.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User Management</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Display serial number, user name, whether it is super user, create new user, edit user, delete user, change password</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Factory settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Choose simple restore (ignore channel and network configuration), restore all (restore all configurations)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Online upgrade</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select the local upgrade file and click on Upgrade Firmware.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Device grouping</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Create a group</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the ‘Create Group’ button </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘Enter the content in the group name box and click OK.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add channel</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">enter</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select the created group </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the Add Channel button</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Import selection</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selected channel </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selected group </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the import selection button</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Import all</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：①</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selected group </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click to import all buttons</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify/delete</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Edit: Select the group and click the Modify button to modify it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Delete: delete the selected group or channel and click the delete button to delete</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="227" class="wp-image-6236 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-217.png" alt="Create a group" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 392" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-217.png 477w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-217-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Create a group</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="316" class="wp-image-6237 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-218.png" alt="Add channel " title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-218.png 507w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-218-300x187.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-218-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add channel</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="228" class="wp-image-6238 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-219.png" alt="Modify group" title="EseeCloud Mobile PC App Full Guide 394" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-219.png 486w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-219-300x141.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify group</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-mobile-pc-app-full-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 30 Jul 2023 11:43:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CORTROL VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GANZ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ganz CORTROL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion search]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3770</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#more-3770" aria-label="Read more about GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. By uniting the actionable intelligence in a central security command center, CORTROL Global delivers situational awareness, proactively optimizing incident management for large-scale security installations.</p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Global</strong> is one of the market&#8217;s most comprehensive enterprise-level VMS solutions, featuring interactive maps linked to alarms, an exceptional event and action manager, analytics tools, video wall support, and proactive components. In addition, the edge recording ensures your data safety by synchronizing with IP storage devices, archive replication, advanced system health monitoring, and failover, which reduces the disruption of your video surveillance recordings to zero. All this, plus various customization possibilities and Ganz&#8217;s excellent technical support.</p>
<p>With CORTROL Global, you can optimize the command center&#8217;s video wall. Create custom configurations or force users to specific video walls. For example, create &#8220;Area Focused&#8221; video walls to review footage quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Highly secure encrypted camera and client communication</li>
<li>Powerful event and action manager</li>
<li>Real-time geolocation / map / mobile tracking</li>
<li>Multiple access control integrations, including <a href="https://www.feenics.com/acaas/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Feenics Keep</a> , <a href="https://www.kerisys.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">Keri<sup>® </sup>Systems Doors.net</a> , <a href="https://products.security.gallagher.com/security/global/en/products/software/command-centre/p/C201311" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Gallagher Command Center</a> , <a href="https://www.napcosecurity.com/products/access-control/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">NAPCO Continental</a> , and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integrations" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">more</a></li>
<li>Cloud, VM Environments supported</li>
<li>Powerful FR, LPR, AI, and UICC modules</li>
<li>Intuitive configuration and deployment features will have your network up and running quickly and simply.</li>
<li>Advanced features: event &amp; action manager, powerful analytics: FR, LPR, VCA, 64-bit core, integrations/API maps &amp; mobile streaming</li>
<li>Supports  <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/supported-cameras" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">15,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=2040" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">000+ models of network cameras and network video servers</a> from over 190+ manufacturers</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Full HD and UHD Resolution</strong><br />
Stream up to 4k and 8k resolution.</p>
<p><strong>Advanced Event and Action Manager</strong><br />
Specify the desired outcome of your video surveillance system&#8217;s operation. Determine how the software reacts to any event caught on camera and how it turns events into an automated process. For example, send emails, activate DI/DO, interact with any other software, or bring the operator&#8217;s attention to a camera that requires immediate action. This functionality can be used for a single event or a set of sequenced circumstances to eliminate false alarms and improve the efficiency of your surveillance system.</p>
<p><strong>Multiple Integrations</strong><br />
CORTROL is engineered to unify Video Surveillance, <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1190/integrating-with-access-control" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Access Control,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/701/gxi-licenses" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Video Analytics,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1206/halo-iot-smart-sensor" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">IoT Sensors (vaping sensors, bullying,</a> and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1186/active-shooter-detection" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">gunshot detectors</a> ), <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1122/cortrol-lpr-module" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">license plate recognition</a> , <a href="https://ganzcloud.com/features" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">deep cloud learning</a> , <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1199/unifying-security-and-intercom-communications" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">intercom communications,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/733/crucialtrak-multi-biometric-access-control-system" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">biometrics,</a> and other IP Systems to provide real-time situational awareness. <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integration" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Go to the integration section&gt;&gt;</a></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Video Analytics (CVA)</strong><br />
<span data-preserver-spaces="true">Advanced computational neural network engine provides AI analytics to any camera in your system. For example, create Zones/Lines to alert on perimeter intrusion, loitering, and AI Classification of persons, vehicles, and animals. Become efficient with the information you see. Take advantage of the full potential of your video surveillance system with video content analysis. Improve the functionality of your surveillance while analyzing large amounts of data to determine a specific pattern in a particular task. </span></p>
<p><strong>Smarter Business Security</strong><br />
CORTROL connects video, locks, card readers, or door contacts via Cloud, delivering versatility to smart business security &#8211;  all at a very economical cost.  CORTROL Global is engineered for medium and large enterprise business space.</p>
<p><strong>Maps</strong><br />
Maps provide a complete examination of the entire installation of cameras, delivering immediate visual verification. All the alerts are integrated with the maps and can be set up to be viewed on the overview as well — you can specify the location of the alarm event immediately.</p>
<p><strong>Web Access</strong><br />
Get permanent access to live streaming and archive video through your web browser.</p>
<p><strong>Information Channels</strong><br />
Streaming branding, informational or urgent announcements</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Acknowledgement</strong><br />
Make sure that no event skips the attention of the operator. An operator must confirm all alarms, automatically generating a bookmark towards the event in the archive. By requiring the operator to record actions in a journal, there is a tracking of performed actions towards each event.</p>
<p><strong>Integrations and API</strong><br />
CORTROL offers customizable integration with other software systems in the form of a software development kit (SDK), CORTROL RESTful API.</p>
<p><strong>Mobile Applications</strong><br />
You can use your mobile device to access live and archived streams. Use PTZ presets, control 2-way audio, or the mobile phone camera to stream video and audio directly to the server.</p>
<p><strong>Live Streaming</strong><br />
The streaming server can make a live cast of videos on a website or YouTube.</p>
<p><strong>Edge Recording</strong><br />
You can synchronize all your data with IP device storage. With this feature, if the network connection with any camera is lost, the camera still records your data. It is fully transferred to your server as soon as the network connection is re-established.</p>
<h2>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3675/ganz-dms-lite-user-manual/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">GANZ DMS Lite User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2682/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Ganz CORTROL is also available in the following editions:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrolpremier" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CORTROL Premier </a>&#8211; Standalone System 24Ch / 48Ch / 72ch / 96ch</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrol" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Learn More About Ganz CORTROL VMS Editions and Features.</strong></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="364" class="wp-image-3772" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 420" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg 510w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p>Reiated settıngs</p>
<p>Addıtıonal admmıstnMıve tooB</p>
<p>Bıtlocker settıngs</p>
<p>Device Manager</p>
<p>System ınto</p>
<p>Have a question?</p>
<p>Get help</p>
<p>Make Window$ betten</p>
<p>G™e us feedback</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> CORTROL Prerequisites</li>
</ol>
<p>There are a few requirements for the system the GANZ CORTROL Client will run on.</p>
<p>The ports for remote connections should be enabled through the firewalls (default ports are 60554 for the GANZ CORTROL Client)</p>
<p>The Bit version of Windows, 32-Bit vs. 64-Bit on the PC/Server should be confirmed.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 7: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to Control Panel &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 10: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to “Settings &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p>© Home AbOUt</p>
<p>Si Windows10</p>
<p>O Dısplay <sup>ni,me</sup> bdenmeade2</p>
<p>Rename thıs PC</p>
<p>□ Notmcatıons &amp; actıons</p>
<p>,<sub>K</sub> _ „ , _ Orgamzatıon CBCAMER1CA</p>
<p>O Power &amp; sleep</p>
<p>Managc o» dBconncct from worfc or school</p>
<p>O Battery Edrtıon Windows 10 Pro</p>
<p>= storage Versıors <sup>1703</sup></p>
<p>OS Boild 15063.483</p>
<p>Cg Tablet mode ProductlO 00342-50721-92491-AAOEM</p>
<p>O Multıtaskıno Processor Intel(R) CorefTM) İ7 6600U CPU ® 260GHz 2S1</p>
<p>GHz</p>
<p>&amp; Projecting to thrs PC ınstalled RAM 8.00 GB (736 GB usabte)</p>
<p>System type 64-bit operabng system, x64-based processor</p>
<p>X Shared expetıences <sub>Pen ând |oucf)</sub> j*, <sub>or t0UC</sub>h mput ıs avaılable «or thıs dısplay</p>
<p>O About Change product key or upgrade your edition of Wındows</p>
<p>Read the Prıvacy Statement for Wındows and Microsoft Services</p>
<p>Read the Microsoft Services Agreemcnt that applies to our Services</p>
<p>Rcad the Microsoft Softvrare Ucense Terms</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark2"></a> CORTROL Client Installer</li>
</ol>
<p>The CORTROL Client Installer can be found at<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/library?cat=128" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Ganz Security/Software i</a>ncludes both the CORTROL Management Console, and the CORTROL Client installer.</p>
<p>From the link please select and download either CORTROL Console 32bit or 64bit, depending on the Windows OS bit version of the host server.</p>
<p>For convenience, links to the 32Bit, and 64Bit versions of the CORTROL Console are provided below.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For most browsers, any downloaded files can be found in the Windows Download folder.</p>
<p><strong><em>I</em></strong></p>
<p><strong><em>/* GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>JyCDRTRDL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1908" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 32Bit</a></p>
<p><strong>İ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Z <em>GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>y&#8217;CORTROL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1907" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 64Bit</a></p>
<p><em><sup><s>v</s></sup><s> — J</s></em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark4"></a> Client Installation</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Navigate to the Microsoft Windows download folder.</li>
<li>Double click on the CORTROL Client installer, to begin the installation process.</li>
<li>Select the installation language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept the terms of agreement and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept default installation location and click <em>Next.</em> (Change location destination if required.)</li>
<li>Select the needed application language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Once installation is complete, click <em>Finish.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="299" class="wp-image-3773" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 421" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="301" class="wp-image-3774" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg 461w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="316" class="wp-image-3775" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg 474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="319" class="wp-image-3776" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 424" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg 457w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-300x209.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="374" class="wp-image-3777" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg 476w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-300x236.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="459" height="370" class="wp-image-3778" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 426" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg 459w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-300x242.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark6"></a> Client Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>To launch the CORTROL Client interface, double click on its desktop icon. H</p>
<p>The Client will require configuration, to connect to the CORTROL Global Demo Server.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select “Disconnect”, as no server is currently configured.</li>
<li>Select “Connection” located in the top right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="731" height="435" class="wp-image-3779" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg 731w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 731px) 100vw, 731px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections, and then select “Edit”</li>
<li>Leave the default “Server title”</li>
<li>For the “IP address and port” enter: 173.42.78.61 &#8211; Leave the default port at 60554.</li>
<li>Enter “demo” all lower case for the “Username”</li>
<li>Enter “2468” for the password.</li>
<li>Select “Remember Password” and then click on “Save”.</li>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections” and then click on “Connect”.</li>
<li>Click on the “X” to close / exit, “Connections”</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="405" height="359" class="wp-image-3780" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg 405w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 405px) 100vw, 405px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="355" class="wp-image-3781" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 429" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg 398w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Client Download</strong></p>
<p>V2.0.3</p>
<p>The “Demo” user have been giving no restriction on functionality within the GANZ CORTROL Client.</p>
<p>Please reference the<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1932" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> CORTROL Client Manual f</a>or navigation, and usage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="497" class="wp-image-3782" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p>CORTROL Client Quick Guide</p>
<p>v1.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Main window</strong></p>
<p>The main window displays content provided by the server, which depend upon the selected tab. Please see the corresponding sections of this document for detailed information about each mode.</p>
<p>The Ganz CORTROL Client application window title displays window name, display number, and computer station name.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right corner &#8211; window controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="34" class="wp-image-3783" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-1-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 1 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 431"></p>
<p>From this panel, the Ganz CORTROL Client application window can be:</p>
<ul>
<li>Opened in full screen mode</li>
<li>Minimized to taskbar</li>
<li>Maximized/restored to default size</li>
<li>Closed</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter full screen, F11 can also be used; to exit full screen mode, press <em>Escape</em> or <em>F11</em> on the keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; tabs</strong></p>
<p>I I Live £&gt; Playback Sequence Smart search /A Alerts pa~| Library</p>
<p>The upper panel contains tabs that allow you to quickly switch between main software functionality. The following tabs may be available, depending on the software version:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Live</strong>: real-time video</li>
<li><strong>Playback</strong>: recorded video</li>
<li><strong>Sequence Explorer</strong>: recorded video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Smart Search</strong>: recording motion video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Alerts</strong>: generated alerts</li>
<li><strong>Library</strong>: exported video and snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; server connections</strong></p>
<p>S Connection (1 servers)</p>
<p>The <em>Connection</em> button opens server connection setup window and displays the number of currently configured servers.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right: main menu</strong></p>
<p>File Edit View Help</p>
<p>This section contains the main application menu items.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>File; </strong><em>Exit</em>: close the Ganz CORTROL Client Application</li>
<li><strong>Edit</strong>; <em>Settings</em>: application settings</li>
<li><strong>View</strong>: operation modes</li>
</ul>
<p>o <em>Always on top</em></p>
<p>o <em>Exclusivity Mode</em></p>
<p>o <em>Locked application</em></p>
<p><strong>Help</strong>; <em>About</em>: about Ganz CORTROL Client</p>
<p><strong>Server Connections</strong></p>
<p>If you wish to connect to a remote server, follow the steps below.</p>
<p>Select the <em>Connection</em> section in the upper panel to bring up the dialog box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="378" class="wp-image-3784" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 432" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-768x370.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="151" class="wp-image-3785" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 433" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p>Select a server by clicking it in the item list and click <em>Connect</em> to connect with the selected server. Server resources will automatically appear in the left-hand panel.</p>
<p>Click <em>Disconnect</em> in this same dialog box to log out from the selected server.</p>
<p><strong>Video Channels</strong></p>
<p>Each video displayed in live view is placed into a &#8216;slot&#8217;, a part of the layout, called viewport.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="308" class="wp-image-3786" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 434" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg 607w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="26" class="wp-image-3787" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 435"></p>
<p>X rf* Traffic Cam</p>
<p>Lower-left: Stream details</p>
<p>i f H.264 VGA 30FPS 2.5 Mb/s</p>
<p>Enabled items are highlighted yellow:</p>
<p>Upper-left: general viewport controls</p>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<p>Upper-right: Current time on the server from which the device originates</p>
<p>o <strong>Recording status: </strong>X = not recording, yellow arrow = recording</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion detector status: </strong>running = motion present, standing still = no motion</p>
<p>o <strong>Video codec of the stream: </strong>H.264, MJPEG</p>
<p>o <strong>Picture resolution: </strong>XVGA, 2.8MP</p>
<p>o <strong>Stream frame rate: </strong>xFPS</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="37" class="wp-image-3788" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 436" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg 379w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> o Stream bitrate: xKb/s, xMb/s</p>
<p>Lower-right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Instant playback: </strong>Playback of currently select time, (Default, last five minutes)</p>
<p>o <strong>PTZ toggle: </strong>PTZ HUD and bottom panel ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Substream: </strong>Auto/main/substream</p>
<p>o <strong>Incoming audio: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Audio OUT: </strong>Press and hold the microphone to speak</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Notification panel toggle: </strong>Toggle display of device centric notification panel</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Export snapshot of current image to library</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="580" height="33" class="wp-image-3789" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg 580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1-300x17.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></p>
<p>Bottom: PTZ controls</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Presets Tours: </strong>Listing presets, with option to initiate tour</li>
<li><strong>HUD (Heads Up Display): </strong>ON/OFF (Centre: PTZ HUD controls) o Pan and tilt arrows</li>
</ul>
<p>o Zoom slider</p>
<p>o Iris slide (If camera supported)</p>
<p>o Focus slider (If camera supported)</p>
<p><strong>Instant Playback</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="798" height="406" class="wp-image-3790" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 438" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg 798w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-768x391.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 798px) 100vw, 798px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="35" class="wp-image-3791" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 439"> The following overlay controls are available in the instant playback mode:</p>
<p>Camera Center: P<strong>lay/Pause</strong></p>
<p>o Drag to the center of the line to pause drag right to go fast forward o Drag left to rewind fast</p>
<p>o Release from dragging to continue normal playback</p>
<p>Bottom right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Place: </strong>Click to play</p>
<p>o <strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</p>
<p>o <strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</p>
<p>Bottom: Navigation</p>
<p>1/9/2017 L</p>
<p>4:5607 PM</p>
<p>11/9/2017</p>
<p>5:01:07 PM</p>
<p>o <strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust loaded video time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) ■ Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</p>
<p>o <strong>Vertical yellow line: </strong>Indicates current playback moment, ■ Drag it anywhere or click to move along the timeline</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="38" class="wp-image-3792" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 440"></p>
<p><strong>Playback (Archive) Mode</strong></p>
<p>For security reasons, it has been made impossible to erase recordings from individual channels and/or time periods. Recordings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1047" height="549" class="wp-image-3793" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 441" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg 1047w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-1024x537.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-768x403.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1047px) 100vw, 1047px" /></p>
<p>Select <em>Playback</em> tab to switch to archive playback mode. Your current layout will be used, and recorded video streams will be displayed for channels with enabled recording.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Layouts: </strong>Double-click your desired layout to load it</li>
<li><strong>Layout templates: </strong>Double-click your desired layout template to load it</li>
<li><strong>Channels:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Double-click or drag and drop the channels of your choice to fill the viewports</p>
<p>o First empty viewports are filled; then non-locked channels are replaced one by one)</p>
<p>o Each channel can be expanded to access recordings of its main or secondary stream.</p>
<p>o All footage having no associated active channels will be available under <em>Orphan archive tracks</em>.</p>
<p>The following viewport overlay controls are available in the playback mode, upon selection of a viewport:</p>
<ul>
<li>Upper left:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in this viewport can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<ul>
<li>Lower-right: <strong>Controls</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p><strong>Playback timeline</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1053" height="82" class="wp-image-3794" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 442" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg 1053w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-300x23.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-1024x80.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-768x60.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1053px) 100vw, 1053px" /></p>
<p>Right below the video stream, the <strong>Timeline </strong>is displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Time intervals: </strong>Show the timeline scale;</li>
</ul>
<p>o Click and drag left/right to move the timeline</p>
<ul>
<li>The video footage outline is shown twice:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Upper timeline: </strong>Contents of currently selected stream, with corresponding channel name</p>
<p>o <strong>Lower timeline: </strong>Content summary for all channels currently present in the viewport layout</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>White line: </strong>Indicates recorded video data</li>
<li><strong>Cyan line: </strong>(A little bit wider than the white line) indicates recorded motion data</li>
<li><strong>Blue line</strong>: (A little bit wider than the cyan line) indicates recorded incoming audio data</li>
<li><strong>Yellow vertical line: </strong>Denotes current playback position</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1045" height="51" class="wp-image-3795" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 13" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 443" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg 1045w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-1024x50.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-768x37.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1045px) 100vw, 1045px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>playback navigation controls </strong>are located at the bottom of the window:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Timestamps: </strong>Timeline start and stop</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="29" class="wp-image-3796" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 14" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 444"><strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust the loaded footage time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) o Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</li>
</ul>
<p>Motion Search:</p>
<p>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows move forward or back to next recorded motion</p>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation:</strong></p>
<p>o Use the <em>Play/Pause</em> button to start playback</p>
<p>o Use the &lt;&gt; arrows near the <em>Play</em> button to go one frame back/forward</p>
<p>o -/+ steps: click to go back/forward with a step of 5 seconds, 1 minute, 1 hour or 24 hours o |&lt; &gt;| arrows: go to the very beginning/very end of the footage</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Playback speed:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Drag the blob to adjust playback speed from +/-0.5x to +/-32x</p>
<p>o The <em>Pause</em> button duplicates the main pause control</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</li>
<li><strong>Bookmark: </strong>Create bookmark for later retrieval, review</li>
<li><strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</li>
<li><strong>Multi-</strong>Snapshot: Snapshot of all channels currently present in the viewport layout</li>
<li><strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</li>
</ul>
<p>o Option of multi-channel, or single channel archive export</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-install-cp-plus-kvms-pro/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-install-cp-plus-kvms-pro/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Jul 2023 18:59:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVSS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FLIR Cloud Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zosi]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3628</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO, In this article, we are going to see where to download application KVMS ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-install-cp-plus-kvms-pro/#more-3628" aria-label="Read more about How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO, In this article, we are going to see where to download application KVMS PRO Free for Desktop Software and then how to install and configure to see your installed camera into application.</p>
<p><strong>HOW TO INSTALL CP PLUS KVMS PRO FOR WINDOWS 7/8/10 DESKTOP APPLICATION</strong></p>
<p>we are going to show you how you can monitor CP Plus Brand CCTV Camera view on your Personal Computer, laptop with an Operating System (OS) Microsoft Windows XP / Windows 7 / Windows 8 / Windows 10(32/64 bit), for mac users please checkout our another blog.</p>
<p>In this article, we are going to see where to download application KVMS PRO Free for Desktop Software and then how to install and configure to see your installed camera into application.</p>
<p>Before start let me share with you, Currently, CP Plus is a No. 1 in India, leaders in advanced security and surveillance solutions Company. According to IHS Survey 2017, CP Plus is the top 4 security company in the world and is in the top 2 clubs in Asia. CP Plus products are used in many sectors, such as buildings, infrastructures, transport, hotels, hospitals, institutes, and homes. Products of CP PLUS are available at Parmeshwar Electrotech Pvt Ltd – Rajkot, we are one of the distributors for CP PLUS Portfolios.</p>
<p>Products of CP PLUS are available in two different series product ranges, first is Orange and second is Indigo, so before downloading the application please check which series DVR, NVR or Cameras you have. Here we are talking about Orange Series Product’s Software.</p>
<h2>How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/faq/3610/how-to-connect-device-and-computer-to-same-network/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored">How to Connect Device and Computer to Same Network</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/3593/zosi-smart-app-avss-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored">Zosi Smart App AVSS Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3581/flir-cloud-client-installation-and-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored">FLIR Cloud Client installation and user guide</a></li>
</ol>
<h3>1 Step # Download CP PLUS KVMS Pro Free Software</h3>
<h4>First Method :</h4>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="283" class="wp-image-3629" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-parmeshwar-offi.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Download-from-Parmeshwar-official-Website" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 457" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-parmeshwar-offi.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-parmeshwar-offi-300x83.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-parmeshwar-offi-768x212.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>You can download from our support page where we are frequently updating latest release software, <a href="https://drive.google.com/uc?export=download&amp;id=1JVmTFtpZlGhjGs2x90Diz9fgkYJFiIJF&quot; \t &quot;_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">click here from direct download</a> or facing any problem then Visit our <a href="https://parmeshwar.net/Support" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener sponsored">Support Page</a> and find for CP PLUS KVMS Pro software for desktop</p>
<h4>Second Method :</h4>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="787" class="wp-image-3630" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-cp-plus-officia.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Download-from-CP-Plus-official-Website" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 458" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-cp-plus-officia.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-cp-plus-officia-300x231.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-download-from-cp-plus-officia-768x590.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Visit CP PLUS official website and download from there (<a href="https://www.cpplusworld.com/prodassets/software/2af309c4-f68e-44fb-a8cc-8478a89bd240.rar&quot; \t &quot;_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Click here for Download</a>), click here for direct download or facing any problem then visit <a href="https://www.cpplusworld.com/software" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">software page</a> under section of orange, find for KVMS Pro Win and download.</p>
<h3>2 Step # Unzip Downloaded File</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="320" class="wp-image-3631" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-unzip-exe-file.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Unzip-exe-file" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 459" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-unzip-exe-file.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-unzip-exe-file-300x94.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-unzip-exe-file-768x240.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>After downloading the installer from the given link, you need to extract the file because the downloaded file will be in the compressed format.</p>
<p>Sometimes unzipping the file may raise a broken link error then try to unzip for latest winrar software, you may <a href="https://www.win-rar.com/download.html?&amp;L=0&quot; \t &quot;_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">download Winrar</a> here.</p>
<h3>3 Step # Run Software Installer</h3>
<p>Now, CP Plus KVMS Pro software for Windows is ready for Installation, Find so right-click on the install file and then click on the Run as administrator. Then the system asks for permission for the installation. Click on the Yes button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="252" class="wp-image-3632" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-exe-file-run-as-administrator.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Exe-file-run-as-Administrator" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 460" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-exe-file-run-as-administrator.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-exe-file-run-as-administrator-300x74.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-exe-file-run-as-administrator-768x189.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>The installation process will start and the first installation screen comes to you.</p>
<h3>4 Step # Select Language And Accept Terms Condition</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="663" class="wp-image-3633" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-1.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-1" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 461" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-1.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-1-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-1-768x497.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>This is the First Installation wizard Screen,<br />
4.1 Select your Preferred Language<br />
4.2 Checkbox after read agreement for acceptance<br />
4.3 Press Next button for further Process</p>
<h3>5 Step # Select Installation Option</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="669" class="wp-image-3634" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-2.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-2" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 462" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-2.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-2-300x196.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-2-768x502.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>This is the Second Installation wizard Screen,</p>
<p>5.1 : Keep Checked for Installation<br />
KVMS Pro is used for DVR, NVR, IP Camera, Video Decoder, Video Matrix for Live View, Playback, Video wall and Download Recorded History, Also you can manage and configure above mentioned devices.</p>
<p>5.2 : Check for Install Storage Service<br />
Storage Services act as Video Storage Server or you can say work similar to NVR.<br />
In this Tutorial we are not covering that part, so I am going to uncheck it.</p>
<p>5.3 : Press Next button for further Process</p>
<h3>6 Step # Select Installation Path</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="675" class="wp-image-3635" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-3.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-3" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 463" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-3.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-3-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-3-768x506.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>This is the Third Installation wizard Screen,</p>
<p>6.1 : here, indicate how much space required to install KVMS Pro and how much space you have according selected path</p>
<p>6.2 : Default installation path is on the Programme files folder or your primary OS drive, you can change it by pressing Browse button and select your desired location.</p>
<p>6.3 Checked or Unchecked, if you wish to create a desktop Shortcut or not.</p>
<p>6.4<br />
Press Install button for Final Installation Process</p>
<h3>7 Step # Installation In Progress</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="672" class="wp-image-3636" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-4.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-4" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-4.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-4-300x197.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-4-768x504.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>This is the forth Installation wizard Screen,</p>
<p>7.1 : here you can see the progress of installation, wait for a while until all processes finish and you will get a successful installation msg or any other error msg if any.</p>
<h3>8 Step # Successfully Installed</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="690" class="wp-image-3637" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-5.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-5" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 465" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-5.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-5-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-5-768x518.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>This is the fifth Installation wizard Screen, if you see this screen it means your CP PLUS KVMS Pro software Successfully installed your Computer</p>
<p>8.1 : Release Note : Checked this box for open release note after pressing the finish button<br />
8.2 : Run KVMS Pro : Checked this box for open KVMS Pro after pressing the finish button.<br />
8.3 : Press the finish button for exit from KVMS Pro Wizard and it will open the release note or run the KVMS Pro application if the checkbox is selected.</p>
<h3>9 Step # KVMS Pro Application Registration Process : Password Setting</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="594" class="wp-image-3638" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-6.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-6" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-6.png 872w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-6-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-6-768x523.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<p>If you checked option 8.2 in the previous step then the application will automatically open, if not then Go to Desktop or Strat Programme and Select KVMS Pro application by clicking the shortcut. When the application runs for the first time then it will ask for the password of the master user : admin. It will be your master administrative password, so remember it as well as keep it strong too.</p>
<p>9.1 : Password : Enter Strong Password for user : admin<br />
9.2 : Confirm Password : retype same as above for confirmation.<br />
9.3 : Auto Login after Registration : if you checked this box then after finishing this registration process you will be logind in to the app, if not then you will get a Login box and ask for username and password for entering the app. Checking this box will save your time.<br />
9.4 : Press Next for further registration process.</p>
<h3>10 Step # KVMS Pro Application Registration Process : Password Protection</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="878" height="594" class="wp-image-3639" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-7.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-7" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 467" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-7.png 878w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-7-300x203.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-7-768x520.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 878px) 100vw, 878px" /></p>
<p>Answer the security questions, it will help you to retrieve password in case you forget.</p>
<p>10.1 : Question 1 : Select your desired question and type your answer<br />
10.2 : Question 2 : Select your desired question and type your answer<br />
10.3 : Question 3 : Select your desired question and type your answer<br />
10.4 : Press Finish button for complete KVMS Pro software registration process.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="576" class="wp-image-3640" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-8.png" alt="CP-Plus-KVMS-Pro-Win-Installation-Screen-8" title="How To Install CP PLUS KVMS PRO 468" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-8.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-8-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cp-plus-kvms-pro-win-installation-screen-8-768x432.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>After the registration process is completed, the application will open and ready to use.<br />
Hurray… you are now ready to use CP PLUS KVMS Pro Desktop Application.</p>
<h3>Video Tutorial</h3>
<p>Check out our Next tutorial for how to Add CP PLUS DVR, NVR, IP CAMERA in the KVMS Pro.</p>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>KVMS Pro is very easy and has to follow 10 simple steps for Installation and make it ready to monitor CP PLUS Camera DVR, CVR, NVR and IP Camera.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-install-cp-plus-kvms-pro/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/p6slite-easyvms-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/p6slite-easyvms-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Jul 2023 07:13:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVTECH]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS LITE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EasyVMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[OSD setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P6SLite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P6SPro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video monitoring]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIGI Security Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WiFi Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3514</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide, Support cloud device addition and management,Provide streaming media storage and playback functions, monitor the playback connection ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/p6slite-easyvms-installation-guide/#more-3514" aria-label="Read more about P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide, Support cloud device addition and management,Provide streaming media storage and playback functions, monitor the playback connection status, and provide relevant status notifications,The system is more streamlined, more convenient to operate, green and ad-free</p>
<p>P6SLite For Pc software name is <strong>EasyVMS</strong>, you can <a href="http://www.p6spro.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">download the software here,</a> support Windows PC.</p>
<h2><strong>P6SLite For Pc Function</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li>Support cloud device addition and management</li>
<li>Support APP account login and registration</li>
<li>The system is more streamlined, more convenient to operate, green and ad-free</li>
<li>Realize centralized user management, fault management, system maintenance and TOPO navigation</li>
<li>Provide streaming media to distribution function</li>
<li>Provide streaming media storage and playback functions, monitor the playback connection status, and provide relevant status notifications</li>
<li>Maximum performance of the software</li>
<li>Maximum number of device logins: 64pcs real-time preview channels: 36 channels</li>
<li>Maximum number of access channels 256 channels Number of remote playback channels 1 channel</li>
<li>Maximum number of search devices: 256pcs Remote recording query channels: 1 channel</li>
<li>Maximum number of local users 16 Number of local playback channels 1 channel</li>
<li>Maximum number of cloud accounts 1 Number of local recording query channels 1 channel</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>System operating environment</strong></h2>
<p>Operating system: Microsoft Windows 7, 8.1, 10 compatible with some XP systems</p>
<p>CPU: Intel AMD 32-bit or 64-bit</p>
<p>Memory: 2G or higher</p>
<p>Note: Due to the different operating systems and hardware of the PC platform, the smoothness and functionality of the software are affected to varying degrees</p>
<h2>P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3452/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/">AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3325/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/">VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/">Gamut Surveillance Client Guide</a></li>
</ol>
<h2><strong>Install and login to P6SLite For Pc</strong></h2>
<p>Find the file <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-3515 size-medium" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-300x79.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/EasyVMS.jpeg?resize=1280%2C336&amp;ssl=1" width="300" height="79" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 529" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-300x79.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-1024x269.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-768x202.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-1200x315.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl.jpeg 1280w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" />   in the software directory, double-click the EasyVMS installation file to install the client software, and the login dialog box will pop up, as shown below. The current page will be adapted according to the full Chinese and English systems.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="546" class="wp-image-3516" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc.jpeg" alt="Install and login to P6SLite For Pc" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="720" class="wp-image-3517" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-1.jpeg" alt="Install and login to P6SLite For Pc" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 531" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-1.jpeg 928w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-1-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-1-768x596.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="720" class="wp-image-3518" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-2.jpeg" alt="Install and login to P6SLite For Pc" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 532" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-2.jpeg 928w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-2-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-2-768x596.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="720" class="wp-image-3519" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-3.jpeg" alt="Install and login to P6SLite For Pc" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 533" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-3.jpeg 928w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-3-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-3-768x596.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="720" class="wp-image-3520" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-4.jpeg" alt="Install and login to P6SLite For Pc" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 534" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-4.jpeg 928w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-4-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-4-768x596.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></p>
<p>Then click Run EasyVMS software <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="720" class="wp-image-3521" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-1.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/EasyVMS-v3.0.0-User-Manual-23.2.233605.jpeg?resize=785%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 535" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-1-300x275.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-1-768x704.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /> and choose the language that suits you to log in to the system;</p>
<p><strong>Local login user name default: </strong>admin, <strong>password default:</strong> empty; After logging in, select the software in the upper right corner  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="720" class="wp-image-3522" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-2.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/EasyVMS-v3.0.0-User-Manual-23.2.233798.jpeg?resize=780%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-2.jpeg 780w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-2-300x277.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-2-768x709.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" />  to log out of the software;</p>
<p>Cloud account login, please enter APP P6SLite account, currently supports scanning code login and manual account input (manual input requires attention to the choice of server)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="691" class="wp-image-3523" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-5.jpeg" alt="Install and login to P6SLite For Pc" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 537" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-5.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-5-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/install-and-login-to-p6slite-for-pc-5-768x518.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><strong>Interface Introduction</strong></h2>
<p>The main navigation buttons at the top of the interface are real-time preview, remote playback, electronic album, device management, system log, alarm information, plan recording, system settings, click the navigation button to enter the corresponding configuration interface. On the left side of the interface is the device navigation, on the right is the display area, and in the upper right corner are the help, logout, minimize, maximize, and close buttons. Start with device management and add devices.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3524" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/interface-introduction.jpeg" alt="Interface Introduction" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 538" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/interface-introduction.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/interface-introduction-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/interface-introduction-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><strong>Device Management</strong></h2>
<p>Click the Device Management button to enter the Device Management page, as shown in the following figure; On the device management page, you can perform manual adding, modifying, batch deleting, batch upgrading, APP cloud account management, region adding, as well as batch adding, batch modifying IP, and successfully added devices, right-click remote settings, time synchronization, clear alarms, display QR codes and other functions.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="625" class="wp-image-3525" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/device-management.jpeg" alt="Device Management" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/device-management.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/device-management-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/device-management-768x469.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><strong>Zone configuration</strong></h2>
<p>For easy zone device management (the default zone is preferred when added by camera), you can right-click the default zone to customize the new zone, or click Add Zone below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3526" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/zone-configuration.jpeg" alt="Zone configuration" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/zone-configuration.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/zone-configuration-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/zone-configuration-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><strong>ADD P6SLite Camera</strong></h2>
<p>Click the refresh button in the lower right corner to search for the P6SLite camera</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3527" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade.jpeg" alt="P6SLite Camera addition, removal, and upgrade" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 541" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Select the IP address of the camera, then click “Batch Change IP” to modify the IP address of the camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="545" class="wp-image-3528" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-1.jpeg" alt="P6SLite Camera addition, removal, and upgrade" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-1-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-1-768x409.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>If you don’t know how to modify the IP address, please check the “Refer to the computer network card to set the IP” software will automatically modify the IP address according to your network environment, of course, you can also manually modify the IP address.</p>
<p>The default user name of the device: admin, password: empty, click Confirm, save the modified IP address, and then click the refresh button again, search for the new IP address again, and then select the IP address and click Add in bulk.</p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.camapp365.com/p6slite/setup-p6slite-camera-manual&quot; \t &quot;_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">See also  How To SetUp P6SLite Camera (Complete Manual )</a></strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="585" class="wp-image-3529" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-2.jpeg" alt="P6SLite Camera addition, removal, and upgrade" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-2-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-2-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Then click the real-time preview button to enter the preview interface</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3530" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-3.jpeg" alt="P6SLite Camera addition, removal, and upgrade" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-3.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-3-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-3-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Double-click the IP address of the camera on the right, and the video will be automatically displayed in the surveillance screen on the right.</p>
<p>If you add multiple devices, you can select the Default Region context menu and select Turn on automatically, Open by region, Close preview by region.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="623" class="wp-image-3531" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-4.jpeg" alt="P6SLite Camera addition, removal, and upgrade" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 545" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-4.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-4-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/p6slite-camera-addition-removal-and-upgrade-4-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h3><strong><strong>Delete Camera</strong></strong></h3>
<p>Select one or more devices to be deleted in the device list, click the Delete button, the system will prompt whether to confirm the deletion of the device, click the [OK] button, the device on the default zone list will be deleted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3532" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/delete-camera.jpeg" alt="Delete Camera" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 546" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/delete-camera.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/delete-camera-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/delete-camera-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h3><strong><strong>Upgrade Camera</strong></strong></h3>
<p>Local upgrade: Select the device you want to upgrade in the list of added devices, and then select Bulk upgrade. Be sure to restore the factory settings after the upgrade is successful.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3533" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera.jpeg" alt="Upgrade Camera" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 547" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Cloud Upgrade: Select the device to be upgraded in the list of added devices, and then select Cloud Upgrade (whether the device supports cloud upgrade), otherwise the Cloud Upgrade page will not be prompted</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3534" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera-1.jpeg" alt="Upgrade Camera" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 548" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera-1-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/upgrade-camera-1-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><strong>Remote playback</strong></h2>
<h3><strong><strong>Video retrieval</strong></strong></h3>
<p>Enter the remote playback interface, select the channel that needs to be played back on the left device tree (Note: currently only supports one playback all the way), select the date on the calendar, click the “Search” button, the system starts to search for the recording in the hard disk recorder (or local hard disk), and display the search results in the search results panel. As shown in the following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3535" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/video-retrieval.jpeg" alt="Video retrieval" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 549" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/video-retrieval.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/video-retrieval-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/video-retrieval-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h4><strong><strong>Playback control</strong></strong></h4>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="118" class="wp-image-3536" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/playback-control.jpeg" alt="Playback control" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/playback-control.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/playback-control-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/playback-control-768x89.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p><strong>Control Buttons</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="720" class="wp-image-3537" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-3.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/p6slite-icon-1.jpeg?resize=763%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 551" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-3.jpeg 763w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-3-300x283.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /> Play button, tap when the recording stops to resume playback.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="810" height="720" class="wp-image-3538" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-4.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/p6slite-icon-2.jpeg?resize=810%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 552" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-4.jpeg 810w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-4-300x267.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-4-768x683.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /> Pause the playback button, tap the playback pause while the recording is playing, and tap again to resume playback.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="738" class="wp-image-3539" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-5.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/p6slite-icon-3.jpeg?resize=720%2C738&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 553" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-5.jpeg 720w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-5-293x300.jpeg 293w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /> Stop playing button, tap while playing to stop the screen.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="720" class="wp-image-3540" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-6.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/p6slite-icon-4.jpeg?resize=812%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 554" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-6.jpeg 812w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-6-300x266.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-6-768x681.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /> Audio control button, tap to turn on/off audio playback during playback.</li>
<li>Choose  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="720" class="wp-image-3541" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-7.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/p6slite-icon-5.jpeg?resize=965%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 555" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-7.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-7-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-7-768x573.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" />  hasten  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="720" class="wp-image-3542" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-8.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/p6slite-icon-6.jpeg?resize=834%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 556" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-8.jpeg 834w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-8-300x259.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-8-768x663.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" />  Slow down Fast/slow rate control is possible.</li>
<li>Click  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="830" height="720" class="wp-image-3543" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-9.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/p6slite-icon-7.jpeg?resize=830%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 557" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-9.jpeg 830w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-9-300x260.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-9-768x666.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 830px) 100vw, 830px" />  Playback capture button, you can take a screenshot of the playback screen.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Timeline operations</strong></p>
<p>(1) The scale on the timeline is 0-24 points.</p>
<p>(2) Mouse over the timeline to scroll to zoom in and out of the timeline.</p>
<p>(3) Double-click the timeline to play it directly.</p>
<h2><strong>Device control</strong></h2>
<p>The device management interface can also control the device, including: time synchronization, camera restart, clear alarm, etc.</p>
<h3><strong><strong>Time synchronization</strong></strong></h3>
<p>In the Device Management &gt; the Added Device interface, select the device and click the [Time Sync] button to synchronize the device time with the PC time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="379" class="wp-image-3544" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/time-synchronization.jpeg" alt="Time synchronization" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 558" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/time-synchronization.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/time-synchronization-300x111.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/time-synchronization-768x284.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><strong>System settings</strong></h2>
<p>Click System Settings to enter the local settings of the software.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3545" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings.jpeg" alt="System settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 559" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>You can set the EasyVMS software to automatically open at startup, check the button  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1061" height="720" class="wp-image-3546" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-10.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/ICON-P6SLITE.jpeg?resize=1061%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 560" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-10.jpeg 1061w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-10-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-10-1024x695.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-10-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1061px) 100vw, 1061px" />   , and save. After saving, EasyVMS will automatically run after the next boot.</li>
<li>You can set the automatic calibration interval time of the device, check the button <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1061" height="720" class="wp-image-3547" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-11.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/ICON-P6SLITE.jpeg?resize=1061%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 561" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-11.jpeg 1061w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-11-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-11-1024x695.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-11-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1061px) 100vw, 1061px" /> , and enter the interval time (such as: 120). After saving, each device will automatically calibrate every 120 minutes. It is recommended to calibrate every 30 minutes</li>
<li>You can set the local recording duration, select the recording duration input box, and enter the recording duration (for example: 30). Once saved, each recording is saved with an interval of 30 minutes. You can also set the recording format and select the recording format (e.g. PRV/AVI). After saving, the local recording format is . PRV.  A dedicated PRV player can be downloaded on the official website</li>
<li>You can set the log retention period and directly select the recording duration (e.g. six months). Once saved, logs are retained for six months.</li>
<li>You can set the capture and video saving path, click to select the path, such as (G: EasyVMSImage/ G: EasyVMSVideo). After saving, the capture path is set to G: EasyVMSImage, the recording path is set to G: EasyVMSVideo.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Account management: Enter the system settings interface to manage local account login, including creating operator users, creating guest users, modifying user passwords, and deleting devices.</strong></p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.camapp365.com/p6slite/setup-p6slite-camera-manual&quot; \t &quot;_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">See also  How To SetUp P6SLite Camera (Complete Manual )</a></strong></p>
<p>Click the “System Settings” button, click the “Account Management” button, click [Create], enter the new user name, password and user group (such as operator) to save, the user group will have one more new user “user1”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="430" class="wp-image-3548" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings-1.jpeg" alt="System settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 562" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings-1-300x126.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/system-settings-1-768x323.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Click the [Account Management] button, select the operator user user1, and click [Delete]. After deletion, the new user disappears.</p>
<p><strong>Currently, there are three levels of user permissions:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Administrator: </strong>Administrator privileges, which can perform device management, user management, video monitoring, video playback, log query, switch users, and log out of the client.</li>
<li><strong>Operator: </strong>Video monitoring, video playback, log viewing, user switching, password modification.</li>
<li><strong>Guest:</strong> Video monitoring, switching users, password modification.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Real-time preview</strong></h2>
<h3><strong><strong>Real-time preview</strong></strong></h3>
<p>Double-click the device name in the left device to open a preview of all channels of the device on the right preview interface, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="623" class="wp-image-3549" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview.jpeg" alt="Real-time preview" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 563" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>To turn off single-way preview, you can right-click “Close Preview” on the list that pops up the video channel to turn off the channel preview.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="623" class="wp-image-3550" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview-1.jpeg" alt="Real-time preview" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 564" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/real-time-preview-1-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Right-click the default region in the device bar on the left and select “Turn off preview by region”</p>
<h4><strong><strong>Preview controls</strong></strong></h4>
<p>On the Preview Actions tab, the following figure is shown.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="110" class="wp-image-3551" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/preview-controls.jpeg" alt="Preview controls" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 565" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/preview-controls.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/preview-controls-300x32.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/preview-controls-768x83.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="720" class="wp-image-3552" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-12.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-7.jpeg?resize=829%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 566" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-12.jpeg 829w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-12-300x261.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-12-768x667.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /> is to turn off the full channel preview button, clicking it will close all preview screens.</li>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="819" height="720" class="wp-image-3553" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-13.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-8.jpeg?resize=819%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 567" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-13.jpeg 819w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-13-300x264.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-13-768x675.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 819px) 100vw, 819px" />  is the capture button, click to capture the current channel image to the local computer.</li>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="794" height="720" class="wp-image-3554" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-14.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-1.jpeg?resize=794%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 568" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-14.jpeg 794w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-14-300x272.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-14-768x696.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 794px) 100vw, 794px" />  is the on/off full-channel recording button, clicking it will enable/disable full-channel recording.</li>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="720" class="wp-image-3555" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-15.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-2.jpeg?resize=766%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 569" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-15.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-15-300x282.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" />  is the on/off audio button, clicking it will turn channel audio on/off.</li>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="743" class="wp-image-3556" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-16.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-3.jpeg?resize=720%2C743&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 570" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-16.jpeg 720w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-16-291x300.jpeg 291w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" />  is the screen split button, click to set the number of screen split paths, currently supports single screen, four screen, nine screen, sixteen screen, twenty-five screen, thirty-six screen road preview.</li>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="720" class="wp-image-3557" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-17.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-4.jpeg?resize=859%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 571" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-17.jpeg 859w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-17-300x251.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-17-768x644.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" />  is a preview of the next video screen, which can be used in single screen, four screen, nine screen, sixteen screen, twenty-five screen, thirty-six screen, etc.</li>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="720" class="wp-image-3558" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-18.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-5.jpeg?resize=771%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 572" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-18.jpeg 771w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-18-300x280.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-18-768x717.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" />  is a full-screen toggle button, click to switch to full-screen preview. In full screen, you can right-click “exit full screen” or press the keyboard ESC key to exit.</li>
<li>The icon  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="720" class="wp-image-3559" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-19.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/icon-6.jpeg?resize=826%2C720&amp;ssl=1" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 573" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-19.jpeg 826w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-19-300x262.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-i0-wp-com-www-camapp365-com-wp-content-upl-19-768x669.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" />  is a group tour, and you can group the picture in the case of many cameras or NVR images. Then make a grouped preview</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong><strong>Right-click menu control</strong></strong></h3>
<p>Select the real-time preview channel on the preview interface and right-click to bring up the right-click control menu, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3560" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/right-click-menu-control.jpeg" alt="Right-click menu control" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 574" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/right-click-menu-control.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/right-click-menu-control-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/right-click-menu-control-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Click the [Close Preview] button, and the preview of the current channel screen will be closed.</li>
<li>Click the [Turn on sound] button to open the audio preview for the current channel.</li>
<li>Click the [Capture] button, the capture of the current channel is turned on, and the image is saved locally.</li>
<li>Click the [Start Recording] button to enable single-channel recording on the current channel, and save the recording to the local computer.</li>
<li>Click the [Screen Scale] button to set the current preview screen scale to the original scale or fill scale.</li>
<li>Click the [Full screen] button to switch the preview screen to full screen. Consistent with the Full Screen feature in the toolbar below the preview action page.</li>
<li>Click the [Clarity] button to set the channel quality as the main stream/substream (valid only for P2P (added by ID number) settings).</li>
<li>Click the [Voice Intercom] button to shout to the front-end camera.</li>
<li>Click the [Electronic Magnification] button to perform electronic amplification operation on the channel.</li>
<li>Click the [Remote Configuration] button to set the camera parameters</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Set up P6SLite camera</strong></h2>
<h3><strong><strong>OSD settings</strong></strong></h3>
<p>you can add the name of the current camera and the placement of the moving time; Click the red font to move</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="720" class="wp-image-3561" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/osd-settings.jpeg" alt="OSD settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 575" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/osd-settings.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/osd-settings-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/osd-settings-768x572.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<h3><strong><strong>Image settings</strong></strong></h3>
<p>Night vision mode; Set the night market mode on a dual-light device to achieve a full-color image at night.</p>
<p>IR-CUT sensitivity (the higher the modified value, the higher the sensitivity): The earlier the black and white image is switched at night.</p>
<p>IR-CUT switching time (the larger the modification value, the longer the switching time): Extend the time to switch black and white images.</p>
<p>The image is flipped, and the image can be selected to be corrected by software when the camera is hoisted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="963" height="720" class="wp-image-3562" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-settings.jpeg" alt="Image settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 576" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-settings.jpeg 963w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-settings-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-settings-768x574.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 963px) 100vw, 963px" /></p>
<h3><strong><strong>Network configuration</strong></strong></h3>
<h4><strong><strong>Network Setting</strong></strong></h4>
<p>modify the IP address required by the camera in the network</p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.camapp365.com/p6slite/setup-p6slite-camera-manual&quot; \t &quot;_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">See also  How To SetUp P6SLite Camera (Complete Manual )</a></strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="720" class="wp-image-3563" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/network-configuration.jpeg" alt="Network configuration" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 577" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/network-configuration.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/network-configuration-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/network-configuration-768x573.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<h4><strong><strong>WiFi settings</strong></strong></h4>
<p>Select SSID (wifi name), click search, enter wifi password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="488" class="wp-image-3564" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings.jpeg" alt="WiFi settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 578" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings-768x366.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>After filling in the wifi name and password, select Check wireless settings, it will pop up to check the validity of wifi configuration (display failure, please check wifi password or refresh the page) If the wifi configuration is successful, then unplug the wire, the real-time preview screen will be black or stuck after about 30 seconds to return to normal (the camera is switching network card)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="963" height="720" class="wp-image-3565" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings-1.jpeg" alt="WiFi settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 579" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings-1.jpeg 963w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings-1-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/wifi-settings-1-768x574.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 963px) 100vw, 963px" /></p>
<p>Normal wifi and wifi hotspot mode switching: a When the camera is powered on, the camera will automatically switch to wifi hotspot direct connection without plugging in the network cable;</p>
<p>When the camera is powered on first in the network cable or plugged in the network cable first, the camera will switch to normal wifi mode. C Manually force switch between normal wifi and wifi hotspot camera will restart</p>
<h4><strong><strong>Port setting</strong></strong></h4>
<p>HTTP/signaling/data port modification in the corresponding access software, need to manually add to modify the port number, otherwise it can not be effectively accessed (non-professionals do not recommend modification, so as not to add device failure)</p>
<h4><strong><strong>Mail settings</strong></strong></h4>
<p>enable and configuration methods</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="720" class="wp-image-3566" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings.jpeg" alt="Mail Settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 580" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings-768x572.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="720" class="wp-image-3567" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings-1.jpeg" alt="Mail Settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 581" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings-1.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings-1-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/mail-settings-1-768x572.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<h4><strong><strong>FTP settings</strong></strong></h4>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="720" class="wp-image-3568" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/ftp-settings.jpeg" alt="FTP settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 582" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/ftp-settings.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/ftp-settings-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/ftp-settings-768x572.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<h3><strong><strong>Encoding settings</strong></strong></h3>
<h4><strong><strong>encoding parameters</strong></strong></h4>
<p>Modify the format and appropriate parameters of the video picture to achieve the best effect.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="720" class="wp-image-3569" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/encoding-parameters.jpeg" alt="encoding parameters" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 583" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/encoding-parameters.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/encoding-parameters-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/encoding-parameters-768x572.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<h4><strong><strong>audio settings</strong></strong></h4>
<p>input volume refers to the size of the camera microphone recording, the larger the value, the louder the playback sound of the monitoring device; The output volume refers to the sound played by the camera horn, the higher the number, the louder the sound played by the camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="720" class="wp-image-3570" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/audio-settings.jpeg" alt="audio settings" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 584" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/audio-settings.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/audio-settings-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/audio-settings-768x572.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<h3><strong><strong>Alarm settings</strong></strong></h3>
<h4><strong><strong>Motion detection</strong></strong></h4>
<p>Refers to the way to enable or disable motion detection, and the way to trigger the motion detection alarm is to trigger the email (capture a picture when the alarm is sent to the specified mailbox by email, and the mailbox must be set up first);</p>
<p>Trigger FTP (capture a picture when alarming, and send the picture to the FTP terminal through the set FTP server); Linkage push (refers to whether to receive camera alarm reminders, the subscription function on the home page needs to enable linkage push);</p>
<p>Trigger capture (a picture will be captured when a moving signal is detected, and the captured picture can be viewed in the message function on the home page); trigger recording (recording in different colors after detecting a moving signal);</p>
<p>Select the area (refers to the selected area on the screen with a movement signal will alarm, the selected area is subject to the green box)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="720" class="wp-image-3571" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/motion-detection.jpeg" alt="Motion detection" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 585" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/motion-detection.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/motion-detection-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/motion-detection-768x572.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<h2><strong>Client logs</strong></h2>
<p>Enter the system log interface, select the client log, select the user, start time, end time and other conditions to filter, click the [Query] button, you can query all the operation log information according to the conditions, each log information includes the operation user name, machine IP, time, description and other information.</p>
<p>Click the Export button to save the operation information as a .csv format file, as shown in the following figure. ：</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3572" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/client-logs.png" alt="Client logs" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 586" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/client-logs.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/client-logs-300x182.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/client-logs-768x467.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><strong>Electronic photo album</strong></h2>
<p>The electronic album is mainly used for the management of local channel capture and post-recording files, and users can search for viewing and deleting a series of operations according to different filter types.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3573" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/electronic-photo-album.png" alt="Electronic photo album" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 587" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/electronic-photo-album.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/electronic-photo-album-300x182.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/electronic-photo-album-768x467.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Search by device, select any device, and search for local pictures and videos under that device.<br />
Search by date, select a date (e.g. June 5) to search for local images and videos under that date.<br />
Search by media type, select the image/video type (e.g. Video) to search all local video files.<br />
In addition, you can delete and jump the playback operation of the picture/video, and directly select the file and right-click to execute.</p>
<h2><strong>Alarm information</strong></h2>
<p>The alarm information interface records all types of alarm information of the software, including motion detection, video loss, alarm input, heartbeat loss, etc., and users can view, export and backup operations on various alarm information.</p>
<h3><strong><strong>View alarm information</strong></strong></h3>
<p>Select the alarm information type (for example, only check Video Loss and Alarm Input) to view all categories of alarm information: click the [Export] button, select the save path, and export the alarm information to the local computer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="622" class="wp-image-3574" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/view-alarm-information.png" alt="View alarm information" title="P6SLite EasyVMS Installation Guide 588" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/view-alarm-information.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/view-alarm-information-300x182.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/view-alarm-information-768x467.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/p6slite-easyvms-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 14 Jul 2023 07:19:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Defaults]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3107</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#more-3107" aria-label="Read more about TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance wireless connections. The communication distance ranges from several kilometers to dozens of kilometers depending on your product models.<br />
You can use Pharos products in diversified network environments. This article introduces some common application scenarios, including <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Point (PtP)</span></a>, <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a> and <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor004" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</span></a>, one of which may be similar to yours.</p>
<p>If you want to set up a Wi-Fi hotspot outdoors like in a plaza or farm, use Omada Outdoor EAPs instead, such as EAP225-Outdoor and EAP110-Outdoor. That’s because Omada outdoor EAPs are designed to provide wireless access for mobile terminals, while Pharos devices are more suitable for long-distance communications. However, if you still want to use Pharos Products in that scenario, refer to Device A in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">1 Point to Point (PtP)</span></a> to set up the device.</p>
<p><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor000"></a>Point to Point (PtP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 1-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor001"></a>PtP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-2" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtP.png" alt="PtP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 715"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP application is to realize the communications between two isolated locations, such as two sites separated by a river, hill, railway, and so on. The wireless PtP link acts as a very long and invisible cable. It simplifies the network deployments because you do not need long-distance cabling between the two sides. To build a PtP link, you need two Pharos devices. We recommend that you configure one in AP Mode and the other in Client Mode.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor001" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Figure 1-1</span></a> shows a typical example of the PtP application: Bridging the internet connection from a downtown house to another house on a small island where no ISP provides internet access.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the downtown house, there are already a modem and router together to provide internet access for computers and mobile terminals. Configure Device A to work in AP Mode and connect it to the LAN port of the router. <span class="加粗">In AP Mode, Device A creates a Wi-Fi signal to the designated area so that wireless clients can access the network after connecting to it.</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the house on the island, configure Device B to work in Client Mode and connect it to the SSID of Device A wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In Client Mode, Device B acts as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from the remote root AP (Device A). </span>Connect it to a router or indoor AP via Ethernet cables, then mobile terminals like laptops and mobile phones can access the internet by connecting to the SSID of the router or indoor AP.</p>
<h2>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/user-guide/3089/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/" rel="nofollow">Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3050/how-to-setup-email-notifications-via-gmail/" rel="nofollow">How to Setup Email Notifications via Gmail</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1117/sadp-tool-software-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">SADP Tool Software User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">2</span><a id="_idTextAnchor002"></a>Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 2-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor003"></a>PtMP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-3" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtMP.png" alt="PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 716"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP application is often used when multiple sites need to connect to a remote center. The device at the remote center usually works in AP Mode and the others work in Client Mode. To cover all the Clients, the AP should have a wide enough beamwidth. A WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="超链接">Figure 2-1</span> shows a typical PtMP application. A company has three warehouses that are located far away from the head office. It plans to construct a PtMP link to realize remote monitoring of the warehouses from the head office.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">To construct the PtMP link, for the head office, configure Device D to work in AP Mode and connect it to the switch that the Monitoring Host is connected to. For the warehouses, configure the Pharos devices to work in Client Mode. Connect them to the SSID of Device D wirelessly, and to the cameras via Ethernet cables. Then the four sites form a local area network and employees in the head office can monitor the warehouses in real time via the Monitoring Host.</p>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">3</span><a id="_idTextAnchor004"></a>Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 3-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor005"></a>WISP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-4" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/WISP-PtMP.png" alt="WISP PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 717"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">When providing internet service for some remote areas that have no wired internet access yet, ISPs usually choose a wireless solution instead of a wired solution to avoid cabling over long distances. The WISP application is often used in this kind of scenario. <span class="超链接">Figure 3-1</span> shows the network topology. As you can see, it is a combination of PtP and PtMP applications.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For this scenario, subscribers are often kilometers away from each other. Find a place that is approximately the center of the subscribers and suitable to install Pharos devices, and mark it as Site 2. Then find the nearest location to Site 2 that has internet access, and mark it as Site 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP link is to realize the long-distance wireless connection between Site 1 and Site 2.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 1, deploy a device (Device 1) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to the existing network via Ethernet cables.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 2) and configure it to work in Client Mode. Then connect it to the SSID of Device 1 wirelessly so that it can communicate with Device 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptmp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtMP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP link is the last mile of the internet connections to the subscribers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 3) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to Device 2 via Ethernet cables. Device 3 is used to provide wireless coverage for the subscribers. As mentioned in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">2 Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a>, a WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended. If Device 3 cannot cover all the subscribers, deploy more devices in different directions to achieve the goal.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the devices at subscribers’ homes like Device 4 and Device 5, there are two configuration choices:</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 1: Client Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">This is the most common use, and a Wi-Fi router is needed.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 4) to work in Client Mode. Connect it to the ISP’s network wirelessly, and to a Wi-Fi router via Ethernet cables. Computers and Mobile terminals can access the internet by connecting to the Wi-Fi router.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 2: AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">AP Client Router Mode is used in the following two scenarios:</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The ISP needs to have good control of user networks, like limiting the ingress and egress bandwidth of the user networks.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The user has no Wi-Fi routers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 5) to work in AP Client Router Mode and connect it to Device 3 wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In AP Client Router Mode, Device 5 acts as a wireless client in the ISP’s network and a wireless NAT router in the user network.</span> Both wired and wireless terminals can access the internet after connecting to Device 5. No extra Wi-Fi router is needed, but there are some concerns to take into consideration.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The installation position for Device 5 has more stringent requirements than that for Device 4 in Choice 1. In addition to ensuring that Device 5 can communicate with Device 3, you should also ensure that its wireless coverage range can cover the areas where the subscriber needs to access the internet.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>Mobile terminals that are far away from the Pharos device may fail to connect to the wireless network although they can scan it. This is because the mobile terminals are in the coverage range of the Pharos device, but the Pharos device is not in their range. For more details, refer to <span class="超链接">Why Does My Cellphone Fail to Connect to the Remote Outdoor Access Point?</span></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark2"></a> Operation Modes</p>
<p>The Pharos series products support multiple operation modes to satisfy user’s diverse network requirements. This chapter introduces typical usage scenarios of different modes. For more information, refer to Common Applications for Pharos Products.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark3"></a><em>Access Point</em></li>
<li><em>Client</em></li>
<li><em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em></li>
<li><em>AP Router</em></li>
<li><em>Repeater</em></li>
<li><em>Bridge</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode or Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark9"></a> Access Point</li>
</ol>
<p>In Access Point (AP) Mode, the device acts as a central hub and provides wireless access point for wireless clients, thus the AP Mode is applicable to the following three scenarios. Meanwhile, Multi-SSID function can be enabled in this mode, providing up to four wireless networks with different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 1</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="333" class="wp-image-3108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 1" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 718" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg 364w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1-300x274.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="41" class="wp-image-3109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 2" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 719"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="255" height="172" class="wp-image-3110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 3" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 720"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.7.2</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the network coverage in the remote areas without long­distance cabling.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In the adjacent town covered by wired network, ISP (Internet Service Provider) can put up a device in AP Mode to access the internet and transform wired signal into wireless one. In the remote area, users can put up a device in AP Client Router Mode to access the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Transmit data wirelessly across a long distance and reduce the cabling cost.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="172" class="wp-image-3111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 4" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 721" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 5" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 722" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 6" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 723"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 7" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 724"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Combine two separate office networks into one.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Mode connects to one office network and creates a wireless network. The device in Client Mode connects to the other office network and the wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="192" class="wp-image-3115" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 8" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 725" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /><strong>Advantages: </strong>Establish a point-to-point WLAN across a long distance to achieve the connectivity between two networks and avoid the cabling trouble.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 3</strong></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or public place to provide wireless access for users.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>With the access to campus wired network or other wired local area networks, the device in AP Mode provides the wireless access for wireless clients, such as smart phones, laptops and tablets to connect to the network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Enrich the access ways of local area network and extend the network coverage.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark17"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark18"></a> Client</li>
</ol>
<p>For the device in Client Mode, the most common usage scenario is point-to-point networking. The device is used to transform wireless signal into wired one.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3116" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 9" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 726" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3117" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 10" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 727" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3118" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 11" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 728"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3119" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 12" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 729"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Help the wired devices to connect to the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In Client Mode, the device actually serves as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from root AP or Station. In this case, wired devices can access the wireless network by connecting to the device in Client Mode.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark19"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark23"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</li>
</ol>
<p>In AP Client Router Mode, the device access the internet provided by WISP (Wireless Internet Service Provider) through wireless connection. For the downstream clients, the device serves as a normal home wireless router. It can provide wired connection and wireless connection simultaneously.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="328" class="wp-image-3120" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 13" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 730" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg 69w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13-63x300.jpeg 63w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 69px) 100vw, 69px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="31" height="44" class="wp-image-3121" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 14" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 731"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="44" class="wp-image-3122" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 15" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 732"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="206" class="wp-image-3123" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 16" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 733" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg 523w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></p>
<p>WISP’s network</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Get internet service from WISP.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in Client Router Mode connects to WISP wirelessly for internet service. It provides both wired access and wireless access for the clients.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark28"></a> AP Router</li>
</ol>
<p>The device in AP Router Mode serves as a normal home wireless router but provides a wider wireless network range.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="328" height="205" class="wp-image-3124" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 17" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 734" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg 328w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="147" height="64" class="wp-image-3125" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 18" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 735"></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or other public places and so on.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Router Mode connects to root ADSL/Cable Modem for internet access. Meanwhile, it creates a wireless network for the wireless clients to connect to the internet.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In this mode, the device cannot be managed directly through the port connected to ADSL/Cable Modem. To manage the device, connect the management host to the device wirelessly or via the other LAN port.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark33"></a> Repeater</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Repeater Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network. The SSID and encryption type of the device should be the same as those of the root AP.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark35"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark38"></a> Bridge</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Bridge Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network.</p>
<p>The SSID and encryption type of the device can be different from those of the root AP.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark41"></a> Quick Start</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to quickly build a wireless network in different operation modes. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark42"></a><em>Check the System Requirements</em></li>
<li><em>Log In to the Device</em></li>
<li><em>Set Up the Wireless Network</em></li>
<li>Check the System Requirements</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark50"></a><strong>Operating System:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Linux, or Mac OS X.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark51"></a><strong>Web Browser</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Google Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Apple Safari. IE browsers are not recommended.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark56"></a> Log In to the Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Before configuring the device, you need to access the PharOS configuration interface. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark57"></a> Connect your PC to the device.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark58"></a> Set the IP address of your PC as static IP address on 192.168.0.X subnet (X ranges from 2 to 253, e.g.192.168.0.10).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="526" class="wp-image-3126" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 19" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 736" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19-300x290.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>3. Launch a web browser on and enter <strong>the management IP address of the device (192.168.0.254 by default) </strong>in the address bar to load the login page of the PharOS configuration interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="65" class="wp-image-3127" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 20" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 737" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark59"></a> Use <strong>admin </strong>for both of <em>User Name</em> and <em>Password.</em> Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations. Select the appropriate language from the Language drop-down list. Read and agree the terms of use, then click <em>Login.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="395" class="wp-image-3128" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 21" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 738" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg 733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark60"></a> Create a new username and password for network security. Click <em>Finish</em> to log in to the PharOS.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="272" class="wp-image-3129" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 22" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 739" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg 734w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark65"></a> Set Up the Wireless Network</li>
</ol>
<p>Use the Quick Setup wizard to quickly configure your device step by step. Choose the suitable operation mode according to your network environment and follow the step-by- step instructions.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark68"></a> Access Point</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Access Point Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark69"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Access Point</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="183" height="34" class="wp-image-3130" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 23" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 740"></p>
<p><strong>■Jtp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: | Access Point</p>
<p>About Support Log Out</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS</p>
<p>MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<p>(•) Access Point</p>
<p>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode.</p>
<p>which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>O Client</p>
<p>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapterto receive wireless signals from</p>
<p>your wire I ess network.</p>
<p>O Repeater</p>
<p>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal,</p>
<p>especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</p>
<p>O Bridge</p>
<p>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a rootAP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</p>
<p>O AP Router</p>
<p>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet. The wireless ports share the same IP address as</p>
<p>the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</p>
<p>O AP Client Router (WISP Client) In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same</p>
<p>IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port</p>
<p>in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark70"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="568" class="wp-image-3131" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 24" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 741" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark71"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3132" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 25" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 742" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark72"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="619" class="wp-image-3133" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 26" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 743" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark75"></a> Client</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Client Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark76"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Client</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>o Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark77"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="589" class="wp-image-3134" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 27" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 744" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-768x497.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark78"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="617" class="wp-image-3135" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 28" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 745" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark79"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark80"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3136" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 29" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 746" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark81"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="586" class="wp-image-3137" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 30" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 747" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark84"></a> Repeater</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="25" class="wp-image-3138" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 31" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 748"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Repeater Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark85"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Repeater</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3139" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 32" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 749"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: Client</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark86"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="578" class="wp-image-3140" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 33" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 750" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-768x488.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark87"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="595" class="wp-image-3141" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 34" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 751" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-768x502.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark88"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark89"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark90"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3142" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 35" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 752" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark93"></a> Bridge</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Bridge Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark94"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Bridge</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3143" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 36" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 753"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(S) Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark95"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="572" class="wp-image-3144" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 37" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 754" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark96"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-3145" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 38" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 755" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark97"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark98"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark99"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3146" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 39" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 756" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark100"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3147" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 40" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 757" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark103"></a> AP Router</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Router Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark104"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Router</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3148" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 41" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 758"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click Yes.</p>
<p>• For devices with one Ethernet port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="181" class="wp-image-3149" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 42" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 759" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. If you want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>For devices with two Ethernet ports.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="214" class="wp-image-3150" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 43" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 760" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-768x180.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the Port1 of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If your want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark105"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, specify the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3151" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 44" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 761" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports three types of the WAN connection, including <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP.</em> Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 45" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 762" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>WAN Settings</p>
<p>IP Address: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Default Gateway: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: [ 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>] (Optional)</p>
<p>Back Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark106"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="613" class="wp-image-3153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 46" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 763" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-768x517.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark107"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 47" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 764" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark110"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark111"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>q^tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click <em>Yes</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="181" class="wp-image-3155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 48" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 765" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Client Router (WISP Client) as the operation mode, you will not access the device through the WISP network after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the port of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If you want to manage the device through the WISP network, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark112"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, choose the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="593" class="wp-image-3156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 49" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 766" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-768x500.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP</em> for the WAN connection. Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 50" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 767" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 51" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 768" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark113"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="617" class="wp-image-3159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 52" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 769" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-300x203.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark114"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Back</strong></p>
<p>Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark115"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark116"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 53" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 770" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark117"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 54" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 771" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark122"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark124"></a> Monitor the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to monitor the running status and statistics of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark125"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark138"><em>View the Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark126"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark143"><em>View the Wireless Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark127"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark148"><em>View Wireless Signal Quality</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark128"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark118"><em>View Radio Status</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark129"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark153"><em>View the LAN Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark130"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark158"><em>View the WAN Settings</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark131"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark163"><em>37 Monitor Throughput</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark132"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark168"><em>Monitor Stations</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark133"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark173"><em>Monitor Interfaces</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark134"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark178"><em>Monitor ARP Table</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark135"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark183"><em>Monitor Routes</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark136"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark188"><em>Monitor DHCP Clients</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark137"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark193"><em>Monitor Dynamic WAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark139"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark141"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark142"></a> View the Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Device Information </strong>section, view the basic information of the device. To configure the device information, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark349"> <em>7. Configure the System</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>Device Information</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE 510</p>
<p>Device Model: CPE510 v30</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.0 0 Build 20160908 Rel. 36610 (5553)</p>
<p>System Time: 2015-01-01 04:37:41</p>
<p>Uptime: 0 days 04:37:43</p>
<p>CPU: I 1%</p>
<p>Memory: 53%</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the name of the device. By default, it is the product model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Model</td>
<td>Displays the product model and the hardware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</td>
<td>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>Displays the current system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the running time of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Displays the CPU occupancy.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Memory</p>
<p>Displays the memory occupancy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark147"></a> View the Wireless Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Settings </strong>section, view the parameters of the wireless network created by the device. To configure the parameters, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="328" class="wp-image-3162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 55" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 772" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Displays the status of the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Displays the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Displays the channel and frequency which are currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Displays the channel width which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IEEE802.11</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>Displays the IEEE802.11 protocol currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the maximum data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Displays the antenna that you use.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td>Displays the transmit power which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance</td>
<td>Displays the wireless coverage distance. In the coverage of the device, the clients can be placed to get good wireless performance.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark152"></a> View Wireless Signal Quality</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Signal Quality </strong>section, view the current signal quality of the upstream wireless network. It is only applicable for the Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Modes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="188" class="wp-image-3163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 56" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 773" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p>Signal Strength Displays the received wireless signal strength of the root AP. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displyed separately in Horizontal/Vertical Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</p>
<p>Noise Strength Displays the received environmental noise from wireless interference on the operating frequency.</p>
<p>SNR Displays the Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) of the device. SNR refers to</p>
<p>the power ratio between the received wireless signal strength and the environmental noise strength. The larger SNR value is, the better network performance the device can provide.</p>
<p>Transmit CCQ Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>3.4</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark118"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark121"></a> View Radio Status</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Radio Status </strong>section, view the radio status of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="610" class="wp-image-3164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 57" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 774" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57-268x300.jpeg 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>AP Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>AP</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless AP function. With this enabled, the device can provide a wireless network for the clients. By default, it is enabled in Access Point, Repeater, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the clients.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name (SSID) created by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the clients should be the same as that on this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connected</p>
<p>Stations</td>
<td>Displays the number of the connected stations.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Client Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless client function. With this function enabled, the device can connect to the root AP through wireless connection. By default, it is enabled in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Access Point and AP Router Modes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the device should be the same as that on the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="264" class="wp-image-3165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 58" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 775" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58-300x146.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>WDS</p>
<p>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless Distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used during the connection process between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames using four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames using three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Root AP BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID (Basic Service Set ID) of the root AP. BSSID is used to identify a BSS. Each BSS has its own BSSID. The BSSID is decided by the manufacturers, and it is usually related to the device&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Root AP SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name of the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the receiving of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the amount of time the device has been connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark153"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark157"></a> View the LAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, view the LAN information of the device. To configure the LAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port MAC address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port IP address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the LAN.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the current status of the LAN Ethernet port connections and the Maximum transmission rate of the plugged port.</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix Displays the LAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark158"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark159"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark160"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark161"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark162"></a> View the WAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="413" class="wp-image-3166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 59" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 776" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /> Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, view the WAN information of the device. To configure the WAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Connection Type</td>
<td>Displays the connection type of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS Server</td>
<td>Displays the DNS server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix</td>
<td>Displays the WAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default IPv6 gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 DNS</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 DNS server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark165"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark167"></a> Monitor Throughput</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Throughput</em> and monitor the current data traffic of specified interfaces including LAN, WAN, WLAN, WWAN and BRIDGE. Note that the interfaces which you can monitor are different among different operation modes.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="313" class="wp-image-3167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 60" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 777" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-768x267.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark169"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark172"></a> Monitor Stations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Stations</em> and monitor the information of all the stations that are connected to the device.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Signal / Noise(dBm) ChainO/Chainl</td>
<td>CCQ</p>
<p>(%)</td>
<td>Negotiated Rate (Mbps)</td>
<td>Data TX / RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Connection Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</td>
<td>CPE 510</td>
<td>TP-Link_Outdoo r_EF44BC</td>
<td>-44/-34.-90/-90</td>
<td>93</td>
<td>300.0</td>
<td>169/3962</td>
<td>0.00</td>
<td>192.168.0.100</td>
<td>0 days 00:04:01</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&lt; Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID that the station is connected to.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength and the noise strength of the wireless network. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displayed separately in Chain0/Chain1 Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CCQ (%)</p>
<p>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>Negotiated Rate Displays the negotiated rates of the packets which the device transmits to</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Data TX/RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>Displays the distance between the device and the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the connection duration.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><sup>(Mbps)</sup> the station.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click the MAC Address of a station to view the detailed information.</p>
<p>Station E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name:</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Negotiated Rate Last Signal. dBm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Product:</td>
<td></td>
<td>6.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware:</td>
<td></td>
<td>9.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection Time:</td>
<td>00:10:30</td>
<td>12.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Signal:</td>
<td>-33 dBm</td>
<td>18.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">24.0Mbps</td>
<td>-33</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Noise Floor:</td>
<td rowspan="2">-90 dBm</td>
<td rowspan="2">N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">36.0Mbps</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ:</td>
<td>100%</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>48.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP:</td>
<td>192.1680 101</td>
<td>54.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate:</td>
<td>300.0Mbps/24.0Mbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate:</td>
<td>0.00kbps /0.00kbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets:</td>
<td>553/2241</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate.pps:</td>
<td>0/0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Transmitted:</td>
<td>87653 (85.60kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received:</td>
<td>169733 (165.75kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Refresh</p>
<p>Device Name Displays the device name of the station.</p>
<p>Product</p>
<p>Displays the product name of the station.</p>
<p>Firmware Displays the firmware version of the station.</p>
<p>Connection Time Displays the connection duration.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ</td>
<td>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the negotiated rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets</td>
<td>Displays the total number of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate, pps</td>
<td>Displays the packet rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes</p>
<p>Transmitted</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device transmits to the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Negotiated Rate</td>
<td>Displays the possible negotiated rates of the packets which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last Signal, dBm</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last packet which the device receives from the station at the corresponding negotiated rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>RX Signal</p>
<p>Displays the signal strength of the wireless network.</p>
<p>Click the IP Address of a station to access the web management page of the station.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark177"></a> Monitor Interfaces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Interfaces</em> and monitor the relevant information of the interfaces.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Throughput Stations Interfaces</td>
<td>ARP Table</td>
<td colspan="2">Routes DHCP Clients</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>RX Packets</td>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LAN1</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</p>
<p>fe80::203:7fff:feff:fffe/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40336</td>
<td>5M</td>
<td>13691</td>
<td>4M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>192.168.0.251 fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40245</td>
<td>4M</td>
<td>13697</td>
<td>3M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WLANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>O.O.O.O fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address and IPv6 address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>Displays the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the interface. It is the maximum packet size (in bytes) that the interface can transmit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark182"></a> Monitor ARP Table</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>ARP Table</em> and monitor the ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) information recorded by the device.</p>
<p>ARP is used to associate each IP address to the unique hardware MAC address of each device on the network.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.200</td>
<td>00-19-66-35-E1-B0</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.16</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-13-23-7B</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.61</td>
<td>F4-F2-6D-C 3-28-62</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>169.254.60.119</td>
<td>DC-9B-9C-D 3-17-61</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Z Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark184"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark187"></a> Monitor Routes</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Routes</em> and monitor the routing entries recorded by the device in the Routing table. Routing table is used for the device to decide the interface to forward the packets. You can enable or disable <em>Auto Refresh.</em> With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="324" class="wp-image-3168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 61" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 778" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-768x265.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>IPv4 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SubnetMask</td>
<td>Displays the Subnet Mask of the destination network.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</p>
<p>Interface</p>
<p>IPv6 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark188"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark192"></a> Monitor DHCP Clients</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>DHCP Clients</em> and monitor the information of all the DHCP clients.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Throughput Stations Interfaces</strong></td>
<td><strong>ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</strong></td>
<td><strong>Dynamic WAN</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Lease Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jim</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-21-01-10</td>
<td>192.168.0.102</td>
<td>0 days 01:57:57</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">* Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address that the device assigned to the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lease Time</td>
<td>Displays the time that the client leased. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark196"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark197"></a> Monitor Dynamic WAN</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Dynamic WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode when the WAN connection type is PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP or Dynamic.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Dynamic WAN</em> and monitor the WAN connection status of the device. You can enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Status: Disconnected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>IP Address: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 0 0 0 0</p>
<p>Obtain</p>
<p>Gateway IP: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS:</p>
<p>Status: Connected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS:</p>
<p>IP Address</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask:</p>
<p>Release</p>
<p>Gateway IP:</p>
<p>± Auto Refresh</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IP address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IPv6 address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IPv6 address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark200"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark201"></a> Configure the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the network parameters and the advanced features, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark202"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark210"><em>Configure WAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark203"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark220"><em>Configure LAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark204"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark240"><em>Configure Management VLAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark205"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark245"><em>Configure the Forwarding Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark206"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark250"><em>Configure the Security Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark207"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark257"><em>Configure Access Control</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark208"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark263"><em>Configure Static Routing</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark209"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark270"><em>Configure Bandwidth Control</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark277"><em>49 Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark210"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark211"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark212"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark214"></a> Configure WAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>WAN submenu is used to create the WAN connection and configure the related advanced</p>
<p>parameters.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, configure the WAN parameters of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="242" class="wp-image-3169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 62" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 779" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-768x198.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the WAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark215"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports five types: Static, Dynamic, PPPoE, L2TP, and PPTP.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>This connection type uses a permanent, fixed (static) IP address that is assigned by your ISP. In this type, you should fill in the IP address, Netmask, Gateway IP, and DNS IP address manually, which are assigned by your ISP.</p>
<p>WAN</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="296" class="wp-image-3170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 63" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 780" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg 872w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter alternative DNS IP address if your ISP provides it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: H Enable 0 IPv6 Address: • Static Q) SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64 |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Gateway.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Primary DNS.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0 IPv6 Address: O Static SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the MAC address of WAN interface. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p>For this connection, your ISP uses a DHCP server to assign your router an IP address for connecting to the internet. You don&#8217;t need to configure any parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="313" class="wp-image-3171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 64" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 781" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-768x264.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If your ISP gives you one or two DNS IP addresses, select Use These DNS Servers and enter the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS into the correct fields. Otherwise, the DNS servers will be assigned from ISP dynamically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter another DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>If your ISP delivers internet through phone line and provides you with username and password, you should choose this type. Under this condition, you should fill in both User Name and Password that the ISP supplied. Note that these fields are case-sensitive.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="545" class="wp-image-3172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 65" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 782" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>User Name Enter the User Name that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Password Enter the Password that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="93" class="wp-image-3173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-66.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 66" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 783"> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>On Demand</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>minutes</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark216"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark217"></a><strong>Time-based</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect based on time. Enter the start time in From (HH:MM) for connecting and end time in To (HH:MM) for disconnecting. If you need to control the time period of internet access, choose this mode.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>From(HH:MM):</p>
<p>To(HH:MM):</p>
<p>• <strong>Manual</strong></p>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>1 minutes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Second</p>
<p>Connection</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Second Connection is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP provides an extra Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>The Secondary Connection is disabled by default, so there is PPPoE connection only. This is recommended.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address O Static (§) SLAAC Q DHCPv6 </strong>Q</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: M Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address: O Stade Q SLAAC @ 0HCPv6 </strong>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The default MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) size is 1480 bytes, which is usually appropriate. For some ISPs, you need modify the MTU. This should not be done unless your ISP told you to. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Service Name</td>
<td>Specify the Service Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AC Name</td>
<td>Specify the AC Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Internal</td>
<td>Specify the Detect Interval. The default value is 0. Input the value between 0 and 120. The device will detect Access Concentrator online every interval seconds. If the value is 0, it means not detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Use</p>
<p>ISP-specified IP</td>
<td>If your service provider provides you with an IP address along with the user name and password, Enable &#8220;Use ISP-specified IP&#8221; and enter the IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If the ISP provides a DNS server IP address for you, Enable Use These DNS Server, and fill the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields below. Otherwise, the DNS servers will obtain automatically from ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restore to</p>
<p>Factory MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to restore the WAN MAC address as factory MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to set the WAN MAC address as PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>L2TP/PPTP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP supplies internet access through L2TP or PPTP, it will provide the following parameters. The configurations of L2TP and PPTP are the same, and the following introduction takes L2TP as an example.</p>
<p>WAN E</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="294" class="wp-image-3174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 67" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 784" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>Server IP/Name Enter the server IP address or the domain name provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Enter the User Name provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>Enter the Password provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="73" class="wp-image-3175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 68" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 785" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg 420w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68-300x52.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark218"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark219"></a><strong>Manual</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode: Manual Q</p>
<p>Idle Time: 15 | minutes</p>
<p>Second</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>If your ISP provides a Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark222"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark224"></a> Configure LAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>LAN submenu is used to configure the LAN parameters for the device and the clients.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark227"></a> Access Point/Client/Repeater/Bridge Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="307" class="wp-image-3176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 69" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 786" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-300x98.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-768x251.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the LAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark228"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports two types: Static and Dynamic.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="643" class="wp-image-3177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 70" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 787" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address for your device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the primary DNS IP address provided by your ISP. Consult your ISP if you don&#8217;t know the DNS value. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the secondary DNS IP address of alternative DNS server if your ISP has two DNS servers. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</td>
<td>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Domain</td>
<td>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Secondary DNS Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>Reservation</p>
<p>Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 71" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 788" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /></p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark229"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark230"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static <em>&lt;g&gt;</em> SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable e</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="368" class="wp-image-3179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 72" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 789" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-768x311.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Fallback IP</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Fallback IP. When the device fails to find the DHCP server, it will use the fallback IP as the LAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback IP</td>
<td>Specify the fallback IP for the device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback</p>
<p>Mask</td>
<td>Specify the fallback netmask for the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the network. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark231"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask. 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark232"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark233"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark236"></a> AP Router/AP Client Router Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="940" height="799" class="wp-image-3180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 73" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 790" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg 940w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-300x255.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-768x653.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></p>
<p>1. For LAN connection type, the device only supports Static.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</p>
<p>Start IP Address</p>
<p>End IP Address</p>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</p>
<p>Default Domain</p>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Secondary DNS</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Address Reservation</p>
<p>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</p>
<p>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</p>
<p>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 74" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 791" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /> Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: &lt;g) Static O Prefix Delegation o</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 164 |</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Prefix Delegation</strong></p>
<p>Select Prefix Delegation and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p>IPv6: [Z Enable Q</p>
<p>IPv6 Address: C Static (• Prefix Delegation Q</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Enable or disable the IPv6 DHCP server function. With IPv6 DHCP server <sup>Server</sup> enabled, the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the DHCP server.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark237"></a><strong>Disabled</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Disabled to disable the IPv6 DHCP server function</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: (§: Disabled (’ Stateless O Stateful Q</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark238"></a><strong>Stateless/Stateful</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Stateless or Stateful, and the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the IPv6 DHCP server automatically. Enable or disable the DNS proxy. With this feature enabled, the device will obtain the DNS server automatically. With this feature disabled, you should specify the DNS address manually.</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: O Disabled © Stateless O Stateful <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>I</p>
<p>ONS Proxy: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Preferred DNS: | |</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark239"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark244"></a> Configure Management VLAN</li>
</ol>
<p>Management VLAN provides a safer way for you to manage the device. With Management VLAN enabled, only the hosts in the management VLAN can manage the device. Since most hosts cannot process VLAN tags, connect the management host to the network via a switch, and set up correct VLAN settings to ensure the communication between the host and the device in the management VLAN.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Management VLAN Interfaces </strong>section, enable the Management VLAN function, specify <em>VLAN ID</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="132" class="wp-image-3182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 75" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 792" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-300x42.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-768x108.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Management Enable or disable the Management VLAN function. By default, it is disabled. VLAN</p>
<p>VLAN ID Specify the Management VLAN ID. The valid values are from 2 to 4094.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark247"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark249"></a> Configure the Forwarding Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Forwarding submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The IP address used on the internet is public IP address, while IP address used on local area network is private IP address. The hosts using private IP addresses cannot access the internet directly and vice versa.</p>
<p>The hosts using private IP addresses visit internet through NAT (Network Address Translation) technology. NAT can transfer private IP addresses into public IP addresses to realize the communication from internal hosts to external hosts.</p>
<p>If the hosts on the internet want to visit the hosts on local area network, the forwarding function should be used, including DMZ, Virtual server, Port triggering and UPnP.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Forwarding </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p>Forwarding</p>
<p>DMZ: 0 Enable <em>Q</em></p>
<p>DMZ IP: 10.0.0.0 |</p>
<p>ALG: 0 FTP ALG 0 TFTP ALG 0 H323 ALG 0 RTSP ALG <strong>0 </strong>Virtual Server: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Port Trigger: □ Enable</p>
<p>UPnP: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DMZ</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DMZ function. DMZ (Demilitarized Zone) specifically allows one computer/device behind NAT to become &#8220;demilitarized&#8221;, so all packets from the external network are forwarded to this computer/device. The demilitarized host is exposed to the wide area network, which can realize the unlimited bidirectional communication between internal hosts and external hosts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DMZ IP</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the local host network device. The DMZ host device will be completely exposed to the external network. Any PC that was used for a DMZ must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ALG</td>
<td>Select the type of ALG to enable the corresponding feature. Common NAT only translates the address of packets at network layer and the port number at transport layer but cannot deal with the packets with embedded source/destination information in the application layer. Application layer gateway (ALG) can deal with protocols with embedded source/destination information in the application payload. Some protocols such as FTP, TFTP, H323 and RTSP require ALG (Application Layer Gateway) support to pass through NAT.</p>
<p><strong>FTP ALG: </strong>Allows FTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>TFTP ALG: </strong>Allows TFTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>H323 ALG: </strong>Allows Microsoft NetMeeting clients to communicate across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>RTSP ALG: </strong>Allows some media player clients to communicate with some streaming media servers across NAT.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable or disable Virtual Server. Virtual servers can be used for setting up public services on your local area network, such as DNS, Email and FTP. A virtual server is defined as a service port, and all requests from the internet to this service port will be redirected to the LAN server. Virtual Server function not only makes the users from internet visit the local area network, but also keeps network security within the intranet as other services are still invisible from internet. The LAN server must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</p>
<p>Virtual Server</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="135" class="wp-image-3183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 76" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 793" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76-300x57.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure Virtual Server:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>IP: </strong>Enter the IP Address of the PC providing the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Enter the Internal Port number of the PC running the service application. You can leave it blank if the Internal Port is the same as the Service Port, or enter a specific port number.</p>
<p><strong>Service Port: </strong>Enter the numbers of external Service Port. You can type a service port or a range of service ports (the format is XXX &#8211; YYY, XXX is the start port, YYY is the end port). Internet users send request to the port for services.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable port trigger. Due to the existence of the firewall, some applications such as online games, video conferences, VoIPs and P2P downloads need the device to configure the forwarding to work properly, and these applications require multiple ports connection, for single-port virtual server cannot meet the demand. Port trigger function comes at this time. When an application initiates a connection to the trigger port, all the incoming ports will open for subsequent connections.</p>
<p>Port Trigger</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="133" class="wp-image-3184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 77" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 794" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure port trigger:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Incoming Port: </strong>Enter the incoming port for incoming traffic. The port or port range is used by the remote system when it responds to the outgoing request. A response to one of these ports will be forwarded to the PC that triggered this rule. You can input at most 5 groups of ports (or port section). Every group of ports must be set apart with “,”. For example, 2000-2038, 2050-2051,2085, 3010-3030.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger Port: </strong>Enter the trigger port for outgoing traffic. An outgoing connection using this port will “Trigger” this rule.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable UPnP. If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, or real-time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should enable the UPnP function. The Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) function allows the devices, such as internet computers, to access the local host resources or devices as needed. Host in the local area network can automatically open the corresponding ports on a router, and make the application of external host access the resources of the internal host through the opened ports. Therefore, the functions limited to the NAT can work properly. Compared to virtual server and port triggering, the application of UPnP doesn&#8217;t need manual settings. It is more convenient for some applications required unfixed ports.</p>
<p>UPnP</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="148" class="wp-image-3185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 78" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 795" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>App Description: </strong>Displays the description provided by the application in the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>External Port: </strong>Displays the external port number that the router opened for the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Displays the internal service port number of the local host running the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Displays which type of protocol is opened.</p>
<p><strong>IP Address: </strong>Displays the IP address of the local host which initiates the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>Status: </strong>Enabled means that port is still active. Otherwise, the port is inactive.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark251"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark254"></a> Configure the Security Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Security submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI) is a firewall that keeps track of the state of network connections (such as TCP streams, UDP communication) traveling across it. The firewall is programmed to distinguish legitimate packets for different types of connections. Only packets matching a known active connection will be allowed to pass through by the firewall and others will be rejected. SPI Firewall is enabled by factory default.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark255"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Security &gt; Basic </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="153" class="wp-image-3186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 79" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 796" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-300x50.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-768x129.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-600x100.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SPI Firewall</td>
<td>Check the Enable box to use the SPI Firewall function. If forwarding rules are enabled at the same time, the device will give priority to meet forwarding rules.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping</td>
<td>Select and enable the ping forbidden function.</p>
<p><strong>WAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from internet. By default, it is disabled.</p>
<p><strong>LAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from local network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VPN</td>
<td>Select and enable the VPN function.</p>
<p>A VPN is created by establishing a virtual point-to-point connection through the use of dedicated connections, virtual tunneling protocols, or traffic encryptions. Through VPN you can access your private network over internet. A virtual private network connection across the internet is similar to a wide area network (WAN) link between sites. From a user perspective, the extended network resources are accessed in the same way as resources available within the private network. When hosts in the local area network want to visit the remote virtual private network using virtual tunneling protocols, the corresponding VPN protocol should be enabled.</p>
<p><strong>PPTP Passthrough: </strong>PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) allows the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) to be tunneled through an IP (Internet Protocol) network. Check the box to allow PPTP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>L2TP Passthrough: </strong>L2TP (Layer Two Tunneling Protocol) is the method used to enable Point-to-Point connections via the internet on the Layer Two level. Check the box to allow L2TP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>IPSec Passthrough: </strong>IPSec (Internet Protocol Security) is a suite of protocols for ensuring private, secure communications over IP (Internet Protocol) networks, through the use of cryptographic security services. Check the box to allow IPSec tunnels to pass through the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. In the <strong>Security &gt; Advanced Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="214" class="wp-image-3187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 80" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 797" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-300x71.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-768x181.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>DoS Protection Enable the DoS Protection and specify the parameters.</p>
<p>DoS (Denial of Service) Attack is to occupy the network bandwidth maliciously by the network attackers or the evil programs sending a lot of service requests to the Host, which incurs an abnormal service or even breakdown of the network. With DoS Protection function enabled, the device can analyze the specific fields of the IP packets and distinguish the malicious DoS attack packets. Upon detecting the packets, the device will discard the illegal packets directly and limit the transmission rate of the legal packets if the over legal packets may incur a breakdown of the network. The hosts sending these packets will be added into the <em>Blocked DoS Host</em> List. The device can defend a few types of DoS attack such as ICMP_FLOOD, UDP_FLOOD and TCP_SYN_ FLOOD.</p>
<p><strong>Packets Statistics Interval: </strong>Select a value between 5 and 60 seconds from the drop-down list. The default value is 10. The value indicates the time interval of the packets statistics. The result of the statistic is used for analysis by ICMP-Flood, UDP Flood and TCP-SYN Flood.</p>
<p><strong>ICMP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current ICMP-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>UDP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 500. When the current UPD-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>TCP_SYN_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current TCP-SYN-FLOOD Packets numbers is beyond the set value, the Device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="685" height="163" class="wp-image-3188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 81" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 798" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg 685w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 685px) 100vw, 685px" /></p>
<p>Blocked DoS</p>
<p>Host List</p>
<p>Click <em>Blocked DoS Host List</em> to display the blocked DoS host table including host IP and host MAC. Click <em>Refresh</em> to renewal the table list. Click <em>Clear</em> to release all the blocked hosts. If you want to release one or some of the blocked hosts, select them and Click <em>Unlock.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark256"></a> Click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark257"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark258"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark261"></a> Configure Access Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Access Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The function can be used to control the internet activities of hosts in the local area network. For example, the online time limit and the specified web stations to visit can be controlled by the filtering policy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark262"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Access Control </strong>section, enable Access Control and select the Filtering Policy.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 82" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 799" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Access Control</td>
<td>Enable or disable Access Control.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Policy</td>
<td>Select the filtering policy according to your need.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are allowed to access the internet under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are forbidden to access the internet under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and create the filtering entries.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 83" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 800" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols from the drop-down list used for the target, any of IP, TCP, UDP, or ICMP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the hosts that you need to control, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the targets that you need to control, for example 192.168.3.12-192.168.3.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Port</td>
<td>Specify the port or port range for the target when protocol is TCP or UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Days of a week</td>
<td>Specify the days in which the rules take effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Enter the time rule in HH:MM-HH:MM format, the default value is 00:00­24:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark265"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark266"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark267"></a> Configure Static Routing</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Static Routing submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>A static route is a pre-determined path that network information must travel to reach a specific host or network. If static route is used properly in the network, it can decrease the network overhead and improve the speed of forwarding packets.</p>
<p>Static routing is generally suitable for simple network environment, in which users clearly understand the topology of the network so as to set the routing information correctly. When the network topology is complicated and users are not so familiar with the topology structure, this function should be used with caution or under the guidance of the experienced administrator.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark268"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Static Routing </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="217" class="wp-image-3191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 84" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 801" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-300x72.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-768x183.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Network IP</td>
<td>Enter the Target Network IP, the address of the network or host to be visited. The IP address cannot be on the same network segment with the device&#8217;s WAN or LAN port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Specify the netmask for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the Gateway IP, the address of the gateway that allows for contact between the Device and the network or host</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark269"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark270"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark274"></a> Configure Bandwidth Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bandwidth Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Bandwidth control function is used to control the internet bandwidth in the local area network. In the case of insufficient bandwidth resources, enable the function to make the device allocate reasonable bandwidth to the clients and achieve the purpose of efficient use of the existing bandwidth. Via IP bandwidth control function, set the upper and lower limit in the bandwidth of the computer network and guarantee a smooth sharing network.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark275"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Bandwidth Control </strong>section, enable the Bandwidth Control function.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="257" class="wp-image-3192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 85" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 802" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-768x217.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Total Ingress Specify the upper bandwidth for receiving packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p>Total Egress Specify the upper bandwidth for sending packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="170" class="wp-image-3193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 86" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 803" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-300x56.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-768x143.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Range</td>
<td>Enter the IP Range of the target hosts which need to be controlled of bandwidth, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port Range</td>
<td>Enter the Port Range through which the target hosts visit external server, for example 1-63258.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/ UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Max (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the maximum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Egress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum egress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Egress Max Specify the maximum egress bandwidth for the desired entry. (kbps)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark276"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark277"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark281"></a> Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>We can effectively prevent ARP attack and IP embezzlement by enabling the IP&amp;MAC binding. Within the local network, the device transmits IP packets to the certain target identified by the MAC address. Therefore, the IP and MAC address should be one-to- one correspondence and their corresponding relations are maintained by the ARP table. ARP attack can use forged information to renewal the ARP table, and destroy the corresponding relations between IP and MAC addresses, which would prevent the communication between the device and the corresponding host. When the IP&amp;MAC Binding function is enabled, the IP and MAC relations in the ARP table won’t be expired and renewed automatically, which effectively prevents the ARP attack.</p>
<p>Some functions such as access control and bandwidth control, are based on the IP addresses to identify the access clients. The network administrator can allocate every client a static IP, according to which he makes the access and bandwidth rules to control the clients’ online behavior and the bandwidth they’ve used. Some illegal users may change the IP address in order to get higher internet access. Enabling IP &amp; MAC binding function can effectively prevent the IP embezzlement.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>After IP &amp; MAC binding function is enabled, the IP bound to the MAC cannot be used by other MACs. However this MAC can use other IPs within the same segment, which are not bounded by other MACs, to access the network.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>IP &amp; MAC Binding </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the IP address and MAC address.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Click <em>Import</em> to quick import the entries in ARP table to IP &amp; MAC Binding table. The imported entries are disabled by default. Select the desired entries and click <em>Edit</em> to enable it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="236" class="wp-image-3194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 87" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 804" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-768x199.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IP</p>
<p>Enter the IP address that you want to bind with the MAC address.</p>
<p>MAC Enter the MAC address that you want to bind with the IP address.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark282"></a> Enable the desired entry and click <em>Save.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark283"></a> Configure the Wireless Parameters</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the parameters of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark284"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark291"><em>Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark285"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark296"><em>Configure Wireless Client Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark286"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark305"><em>Configure Wireless AP Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark287"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark315"><em>Configure Multi-SSID</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark288"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark318"><em>Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark289"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark290"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark320"><em>Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark294"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark295"></a> Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section allows you to configure wireless basic parameters, such as 802.11 mode, Transmit Power, and data rates.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Basic Wireless Settings </strong>section, configure the basic wireless settings and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="284" class="wp-image-3195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 88" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 805" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-300x91.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-768x232.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>Select the protocol standard used in the wireless network. To check what protocol standards your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 2.4GHz, supporting 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11b/g, and 802.11b/g/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11b/g/n, allowing all 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11a/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n, allowing both 802.11a and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11ac, 802.11n/ac, and 802.11a/n/ac modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n/ac, allowing all 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11ac wireless stations to access the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Select the channel width of this device. To check what channel width your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 20/40 MHz (the device automatically selects 40 MHz, and 20 MHz will be used if 40 MHz is not available).</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz and 20/40/80 MHz (the device automatically selects 80 MHz, and 40 MHz will be used if 80 MHz is not available, and so on).</p>
<p>According to IEEE 802.11n standard, using a wider channel can increase wireless throughput. However, you may need to choose lower bandwidth due to the following reasons:</p>
<ul>
<li>To increase the available number of channels within the limited total bandwidth.</li>
<li>To avoid interference from overlapping channels occupied by other devices in the environment.</li>
<li>Lower bandwidth can concentrate higher transmit power, increasing stability of wireless links over long distances.</li>
<li>In Client / AP Client Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, the device should have the same channel width as the root AP.</li>
<li>In Access Point / AP Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, select the channel width which your clients support.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Set the maximum transmit data rate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Select appropriate channel used by this device to improve wireless performance. 1/2412 MHz refers to Channel 1 and the frequency is 2412 MHz. This setting is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. We highly recommend that you use the <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> tool to select a proper channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Select your antenna from the list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna Gain</td>
<td>Antenna Gain is only available in WBS products. Enter the antenna gain value according to the antennas and the value ranges from 0 to 30dBi. It can work together with the transmit power to improve the transmit signal quality.</p>
<p>Channel/Frequency: Auto O</p>
<p>Antenna Gain: 0 (0-30)dBi</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EIRP Limit</td>
<td>This option should remain enabled. With EIRP Limit enabled, the transmit power is restricted so that the EIRP (Effecitive Isotropic Radiated Power) of the device is kept below the amount which is allowed in the selected region.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel</p>
<p>Shifting</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Channel Shifting is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Enable or disable the Channel Shifting function. This function is only available when MAXtream is enabled in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. Channel Shifting is a TP-Link proprietary technology. With Channel Shifting enabled, the AP will use non-standard channels by adding a frequency offset to the standard 802.11 b/g/n channels.</p>
<p>Your network can then only be detected by the wireless devices with Channel Shifting enabled and so is less likely to be detected by other wireless networks, which benefits network security.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In most scenarios, it is unnecessary to select the maximum transmit power. Selecting larger transmit power than your need may cause interference to neighborhood. Also it consumes more power and will reduce longevity of the device. Select appropriate transmit power to achieve the best performance. Use the <em>Speed Test</em> tool to find the best performance.</p>
<p>Specify the transmit power of the device. Use the slider or manually enter the transmit power value. For Outdoor Wireless Base Stations, the maximum transmit power varies according to the antenna gain value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Enable or disable the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</p>
<p>Station Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>MAXtream Station Mode is available in Client Mode, Bridge Mode and AP Client Router Mode with the wireless AP settings disabled.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Adjust: </strong>The device will choose the MAXtream Station Mode automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Latency First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Latency First and the time sensitive stream such as VoIP will take precedence in MAXtream system.</p>
<p><strong>Throughput First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Throughput First and the stream that needs high throughput such as online games will take precedence in MAXtream system.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark300"></a> Configure Wireless Client Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings submenu is only available in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless client parameters used for the connection with the root AP.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="153" class="wp-image-3196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 89" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 806" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-300x49.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-768x125.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID of AP</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the root AP. You can enter the SSID of the specific AP manually, or directly survey all the APs around by clicking <em>Survey</em> and select one.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC of AP</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the root AP. It&#8217;s possible that two or more networks use the same SSID in the AP list. Enable <strong>Lock to AP </strong>to select SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP you had connected before the next time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WDS</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used to during the connection between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames to use four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames to use three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark301"></a> Specify the security mode. Make sure the security mode and the related parameters are the same as the upstream wireless network’s.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select this option if the root AP has no encryption. When connecting to the root AP, it’s no need to enter a password to access the wireless network.</p>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark302"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark303"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 90" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 807" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-91.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 91" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 808"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP is rarely used in normal wireless network. Select this option if the security mode of the root AP is WEP.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically according to the wireless network of the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>The device can pass the authentication and associate with the root wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>The device needs the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the device cannot associate with the root wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="557" height="305" class="wp-image-3199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 92" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 809" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg 557w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the type of the authentication.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Phase 2 Auth</td>
<td>Select the type of Phase 2 Auth. The device only supports MSCHAPV2 currently.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Name used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="185" class="wp-image-3200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 93" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 810" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93-300x112.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark304"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark309"></a> Configure Wireless AP Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless AP Settings submenu is only available in Access Point, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless AP parameters used for the connection with the clients.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="296" class="wp-image-3201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 94" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 811" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-768x242.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark310"></a> Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the SSID.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enable SSID Enable or disable SSID broadcast. With this function enabled, the device <sup>Broadcast</sup> will broadcast the SSID periodically.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark311"></a> Specify the security mode used for the clients to access the wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>None </strong>when you want an open network without wireless security. In this mode, network data is not encrypted, but you can still authenticate clients by enabling the RADIUS MAC Authentication function.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication 3 Enable Q</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="290" class="wp-image-3202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 95" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 812" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></p>
<p>Authentication Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>Authent cation Server Pert</p>
<p>Authentication Server Key:</p>
<p>Accounting Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>.Accounting Server Port</p>
<p>Accounting Server Key</p>
<p>Accounting Server</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RADIUS MAC Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Radius MAC authentication. With this feature enabled, you can authenticate clients using their MAC addresses on your RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Remember to log into your RADIUS authentication server and create authentication entries whose username and password are both the access-enabled clients&#8217; MAC address (for MAC address 11-22-33-AA- BB-CC, create an authentication entry whose username and password are both 112233aabbcc on the RADIUS server).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS authentication server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is the default, 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark312"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark313"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 96" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 813" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-97.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 97" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 814"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP cannot provide effective protection for wireless networks. Since WPA-PSK and WPA-Enterprise are much safer than WEP, we recommend that you choose WPA-PSK or WPA-Enterprise if your clients also support them.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolea</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically based on the wireless capability and request of the clients.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>Clients can pass the authentication and associate with the wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>Clients have to input the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the clients cannot associate with the wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><strong>1^&#8221;&#8221; Note:</strong></p>
<p>Accounting Server is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Version</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Security Mode</p>
<p>Vtersion</p>
<p>Encryption</td>
<td>WPA</td>
<td rowspan="3">D D D</td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">IJ 0 IJ 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authent cation Server Port:</td>
<td colspan="2">1812</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentic a: on Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>seconds. (0 means no update.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Accounting Server ** =nable <strong>0</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">a a a a</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>.Accounting Server Port</td>
<td colspan="2">1813</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account ng Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by each client device.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically based on the client device&#8217;s request.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the Radius Authentication Server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="738" height="213" class="wp-image-3205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 98" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 815" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg 738w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98-300x87.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 738px) 100vw, 738px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p><strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</strong>: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Group Key Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period Update P<sup>eriod</sup> instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0</p>
<p>means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark314"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark315"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark316"></a> Configure Multi-SSID</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Multi-SSID submenu is only available in Access Point Mode.</p>
<p>The device can build up to four virtual wireless networks for users to access. When the Multi-SSID function is enabled, the VLAN function is enabled at the same time. It can work together with switches supporting 802.1 Q VLAN and supports maximum four VLANs. The device adds different VLAN tag to the clients which connect to the corresponding wireless network. The clients in different VLANs cannot directly communicate with each other.</p>
<p>The wired client can communicate with all the wireless clients despite the VLAN settings.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Multi-SSID </strong>section, Enable Multi-SSID. Click <em>Add</em> and create a new wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 99" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 816" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VLAN</td>
<td>Specify the VLAN to which the new wireless network belongs. The valid value ranges from 1 to 4094.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID Broadcast</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSID broadcast . With this feature enabled, the device will broadcast the SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, all the hosts cannot communicate with each other.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Select the desired SSID and specify the Security Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="202" class="wp-image-3207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 100" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 817" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-300x67.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-768x170.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select the desired SSID to specify the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td>Specify the security mode for the desired SSID. The device only supports WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<p>Group Key Update Period</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark317"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark319"></a> Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</li>
</ol>
<p>Wireless MAC Filtering function uses MAC addresses to determine whether one host can access the wireless network or not. Thereby it can effectively control the user access in the wireless network. This function is available in all modes except the Client Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="279" class="wp-image-3208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 101" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 818" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-768x235.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /> 1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless MAC Filtering </strong>section, enable this feature and specify the filtering rule.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Wireless MAC Filtering</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Wireless MAC Filtering function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 102" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 819" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Rules</td>
<td>Specify the filtering rules.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are allowed to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are forbidden to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable Enable or disable the desired entry.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select te SSID to which the filtering rules apply. In AP Mode, if Multi-SSID is enabled, you should set different filtering rules for each SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Enter the MAC address of the wireless host that you need to filter.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Comment</td>
<td>Enter the description information for the filtering rule</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark320"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark321"></a> Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify the advanced wireless parameters, such as Beacon Interval, RTS threshold and DTIM Interval.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Advanced Wireless Settings </strong>section, specify the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="368" class="wp-image-3210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 103" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 820" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-768x301.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Distance</p>
<p>Setting</td>
<td>Specify the distance between AP and Station. If this device serves as a client, the value is the distance between this device and the root AP. If this device serves as an AP, the value is the distance between the farthest client and this AP.</p>
<p>You can manually enter the value or enable the Auto option.</p>
<p><strong>Manual: </strong>Enter the distance manually in the input box. The value is limited to 0-200km, and we recommend you set the value to 110% of the real distance.</p>
<p><strong>Auto (Only works within 0-xx km): </strong>Check the Auto option, then the system will dynamically detect the distance. This function is available only when the distance is less than xx kilometers. The value xx varies according to the channel width you set. CPE210 does not support this option.</p>
<p>The distance value will be converted to a corresponding ACK timeout value, and the ACK timeout value will influence the throughput performance to a large extent.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Long Range PtP</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Long Range PtP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Long Rage PtP is only available when MAXtream function is enabled. With this function enabled, it is allowed to specify a larger distance which can be helpful in the following situations:</p>
<ul>
<li>The AP is connected to a single client or AP.</li>
<li>The distance between the two devices exceeds the distance allowed by the AP&#8217;s hardware specifications.</li>
</ul>
<p>The distance is used to calculate the Acknowledge timeout (ACK timeout). Long Range PtP allows the AP to get a larger ACK timeout and reduce unnecessary retransmission in the situations above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Beacon Interval</td>
<td>Specify the beacon interval for the device. Beacons are transmitted periodically by the device to announce the presence of a wireless network for the clients. Beacon Interval value determines the time interval of the beacons sent by the device. Specify a value from 40 to 1,000. The default value is 100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTS Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the RTS threshold for the device.</p>
<p>RTS/CTS (Request to Send/Clear to Send) is used to improve the data transmission efficiency of the network with hidden nodes, especially when there are lots of large packets to be transmitted.</p>
<p>When the size of a data packet is larger than the RTS Threshold, the RTS/ CTS mechanism will be activated. With this mechanism activated, before sending a data packet, the client will send an RTS packet to the device to request data transmitting. And then the device will send CTS packet to inform other clients to delay their data transmitting. In this way, packet collisions can be avoided.</p>
<p>For a busy network with hidden nodes, a low threshold value will help reduce interference and packet collisions. But for a not-so-busy network, a too low threshold value will cause bandwidth wasting and reduce the data throughput.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fragmentation</p>
<p>Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the fragmentation threshold for packets.</p>
<p>The fragmentation function can limit the size of packets transmitted over the network. If the size of a packet exceeds the Fragmentation Threshold, the fragmentation function is activated and the packet will be fragmented into several packets.</p>
<p>Fragmentation helps improve network performance if properly configured. However, a too low fragmentation threshold may result in poor wireless performance caused by the extra work of dividing up and reassembling of frames and increased message traffic. The recommended and default value is 2346 bytes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DTIM Interval</td>
<td>Specify the DTIM (Delivery Traffic Indication Message) Interval for the device.</p>
<p>The DTIM is contained in some Beacon frames. It indicates whether the device has buffered data for client devices. The <strong>DTIM Period </strong>indicates how often the clients served by this device should check for buffered data still on the device awaiting pickup.</p>
<p>Specify the value between 1-255 Beacon Intervals. The default value is 1, indicating that clients check for buffered data at every beacon. An excessive DTIM interval may reduce the performance of multicast applications, so we recommend you keep the default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, the clients can not communicate with each other directly.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>AP Isolation is not available in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Short GI</td>
<td>Enable or disable Short GI.</p>
<p>Propagation delays often occurs in data transmission process and influence the capability of the wireless network. It can result from multiple factors, such as multipath effect. GI (Guard Interval) is intended to solve the problem based on delays, and Short GI is used to improve the throughput of the wireless network based on the GI in the environment with small delays.</p>
<p>When the delays are small. When Short GI is enabled, the guard interval will be set as 400ns and this function will boost the performance about 11%. In the with serious multipath time delay. Short GI function will reduce the throughput instead of improving it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM)</td>
<td>Enable or disable WMM. With WMM enabled, the system will prioritize traffic according to the data type when forwarding data. Time-dependent traffic, such as video or audio packets, gets a higher priority than normal traffic.</p>
<p>We recommend you enable this function when you are running the video or audio application.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QoS</td>
<td>Enable or disable QoS. The QoS function improves the transmission performance of video or audio traffic by optimizing the scheduling policy between the AP and the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Manage the Device</p>
<p>The device provides powerful functions of management and maintenance. This chapter introduces how to manage the device, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark323"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark325"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark332"><em>Manage System Logs</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark326"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark334"><em>Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark327"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark337"><em>Configure Ping Watch Dog</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark328"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark339"><em>Configure Dynamic DNS</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark329"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Configure Web Server</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark330"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark343"><em>Configure SNMP Agent</em></a></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark345"><em>67 Configure SSH Server</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark331"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark347"><em>Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark332"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark333"></a> Manage System Logs</li>
</ol>
<p>System logs record the events and activities while the device is running. If a failure happens on the device, System logs can help to diagnose the issue.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>System Log </strong>section, perform the following operations.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="212" class="wp-image-3211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 104" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 821" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104-300x135.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="674" height="417" class="wp-image-3212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 105" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 822" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg 674w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></p>
<p>Open System Log</p>
<p>Click the <em>Open</em> button to view the system log.</p>
<p>This page displays detailed system logs that can be sorted on columns by ascending or descending order. Columns can be chosen from Time, Type, Level, and Message.</p>
<p>Download to PC Click the <em>Download</em> button to download the system logs to your PC.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the Auto Mail Settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="556" class="wp-image-3213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 106" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 823" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-768x469.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>From</td>
<td>Enter the sender&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To</td>
<td>Enter the receiver&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the sender&#8217;s SMTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the authentication function. If the sender&#8217;s mailbox is configured, check the box to enable mail server authentication. Enter the sender&#8217;s username and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Mail Feature</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Mail Feature. With this feature enabled, specify the way for the device to send the system log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark334"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark335"></a> Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify miscellaneous parameters.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark336"></a> Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Miscellaneous </strong>section, configure the following features and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Miscellaneous</p>
<p><strong>Discovery: 3 Enable </strong>0</p>
<p><strong>CDP: 13 Enable <em>Q</em></strong></p>
<p>Apply</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Discovery</td>
<td>Enable or disable Discovery. With this feature enabled, TP-Link Pharos Control software can discover the device. Pharos Control is a network management software developed independently by TP-Link and it currently supports Pharos series products. It can centralize monitoring and managing network devices in the network platform</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CDP</td>
<td>Enable or disable CDP. With this function enabled, this device can share its information with the neighboring devices that support CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol, a device discovery protocol developed by Cisco).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark337"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark338"></a> Configure Ping Watch Dog</li>
</ol>
<p>Ping Watch Dog sets the device to continuously ping a user-defined IP address (it can be the internet gateway, for example) to check the network connectivity. If there is a connection failure then the device will automatically reboot.</p>
<p>Ping Watch Dog is dedicated to continuously monitoring the connectivity to a specific host using the Ping tool. The Ping tool sends ICMP echo request packets to the target host and listens for ICMP echo response. If the defined number of replies is not received, the tool reboots the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Ping Watch Dog </strong>section, Enable this feature and configure the following features. Click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><strong>Ping Watch Dog</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Ping Watch Dog: &gt;] Enable</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping:</td>
<td>0 00 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fing Interval:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(10-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(60-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fall Count To Reboot:</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>(1-65535)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ping Watch Dog</td>
<td>Enable or disable Ping Watch Dog.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the target host to which the device will send ping packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Interval</td>
<td>Enter the time interval between two ping packets. The default value is 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay</td>
<td>Enter the initial time delay from device startup to the first ICMP echo requests sent by Ping Watch Dog. The default value is 300 seconds.</p>
<p>The Startup Delay value should be at least 60 seconds taking the device‘s initialization time in account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fail Count To Reboot</td>
<td>Enter the fail count of ICMP echo request. If the device sends the specified count of ICMP echo requests to the host and none of the corresponding ICMP echo response packets is received, Ping Watch Dog will reboot the device. The default value is 3.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark339"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark340"></a> Configure Dynamic DNS</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The Dynamic DNS function is only available in AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The main function of Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is mapping the fixed domain name to dynamic IP address.</p>
<p>When a device connects to the internet through PPPoE or Dynamic IP, the WAN IP address it gets is not fixed, which is inconvenient for the internet users to access the servers in the local area network through IP address. With Dynamic DNS function enabled, users can access servers using a fixed domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS server will establish a mapping table about the dynamic IP address and the fixed domain name. When the WAN IP address of the device changes, it will make an update request to the specified DDNS server, and then the DDNS server will update the mapping relation between the IP address and the domain name. Therefore, whenever the WAN IP address changes, users on the internet can still access the servers in the local area network using a fixed, easy-to-remember domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS function that serves as the client of DDNS service must work with DDNS server. Register an account to DDNS service provider (NO-IP, Dyndns or Comexe) first.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Dynamic DNS </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Login.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="328" class="wp-image-3214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 107" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 824" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Service</p>
<p>Provider</td>
<td>Select the service provider.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Dynamic DNS</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Dynamic DNS feature.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>Specify the domain name that you registered with your DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Status</td>
<td>Displays the connection status of the DDNS service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark341"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark342"></a> Configure Web Server</li>
</ol>
<p>This function is used to configure the related parameters of Web server. Users can log in to the web management page to manage this device remotely over the internet through Web Server.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Web Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="456" class="wp-image-3215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 108" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 825" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secure</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>(HTTPS)</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HTTPS feature. HTTPS function is based on the SSL or TLS protocol working in transport layer. It supports a security access via a web browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secure Server</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTPS. The default value is 443.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTP. The default value is 80.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Login IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the remote host. With this configured, the remote host can access the management interface remotely using the WAN IP of this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Session</p>
<p>Timeout</td>
<td>Specify the session timeout time. The system will automatically release the connection when the time is up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</p>
<p>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable MAC Authentication. When it is enabled, you can specify up to four MAC address for authentication.</p>
<p>With this function enabled, only the device whose MAC address is in the MAC list can access the management interface to configure the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Add PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to quickly add your PC&#8217;s MAC address to the MAC list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark343"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark344"></a> Configure SNMP Agent</li>
</ol>
<p>Get the traffic information and transmit condition by using the SNMP Agent function. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. Main functions of SNMP include monitoring network performance, detecting and analyzing network error, configuring network devices, and so on.</p>
<p>Configure the device as SNMP Agent, and it can receive and process the management message from the NMS (Network Management System).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SNMP Agent </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="377" class="wp-image-3216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 109" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 826" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Agent</td>
<td>Enable or disable the SNMP Agent function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysContact</td>
<td>Enter the textual identification of the contact person for this device, for example, contact number or e-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysName</td>
<td>Enter a name for the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Syslocation</td>
<td>Enter the location of the device. For example, the name can be composed of the building, floor number, and room location.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Community</td>
<td>Specify the community that has read-only access to the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Get Community to read the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Community</td>
<td>Specify the community who has the read-and-write right of the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Set Community to read and write the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Defining community can allow management systems in the same community to communicate with the SNMP Agent. The community name can be seen as the shared password of the network hosts group. Thus, for the safety, we suggest modifying the default community name before enabling the SNMP Agent service. If the field of community is blank, the SNMP Agent will not respond to any community name.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark345"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark346"></a> Configure SSH Server</li>
</ol>
<p>The SSH Server function is used for the users to log in and manage the device through SSH connection on the SSH client software.</p>
<p>SSH (Secure Shell) is a security protocol established on application and transport layers. SSH- encrypted-connection is similar to a telnet connection, but essentially the old telnet remote management method is not safe, because the password and data transmitted with plain-text can be easily intercepted. SSH can provide information security and powerful authentication when you log in this device remotely through an insecure network environment. It can encrypt all the transmission data and prevent the information in remote management from being leaked.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SSH Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="172" class="wp-image-3217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 110" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 827" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the TCP/IP port of the SSH Server. The default port is 22.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSH Login</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSH function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote</p>
<p>Management</td>
<td>Enable or disable Remote Management. With this function enabled, TP- Link Pharos Control software can manage the device remotely.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark347"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark348"></a> Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RSSI LED Thresholds is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Configure the LEDs on the device to light up when received signal levels reach the values defined in the following fields. This function can help a technician to easily deploy a Pharos series product without logging into the device (for example, for antenna alignment operation).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>RSSI LED Thresholds </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="218" class="wp-image-3218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 111" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 828" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111-300x101.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>LED1/LED2/</p>
<p>LED3/LED4</td>
<td>Displays the LED number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thresholds</td>
<td>Specify the threshold for the desired LED. The specified LED will light up if the signal strength reaches the values in the field. The default values are set according to the verified optimum values. We recommend you keep it by default.</p>
<p>The default LED threshold values may vary among different product models in terms of radio features.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark349"></a> Configure the System</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system of the device, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark351"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark353"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark365"><em>Configure Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark354"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark355"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark356"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark357"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark369"><em>Configure Location Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark358"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark359"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark360"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark361"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark371"><em>Configure User Account</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark362"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark373"><em>Configure Time Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark363"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark376"><em>Update Firmware</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark364"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark382"><em>Configure Other Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark366"></a> Configure Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the device name and the system language.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark367"></a> Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Device </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE21C</p>
<p>Language: English</p>
<p>Device Name Specify the device name.</p>
<p>Language Specify the system language used in the management interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark368"></a> Click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark370"></a> Configure Location Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the location for the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Location </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="135" class="wp-image-3219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 112" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 829" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112-300x62.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Longitude</td>
<td>Enter the longitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the east longitude while the negative number indicates the west longitude.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latitude</td>
<td>Enter the latitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the north latitude while the negative number indicates the south latitude.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark372"></a> Configure User Account</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to configure user account.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>User Account </strong>section, configure the following</p>
<p>parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="262" class="wp-image-3220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 113" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 830" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Displays the current user name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Enter the current password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New User Name</td>
<td>Enter a new user name for the user account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Password</td>
<td>Enter a new password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm New Password</td>
<td>Confirm the new password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark373"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark374"></a> Configure Time Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the system time and the daylight saving time.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Time Settings </strong>section, configure the system time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="375" class="wp-image-3221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 114" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 831" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Manually</strong></p>
<p>Configure the System time manually.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Time Zone</td>
<td>Select your local time zone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date</td>
<td>Click the calendar button to choose the date or enter the date in the format: YYYY/MM/DD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Select the time from the drop-down list or enter the time in the format HH:MM:SS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Automatically</strong></p>
<p>• Specify the NTP Server, then click the <em>Get GMT</em> button to get the system time from the NTP server</p>
<p>NTP Server 1 Specify the primary NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>NTP Server 2 Specify the alternate NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>• Click <em>Synchronize with PC&#8217;s Clock</em> to synchronize the system time with the PC&#8217;s time.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the daylight saving time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="454" class="wp-image-3222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 115" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 832" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Predefined Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Predefined Mode and select the predefined daylight saving time schedule for the device.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USA</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of USA is from Second Sunday in March, 02:00 to First Sunday in November, 02:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>European</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of European is from Last Sunday in March, 01:00 to Last Sunday in October, 01:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Australia</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of Australia is from First Sunday in October, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Zealand</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of New Zealand is from Last Sunday in September, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Recurring Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Recurring Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used every year.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Date Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Date Mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select Date Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used only one time.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark375"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark376"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark377"></a> Update Firmware</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to view the current firmware and update the firmware of the device.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Firmware Update </strong>section, click <em>Browser</em> to select a firmware file then click <em>Upload.</em></p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.1.6 Build 20170908 Rel. 45233 (0000)</p>
<p>Upload Firmware:</p>
<p>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</p>
<p>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark378"></a> We recommend that you back up current system configuration before updating the firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark379"></a> Select the proper software version that matches your hardware to upgrade. Visit TP- Link website to download the latest firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark380"></a> To avoid damage, do not power off the device while upgrading.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark381"></a> After upgrading, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark383"></a> Configure Other Settings</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="145" class="wp-image-3223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 116" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 833" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-768x119.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /> This section is used to back up or upload the configuration file, reset the device and reboot the device.</p>
<p>Go to the System Page. In the Configuration section, perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Backup Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Backup</em> to back up the current configuration to your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upload Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Browser</em> to select the desired configuration file in your PC. Then click <em>Upload</em> to upload the configuration file to your device. We recommend that you back up your current system configuration before uploading the new configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset to</p>
<p>Factory</p>
<p>Defaults</td>
<td>Click <em>Reset</em> to restore the device to its factory defaults. It&#8217;s recommended to back up your current system configuration before restoring the device to its defaults.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reboot Device</td>
<td>Click <em>Reboot</em> to reboot the device. Note that any changes that have not been saved will be lost.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark384"></a> After backup, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark385"></a> To avoid damage, DO NOT turn off the device while uploading.</li>
</ul>
<p>Use the System Tools</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system tools:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark387"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark389"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark397"><em>Configure Ping</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark391"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark392"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark393"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark398"><em>Configure Traceroute</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark394"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark399"><em>Test Speed</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark395"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark401"><em>Survey</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark403"><em>85 Analyze Spectrum</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark396"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark406"><em>Antenna Alignment</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark397"></a> 8.1 Configure Ping</p>
<p>Ping test function is used to test the connectivity and reachability between the device and the target host so as to locate the network malfunctions.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Ping</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="506" class="wp-image-3224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 117" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 834" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-768x427.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Ping test. The device will send Ping packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Ping Result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Count</td>
<td>Enter the number of packets to be sent during the testing. It can be 1 to 50 and the default is 4.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Timeout</td>
<td>Enter a time value to wait for a response. If the device doesn&#8217;t receive ant response during the timeout time, the connection will be considered to be failed. It can be 100-2000 milliseconds. The default value is 800 milliseconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Size</td>
<td>Enter the number of data bytes to be sent. It can be 4-1472 bytes and the default is 64.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark398"></a><em>8.2</em> Configure Traceroute</p>
<p>Tracertroute function is used to tracks the route packets taken from source on their way to a given target host. When malfunctions occur in the network, troubleshoot with traceroute utility.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Traceroute</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="479" class="wp-image-3225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 118" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 835" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-768x404.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Traceroute test. The device will send Traceroute packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Traceroute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Traceroute Max TTL</td>
<td>Specify the traceroute max TTL (Time To Live) during the traceroute process. It is the maximum number of the route hops the test packets can pass through.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark400"></a> Test Speed</li>
</ol>
<p>Speed Test tool is used for testing the throughput between two Pharos products in the same network. The test requires one of the two devices to be set as a server and the other as a client. The client launches the test request to the server and the server respond to it. The test result will display on the page of the client.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Speed Test</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="399" class="wp-image-3226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 119" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 836" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-768x336.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed Test</td>
<td>Displays the data streams that the device is transmitting (TX), receiving (RX) and both of them (Total).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>Select Server and the device will passively accept the test request from the clients in the speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Select Client and the device will launch the test request to the server in speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP</td>
<td>Specify the server IP for speed test.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td>Select the direction of the speed test including unidirectional (RX), unidirectional (TX) and bidirectional.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Testing</td>
<td>Displays the process of the test.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark401"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark402"></a> Survey</li>
</ol>
<p>The survey tool is used to survey the wireless network around the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Survey</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and the following page will</p>
<p>appear.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="572" class="wp-image-3227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 120" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 837" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-768x468.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Displays the MAXtream capability of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the names of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNR(dB)</td>
<td>Displays the Signal Noise Ratio (Unit: dB) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal and noise value (Unit: dBm) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays the channels of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</td>
<td>Displays the security mode of APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Count</td>
<td>Displays the number of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Click <em>Refresh</em> to refresh this page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark404"></a> Analyze Spectrum</li>
</ol>
<p>Spectrum Analysis can help you choose the proper channel/frequency. Through the spectrum analysis, learn the distribution of the radio noise and intelligently select the channel/frequency in low noise.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and click</p>
<p><em>Yes</em> on the pop-up window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="192" class="wp-image-3228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 121" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 838" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg 839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-768x176.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em> Observe the curves for a period of time, and then click <em>Stop.</em> The relatively low and continuous part of the average curve indicates less radio noise. Here we take the figure below as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="479" class="wp-image-3229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 122" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 839" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg 837w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-768x440.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="44" class="wp-image-3230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-123.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 123" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 840"></p>
<p>Spectrum Analysis</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The select box of Frequency Range is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface. Select the required range and then click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark405"></a> When choosing Channel/Frequency, try to avoid the spectrum with large radio noise.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark406"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark407"></a> Antenna Alignment</li>
</ol>
<p>Antenna alignment can help you to optimize the antenna. Click <em>Antenna Alignment</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner. Adjust your antenna according to the following parameters. Point the antenna in the direction of maximum signal and minimum noise.</p>
<p>Antenna Alignment</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Signal Level: ■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■— -27 dBm</p>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical: -34/-30 dBm</p>
<p>Noise Floor: -90 dBm</p>
<p>Max Signal: * B <sup>1</sup> [-65 dBm</p>
<p>Alignment Beep: □ Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal Level</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal strength is the combined value of the two chains.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>strength of the two chains is displayed separately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Signal</td>
<td>Specify the maximum value of the Signal Level indicator. Adjust the sensitivity of the Signal Level indicator by changing this value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alignment Beep</td>
<td>Enable the beep sound during the device antenna alignment. This function can help users to align the antenna easily without looking at the management interface. When received signal levels reach the defined levels, the different beep sound will be played. The lower the sound frequency, the stronger the signal strength.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 19:45:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EseeCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording Download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2682</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Turing SMART Station Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/#more-2682" aria-label="Read more about Turing SMART Station Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Turing SMART Station Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included, Software utility on the Windows PC used to discover, upgrade, and modify parameters for the SMART series products on the same LAN.</p>
<h3 class="fw-bold">Turing Vision Mobile App (Recommended)</h3>
<p>Leveraging AI to reimagine the way improving safety, security, and operations</p>
<picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/turing-vision-mobile-app.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="img-fluid mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/turing-vision-mobile-app.jpg" alt="turing vision mobile app" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 953"></picture>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/turing-vision-video-security/id1574812235" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(iOS)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3" href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.turingvideo.turingvision" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Android)</a></div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-utilities.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-utilities.png" alt="appicon turing smart utilities" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 954"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 955"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3 class="fw-bold">SMART Utility</h3>
<p>Software utility on the Windows PC used to discover, upgrade, and modify parameters for the SMART series products on the same LAN.</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartUtility_B1122-1.1.0.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Windows PC)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3" href="https://turing.ai/resources/software-archive-smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">ARCHIVE</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-station.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-station.png" alt="appicon turing smart station" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 956"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-mac.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-mac.png" alt="platform mac" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 957"> </picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 955"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3>Turing SMART Station</h3>
<p>Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation-B1113.1.0.0.210917.pkg.zip" rel="dofollow noopener" download="" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(MAC)</a><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation_Win32-B1130.1.0.0.210918.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(WIN32)</a><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation_Win64-B1130.1.0.2.221104.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(WIN64)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/resources/software-archive-smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Archive</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/book/Smart_Station_User_Manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">User Manual</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/book/Smart_Station_Data_Sheet.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Data Sheet</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-player.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-player.png" alt="appicon turing smart player" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 959"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 955"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3 class="fw-bold">SMART Player</h3>
<p>The SMART Player is intended to play back video clips directly extract from the SMART series NVR.</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/Turing%20SMART%20Player-B1111.1.0.2.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Windows)</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>Read Next :</div>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2450/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2311/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark0"></a> Introduction</p>
<p>Smart Station 3.0 is a video management software. It provides video surveillance services including live view, playback, device management, recording schedule, alarm configuration, video wall, people counting, and e-map. The software is easy to deploy and operate, suitable for small and medium-size applications such as for super market, parking lot and residential area. For more details, see datasheet.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark2"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The software has different versions and shall be installed on a compatible operating system. Please refer to the datasheet for details.</li>
<li>Functions may vary depending on factors including but not limited to software version, device and version, and how the device is managed by the software (i.e., directly connected camera or NVR connected camera).</li>
<li>This manual is not intended for a specific software version. Some functions or features described in this manual may be available to certain version(s) only.</li>
<li>Directly connected camera: Camera that is directly managed by the software (in comparison with NVR connected camera).</li>
<li>NVR connected camera: Camera that is managed by the software via an NVR (in comparison with directly connected camera).</li>
<li>IPC: IPC, IP camera and camera refer to the same thing in this manual.</li>
<li>PC: The computer that runs the software, also mentioned in this manual as the client.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark4"></a> System Requirements</p>
<p>The PC that hosts the software shall meet performance requirements. The requirements may vary, depending on how you use the software. For example, live view at high resolution in multiple windows requires higher system performance.</p>
<p><strong>Software Version System Requirements</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>64-bit</td>
<td>OS: Microsoft Windows 7/8/10 (64-bit) CPU: Intel Core i5 3.1 GHz or higher Memory: 4 GB or higher</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>32-bit</td>
<td>OS: Microsoft Windows 7/8/10 (32-bit or 64-bit)</p>
<p>CPU: Intel Pentium IV 3.0 GHZ or higher (4 Core, 3.0 GHz recommended)</p>
<p>Memory: 2 GB or higher</p>
<p>Note: The 64-bit Windows shall be able to host 32-bit software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Software Version</strong></td>
<td><strong>System Requirements</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mac</td>
<td>OS: Mac OS 10.11 or higher</p>
<p>CPU: Intel Core i5 3.1 GHz or higher</p>
<p>Memory: 4 GB or higher</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark6"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>The 64-bit OS and software are recommended. Live view and playback consumes RAM, and the 32-bit software has a relatively small RAM. When RAM is running low, the software will be unable to play more channels of live or recorded videos, and it will display a message indicating insufficient RAM.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark8"></a> Installation and Startup</p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the .exe file, and follow the wizard to complete the installation.</li>
<li>When installation is complete, double-click the shortcut icon to start the software.</li>
<li>Log in with the default username/password (<strong>admin</strong>/<strong>123456)</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark10"></a> g<sup>1</sup> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The default password is intended only for the first login. For security, please set a strong password when logged in (see User Management). A strong password shall include at least nine characters comprising all three types: digits, letters, and special characters. Please keep the password safe and change it regularly.</li>
<li>The password for admin (123456 or others) does not change after an upgrade or a reinstall of the software.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>You see the main page when logged in. The main page includes the control panel, some functional buttons and the system menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark12"></a> g* NOTE!</p>
<p>For first time use, a config wizard will guide you to add devices and start live view. The wizard uses the default username (admin/123456) to add devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark14"></a> 4 gui introduction</p>
<p>The main page is displayed after you log in. The main page consists of the control panel and some functional buttons.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="937" height="502" class="wp-image-2683" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 1" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 961" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1.jpeg 937w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 937px) 100vw, 937px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>The control panel includes the <strong>Common </strong>and <strong>Basic/Smart </strong>areas. Click an icon to access the corresponding module. You may drag an icon to change its position with another icon.</li>
<li>Click the buttons in the top right corner:</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<p><strong>Icon</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□□</p>
<p>□□<sup>v</sup></td>
<td></td>
<td>Menu. Click an icon on the menu to access the corresponding module.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">s</td>
<td>Change appearance. You can choose the light or the dark theme color for the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Switch account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">H</td>
<td>Lock the GUI</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Open configuration wizard, user manual, view version number and update information.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>If updates are available, you can click to view details and download the new version.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>* The buttons in the bottom left corner:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td>View realtime alarms, turn on/off alarm sound, enable/disable alarm- triggered live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>View alarm triggered live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Download recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>u</td>
<td>View and manage download tasks.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark20"></a> Device Management</p>
<p>Devices include encoding devices, decoding devices, cloud devices, access control devices and network keyboards. The software supports up to 64 local devices and 64 cloud devices, up to 512 local channels and 512 cloud channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark22"></a> Encoding Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark24"></a> Add an Encoding Device</p>
<p>Encoding devices include IPC (also referred to as IP camera, camera, or video channel in this manual), Network Video Recorder (NVR) and hybrid NVR.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark26"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Managing a device with different management software programs may cause unexpected problems.</li>
<li>Please always add devices as admin (enter username &#8220;admin&#8221;).</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Device </strong>&gt; <strong>Encoding Device</strong>. The page is divided into two areas with two lists:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Online Device </strong>list: The software searches online devices and refreshes automatically. Note: The discovered devices are not added yet, and you need to add them manually (see step 2).</li>
<li><strong>Managed Device </strong>list: lists devices that have been added to the software.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="956" height="439" class="wp-image-2684" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 2" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 962" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2.jpeg 956w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2-768x353.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 956px) 100vw, 956px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>On the <strong>Online Device </strong>list, select device(s) and then click <strong>Add</strong>. You may add devices to different</p>
<p>groups.</p>
<ul>
<li>The software uses the default username (admin/123456) to add a device. If the password of a device has been changed and is not 123456, you need to change the password in step 3.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Online Device </strong>list, you may:</li>
<li>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the list.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search Config </strong>to specify a network segment to search.</li>
<li>Right-click a device to visit its Web interface.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>3. </strong>On the <strong>Managed Device </strong>list, check the status of the added devices and do the following:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>To</strong></td>
<td><strong>How To</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add device</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
<li>Choose a mode. The device username (admin) and password are always</li>
</ol>
<p>required, regardless of the mode you choose.</p>
<ul>
<li>IP/Domain: Add a device with a known IP address.</li>
<li>IP Segment: Add multiple devices with continuous IP addresses.</li>
<li>MyDDNS: DDNS must be enabled on the device and port mapping must be completed beforehand. See Appendix for details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add to the default group, or <strong>Add to Group </strong>to add to a specified group.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Device</td>
<td>Select device(s) and then click <strong>Edit</strong>. This button is especially useful when you want to set the same username and password for adding multiple devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete device</td>
<td>Select device(s) and then click <strong>Delete</strong>. The deleted online devices are still on the <strong>Online Device </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sync time</td>
<td>Click <strong>TimeSync </strong>to sync your PC&#8217;s system time to the selected devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View device</p>
<p>status</td>
<td>Click <strong>Status </strong>to view device online/offline status, alarm subscription status, recording status, and storage medium status.</p>
<p>You may refresh manually or set an interval to refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>To</strong></td>
<td><strong>How To</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use buttons in the</p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p>column</td>
<td>^3: Edit device name, IP address, username/password. If the device status is <strong>Offline(incorrect username or password)</strong>, click this button and change the password to the actual password. You may also double-click to edit a device. ^¡D: Configure image, encoding and OSD settings of a device (see Configure an Encoding Device).</p>
<p>* ^3: Visit the Web interface of the device.</p>
<p>^9: Restart device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark28"></a> Configure an Encoding Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark30"></a> KSJ</p>
<p>On the <strong>Managed Device </strong>list, click for an online device to configure image, encoding , OSD and temperature measurement settings without opening the Web interface of the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark32"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>This function requires device support and it may be unavailable if the device version is too low.</li>
<li>Temperature measurement parameters are available to thermal cameras only.</li>
<li>The configurations displayed may vary with device version and how the device is managed.</li>
<li>For detailed explanations of image, encoding, OSD and temperature measurement parameters, please see device user manual.</li>
<li>OSD configuration is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="882" height="527" class="wp-image-2685" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 3" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 963" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3.jpeg 882w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3-768x459.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 882px) 100vw, 882px" /></p>
<p>Note:</p>
<ul>
<li>The changed image and OSD settings take effect immediately. Encoding and temperature measurement settings must be saved first before they take effect.</li>
<li>For an NVR, you need to select a camera from the drop-down list.</li>
<li>When configuring OSD, you can double-click the image to display in full screen; the blue boxes (Areal, 2 &#8230;) appear only in the preview and do not display on the live view image. You can drag an OSD to relocate it.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark34"></a> Group Management</p>
<p>You can create groups and manage cameras in different groups.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Add a group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="348" height="195" class="wp-image-2686" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 4" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 964" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4.jpeg 348w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 348px) 100vw, 348px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Import cameras to the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="916" height="627" class="wp-image-2687" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 5" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 965" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5.jpeg 916w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5-768x526.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 916px) 100vw, 916px" /></p>
<p>* To import cameras: click the group on the right, select cameras on the left, and then click <strong>Import Selected</strong>. To import all cameras, click <strong>Import All</strong>.</p>
<p>* To remove a camera from a group, place the mouse pointer on the camera and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>* To rename a camera in a group, place the mouse pointer on the camera and click <strong>Rename</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark36"></a> Decoding Device</p>
<p>You need to add a decoding device before you can use the video wall function. The steps are similar to adding an encoding device. See Add an Encoding Device for reference.</p>
<p>Note: Add a decoding device as admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark38"></a> Cloud Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark40"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>The software can manage up to 64 cloud devices simultaneously, including your own devices and devices shared from other cloud accounts. If the total number of cloud devices exceeds the limit, you can click <strong>Device Details </strong>and use the <strong>Add Manage </strong>or <strong>Cancel </strong>button to specify the cloud devices you want to manage.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Device </strong>&gt; <strong>Cloud Device</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Register </strong>to sign up for a cloud account; if you already have one, proceed to step 3.</li>
<li>Enter your username and password for your cloud account, and then click <strong>Login</strong>. Devices under your cloud account are listed, including your cloud devices (under <strong>My Cloud Device</strong>) and devices shared from other cloud accounts (under <strong>Shared Cloud Device</strong>).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="315" class="wp-image-2688" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 6" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 966" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6-768x264.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use the buttons under <strong>Operation </strong>to edit device name, configure image, encoding and OSD settings, open the Web interface of the device, or restart a device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to cancel the management of a device without deleting the device from the cloud account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>TimeSync </strong>to keep a device synchronized with your PC&#8217;s system time.</li>
</ul>
<p>* Click <strong>Device Details </strong>to add, edit, delete cloud devices, to share or cancel sharing, to manage or</p>
<p>cancel management.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="381" class="wp-image-2689" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 7" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 967" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7-300x127.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7-768x324.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add device(s) to your cloud account (the register code required is displayed in the Web interface of the device; see device user manual for details); click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete device(s) from your cloud account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Manage </strong>to add device(s) to the software; click <strong>Cancel </strong>to cancel management without deleting the device from the cloud account.</li>
<li>Double-click a device or click <strong>Edit </strong>to change the device&#8217;s name. To sync the new name to cloud, select <strong>Sync to Cloud</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Share </strong>to share device(s) with another cloud account. Set a sharing period and permissions as needed. The permissions are pre-configured on the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Sharing Records </strong>to view sharing history or cancel sharing(s) with other cloud accounts.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel Sharing </strong>to cancel sharing(s) from other cloud accounts.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark42"></a> Access Control Device</p>
<p>See Add an Encoding Device for the steps to adding an access control device. Please add access control devices as admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark44"></a> Network Keyboard</p>
<p>A network keyboard can be used to control live video, playback, PTZ camera and sequence resource on a video wall.</p>
<p>The following steps describe how to play live video on a video wall. Before you start, refer to the keyboard user manual to connect the keyboard to your PC. And then, click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a camera. On the <strong>Camera </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select the camera to play on the video wall and click <strong>OK</strong>. The camera appears on the list.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>222</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p>Camera Video Wall Sequence Resource</p>
<p>&#8220;I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add |II| Delete Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>I | Keyboard No. Name Stream Type Operation</p>
<p>□ I 222 192. 168.2.222.001 MainStream</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a video wall. On the <strong>DX Video Wall </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select a video wall and then click <strong>OK</strong>. You need to configure video wall first. See Video Wall for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>1</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="944" height="109" class="wp-image-2690" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 8" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 968" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8.jpeg 944w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8-768x89.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 944px) 100vw, 944px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Add a sequence resource. On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select a sequence resource and then click <strong>OK</strong>. You need to configure sequence resource first. See Sequence Resource for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>1</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p>Video Wall</p>
<p>[nJ Delete</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="44" height="19" class="wp-image-2691" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 9" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 969"></p>
<p>Keyboard No.</p>
<p>Sequence Resouce</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<ol>
<li>The following operations are on the network keyboard.</li>
<li>Enter the keyboard number in step 2 (e.g., <strong>1</strong>), then press <strong>AUX4</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the window number in the top left corner (which is <strong>1 </strong>in both A and B), then press <strong>MON</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the split-screen number, then press <strong>WIN</strong>. If the window is split (as in A), enter the split-screen number <strong>3</strong>; if the window is not split (as in B), enter <strong>1</strong>. This step is only required for playing live video on video wall. For playing sequence resource, skip this step.</li>
<li>Select the camera or sequence resource to play on the video wall.</li>
<li>Live video: Enter the keyboard number in step 1 (e.g., <strong>222</strong>), then press <strong>CAM</strong>.</li>
<li>Sequence resource: Enter the keyboard number in step 3 (e.g., 1), then press <strong>CAM_G</strong>.</li>
<li>After live video starts on the video wall, you can:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Use the joystick to control the rotation of a PTZ camera, and use the Zoom and Focus buttons to control the zoom and focus.</li>
<li>Use the button to switch live video to recording.</li>
</ul>
<p>See keyboard user manual for more information.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark46"></a> Live View</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark48"></a> Live View</p>
<p>Click <strong>Live View </strong>on the control panel to view live video from cameras.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark50"></a> Play Live Video</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>Camera </strong>tab, double-click a camera or drag it to a window to start live video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="329" class="wp-image-2692" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 10" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 970" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10-300x116.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10-768x297.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Right-click a camera to choose a stream type, rename the camera, view/change alarm output</p>
<p>status.</p>
<p>View/change alarm output status: Right-click an IPC or a channel under an NVR to view or change its alarm output status. Alarm output needs to be configured beforehand on the device.</p>
<p>Or, hover the mouse on an NVR, click EO to view or change the alarm output status of the NVR and all the channels under it. Click the button in the <strong>Operation </strong>column or the button on the top to change alarm status.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="484" class="wp-image-2693" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 11" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 971" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11.jpeg 700w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11-300x207.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>You may drag the image to play it in another window.</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Double-click a window to maximize it, and double-click again to restore.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="407" class="wp-image-2694" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 12" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 972" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12.jpeg 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p>After maximizing a window, move your mouse to the left or right side on the live view page, and then</p>
<p>click ■“ or ■■ to switch to the live video of previous or next channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="775" height="452" class="wp-image-2695" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 13" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 973" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13.jpeg 775w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13-768x448.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 775px) 100vw, 775px" /></p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Use the live view toolbar or window toolbar during live view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark52"></a> Play Live Video by View</p>
<p><strong>By default view</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, double-click a default view or click <strong>Play </strong>to start live video from the corresponding number of cameras on the camera list: 4 cameras for 4-split view, 9 for 9-split view, 16 for 16-split view, and 25 for 25-split view. Take the <strong>4-Split </strong>view as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="375" class="wp-image-2696" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 14" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 974" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14.jpeg 401w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14-300x281.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p>Live video from the first 4 cameras on the camera list will be played, illustrated as below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 1</td>
<td>Cam 2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam 4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>By custom view</strong></p>
<p>Play live video from specified cameras by a custom view.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, click the <strong>Add View </strong>button to create a view. You may also click <strong>View </strong>on the control panel to add a sequence resource.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="474" class="wp-image-2697" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 15" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 975" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15.jpeg 372w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15-235x300.jpeg 235w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="38" class="wp-image-2698" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 16" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 976"></p>
<p><strong>2.</strong></p>
<p>Select a window layout. Click</p>
<p>to edit a custom layout, use <strong>Combine </strong>or <strong>Undo </strong>when editing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="402" class="wp-image-2699" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 17" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 977" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17.jpeg 522w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag cameras or sequence resources to the intended windows one by one.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Double-click the custom view or click <strong>Play </strong>to start live video from cameras (specified in step 3) in the corresponding windows in the layout (set in step 2).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="462" class="wp-image-2700" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 18" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 978" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18.jpeg 366w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18-238x300.jpeg 238w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark54"></a> Live View Control</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark56"></a> Live View Toolbar</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>|</td>
<td>CEK [EH</td>
<td>KI (fi) Oi</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td colspan="3">Set window layout.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The live view toolbar is at the bottom of the live view window.</p>
<p><strong>0 0 0 0 0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0 0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Save the current view directly or as another view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Close all windows playing video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Snapshot all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Start recording of all windows playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Stop recording of all windows playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Pause/resume sequence display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H/I</td>
<td>Play the previous/next group or view in sequence display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Switch to full screen mode. Press <strong>Esc </strong>to exit.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark58"></a> Live View Window Toolbar</p>
<p>The window toolbar appears when you place the mouse pointer on a live view window. The toolbar is effective only to the current window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="914" height="83" class="wp-image-2701" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 19" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 979" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19.jpeg 914w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19-300x27.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19-768x70.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 914px) 100vw, 914px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Take a snapshot. The snapshot format and storage path are configurable in System Configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Records live video playing in current window to the PC.</p>
<p>The video format and storage path are configurable in System Configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Digital zoom. When enabled, drag the mouse to draw an area on the image to zoom in on, and use the scroll wheel to zoom in or out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Adjusts the speaker volume or mute it for the PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Two-way audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Starts instant playback. Plays back the live video playing in the current window for the last 5 minutes and 30 seconds. The playback pauses at the end, and you need to start live video manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Stream type, bit rate and resolution of the current video.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="45" class="wp-image-2702" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 20" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 980"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="46" class="wp-image-2703" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 21" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 981"></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark16"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>The toolbar shows panel.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark18"></a> &lt;o&gt;</p>
<p>when the camera is a PTZ camera. Click this button to open the PTZ control</p>
<p>The toolbar shows control panel.</p>
<p>when the camera is a fisheye camera. Click this button to open the fisheye</p>
<p>The toolbar shows tracking mode.</p>
<p>when the camera is a multi-sensor camera. Click this button to enable</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark60"></a> Live View Shortcut Menu</p>
<p>A shortcut menu appears when you right-click a live view window. Some items on the menu provide same functions as the live view toolbar and window toolbar. Some are described in the table below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream Type</td>
<td>Select a stream type for the current window: auto, main, sub and third stream (options may vary with device).</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<p><em>Sub Stream and Third Stream are not displayed if not available.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Alarm</td>
<td>Trigger an alarm manually.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<p><em>It is recommended that you first configure the action(s) to trigger (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). A click of this button will generate an alarm and trigger the configured action(s).</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera Info</td>
<td>Display frame rate, resolution, bit rate, video compression format, and packet loss rate for the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Open the System Configuration window (See System Configuration).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark62"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<p>The default stream type is auto.</p>
<ul>
<li>For local devices, the client chooses a stream type according to the screen layout.</li>
<li><em>4 windows or less: Main stream</em></li>
<li><em>4 to 16 windows(16 included): Sub stream</em></li>
<li><em>More than 16 windows: Third stream</em></li>
<li>For cloud devices, the default is third stream.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark64"></a> PTZ Control</p>
<p>Control the rotation direction and speed, pan/tilt/zoom, focus of a PTZ camera. The software also provides other functions including 3D positioning, preset, and patrol functions.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark66"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>PTZ control is available to PTZ cameras only and it may vary depending on the camera&#8217;s capability and the protocol it supports. For example, some manufacturers reserve certain presets for special use such as wiper or menu. Please refer to camera specifications before use.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark68"></a> PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="36" class="wp-image-2704" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 22" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 982"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="34" class="wp-image-2705" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 23" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 983"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="364" class="wp-image-2706" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 24" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 984" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24.jpeg 623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24-300x175.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>on the live view window toolbar to open the PTZ control panel, which can fold and expand.</p>
<p>You can also move the control panel to the left by clicking</p>
<p><strong>Parameter Description</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="162" height="160" class="wp-image-2707" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 25" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 985"></p>
<p>Control rotation direction or stop rotation.</p>
<p><strong><em>Tip:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You may also use shortcut PTZ control to rotate the camera: place the mouse pointer on the live view window, and when the shape</em></li>
</ul>
<p><em>changes to like, click and hold the left button to rotate the</em></p>
<p><em>camera.</em></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You can enable or disable </em><strong><em>Shortcut PTZ Control </em></strong><em>under </em><strong><em>System Configuration </em></strong><em>&gt; </em><strong><em>Audio &amp; Video</em></strong></li>
<li><em>Shortcut PTZ control is not effective when 3D positioning is enabled.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="93" class="wp-image-2708" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 26" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 986"></p>
<p>Adjust focus and zoom.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Control the light.</li>
<li>Control the wiper.</li>
<li>Control the IR.</li>
<li>Control the heater.</li>
<li>Control the snow removal function.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Adjust rotation speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Click the tab to enable/disable 3D positioning. With 3D positioning enabled:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click somewhere on the image, and the camera automatically rotates toward the direction.</li>
<li>Drag the mouse from top to bottom to zoom in on the selected area. Drag from bottom to top to zoom out.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Preset tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">□</td>
<td>Patrol tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Auto Guard tab.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark70"></a> Preset</p>
<p>Add a preset to save the status of a PTZ camera. When needed, you can rotate the camera to the previously set position with one click of the button. Presets are also used to set a preset patrol (see Preset Patrol).</p>
<ol>
<li>Rotate the camera to the desired direction.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="147" class="wp-image-2709" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 27" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 987"></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Preset </strong>tab, click <strong>Add Preset</strong>. Enter a preset number that is not in use; otherwise, the</li>
</ol>
<p>existing preset will be replaced by the new preset.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark72"></a> Preset Patrol</p>
<p>The camera patrols along multiple presets in the set order and stays at each preset for certain length of time. Because a preset patrol route consists of presets, you need to add all the needed presets first (see Preset).</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Patrol </strong>tab, click <strong>Set Patrol</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="155" class="wp-image-2710" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 28" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 988"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="485" class="wp-image-2711" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 29" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 989" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29.jpeg 906w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, select a preset, and set the length of time that the camera stays at this position. Repeat this step to all the necessary presets.</li>
<li>Use the <strong>Set Top</strong>, <strong>Up</strong>, <strong>Down</strong>, <strong>Set Bottom </strong>buttons to adjust the order in which the camera patrols.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="148" class="wp-image-2712" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 30" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 990"></p>
<ol>
<li>The patrol route appears in the patrol route list. Click <strong>Start Patrol</strong>, and the camera will patrol along the presets that you have set.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark74"></a> Recorded Patrol</p>
<p>The user operates the camera, and meanwhile the software records the movement track and status of the camera and saves it as a patrol route. Currently one recorded patrol route is supported.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" class="wp-image-2713" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 31" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 991"></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Start Recording Patrol Route </strong>( ).</li>
<li>Use the directional buttons or shortcut PTZ control to rotate the camera to desired directions and stay for the intended length of time. Adjust zoom and focus as needed.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Stop Recording Patrol Route</strong>. The recorded patrol route appears in the patrol route list (by the name 0[Recorded Patrol]).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Start Patrol </strong>( ). The camera will repeat the actions you performed during the patrol.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark76"></a> Auto Guard</p>
<p>After auto guard is enabled, the camera performs the action (start patrol or go to the preset) as configured if no operation is made during the specified time period.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="724" height="388" class="wp-image-2714" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 32" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 992" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32.jpeg 724w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 724px) 100vw, 724px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark78"></a> Fisheye Control</p>
<p>Fisheye control, set mount mode and display mode to get desired images:</p>
<ul>
<li>Mount: Ceiling, Wall, Desktop</li>
<li>Display Mode: Original Image, 360° Panoramic+1PTZ, 180° Panoramic, Fisheye+3PTZ,</li>
</ul>
<p>Fisheye+4PTZ, 360° Panoramic+6PTZ, Fisheye+8PTZ, Panoramic, Panoramic+3PTZ,</p>
<p>Panoramic+4PTZ, Panoramic+8PTZ (clicking Original Image switches from dewarping mode to normal mode).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark80"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The fisheye control button is available to fisheye cameras only.</li>
<li>In dewarping mode, you may click a PTZ window and then use the mouse to drag the image, or zoom in/out using the scroll wheel; or click a panoramic window and then drag, zoom in or out on the demarcation area.</li>
<li>Digital zoom is disabled in dewarping mode, and the digital zoom button is hidden. If you switch to dewarping mode when digital zoom is enabled, digital zoom will be disabled automatically, and the image restores its original size.</li>
<li>Dewarping mode is not available when resolution is below than D1, and the fisheye control button is grayed out.</li>
<li>Fisheye control is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark82"></a> Tracking Mode</p>
<p>In tracking mode, if you play main stream of the multi-sensor camera, the camera will automatically track the objects that trigger the set alarm rule.</p>
<p>in the live view or playback window toolbar. The window is split into multiple windows:</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click</p>
<p>one big window showing the panoramic image, and multiple small windows showing PTZ images.</p>
<p>The boxes on the panoramic image match the PTZ images.</p>
<ol>
<li>Perform the following operations as needed:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Drag a box in the panoramic image to change the range of the corresponding PTZ image.</li>
<li>Scroll your mouse wheel on a box or a PTZ image to zoom in or out.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark84"></a> g* NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>To use auto tracking function, you need to enable perimeter protection function for the camera first.</li>
<li>Enabling tracking mode will disable digital zoom.</li>
<li>Tracking mode is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark86"></a> Sequence Display</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark88"></a> Sequence Resource</p>
<p>Play live video from cameras in a group one by one in a window. First, you need to create a sequence resource.</p>
<p><strong>Create a sequence resource</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Live View </strong>page, click the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, and then click the <strong>Add </strong>button. You may also click <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>on the control panel to add a sequence resource.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="304" class="wp-image-2715" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 33" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 993" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Complete settings in the window, including sequence resource name, sequence interval, video channels to include, stream type, preset (PTZ camera). Click the <strong>Top</strong>, <strong>Up</strong>, <strong>Down </strong>and <strong>Bottom </strong>buttons to adjust the sequence as needed.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="495" class="wp-image-2716" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 34" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 994" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34.jpeg 850w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34-768x447.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Play a sequence resource</strong></p>
<p>Double-click the sequence resource on the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab to start sequence display.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark90"></a> Sequence View</p>
<p><strong>Sequence a default view</strong></p>
<p>Play live video from cameras on the camera list in sequence based on a default view.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, click the <strong>Sequence Display </strong>button for a split view. Take <strong>4-Split </strong>view for example.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="459" class="wp-image-2717" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 35" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 995" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35.jpeg 398w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set sequence display interval.</li>
<li>Assume there are eight cameras, and the sequence interval is set to 20 seconds. Then the sequence is illustrated as shown below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Cam 1</th>
<th>Cam 2</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam 4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Cam 5</th>
<th>Cam 6</th>
<th></th>
<th>Cam 1</th>
<th>Cam 2</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 7</td>
<td>Cam 8</td>
<td></td>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam</p>
<p>4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>20s20s</p>
<p><strong>Sequence custom views</strong></p>
<p>Play live video by custom views in sequence.</p>
<ol>
<li>To create a custom view, click <strong>Add View</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="367" height="471" class="wp-image-2718" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 36" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 996" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36.jpeg 367w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 367px) 100vw, 367px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Complete the settings in the window, including the view name, window layout, binding between the cameras/sequence resources and the windows (by dragging the cameras/sequence resources to the windows or by clicking <strong>Batch Add</strong>), stream type (for cameras only) and preset (for PTZ cameras only). Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="179" height="21" class="wp-image-2719" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 37" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 997"></p>
<p>View Info</p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>Video Channel</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>&#8211; □ Br IPC(3/3)</p>
<p>□ dh HIC6881-IR_192. 168.2.221</p>
<p>+ □ 7T TIC2221TER5-F3-4F4APCA_19—</p>
<ul>
<li>□ ftfr NVR(14/18)</li>
</ul>
<p>+ □ NVR301-04LB-P4_192. 168. 2. —</p>
<p>+ □ NVR304-16E-B-DTJ92. 168. 2—</p>
<ul>
<li>| | Group(2/2)</li>
</ul>
<p>Sequence Resource —(— [nJ</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>door</p>
<p>front</p>
<p>Channel Name Stream</p>
<p>Preset</p>
<p>Remarks:</p>
<p>OK 1 Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>Repeat the above steps to create all the custom views you need.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="99" class="wp-image-2720" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38.png" alt="word image 2682 38" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 998" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38.png 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /> Click the <strong>Sequence Display </strong>button to sequence the custom views you have created.</p>
<p><strong>4.</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark92"></a> Recording and Playback</p>
<p>Record videos and search for playback or download.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark94"></a> Configure a Recording Schedule</p>
<p>Configure a recording schedule for an NVR to record video automatically. This function is available to NVR-connected cameras only. The recorded videos are saved on the NVR, not on the PC.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Recording Schedule </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark96"></a> Configure a 24/7 Recording Schedule</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="323" class="wp-image-2721" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 39" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 999" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39.jpeg 874w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39-300x111.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39-768x284.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p>Use the template to configure a 24/7 recording schedule.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Select the camera for which you want to configure a recording schedule.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure the <strong>Enable </strong>check box is selected.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Select </strong>button and then select the <strong>All Day </strong>template. The green on the calendar means time periods during which video will be recorded.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark98"></a> Customize a Recording Schedule</p>
<p>Customize based on the 24/7 recording schedule.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click or drag on the green to erase, or click or drag on blank areas to draw. Clicking the <strong>Clear </strong>button in the top right corner will clear all time periods.</li>
<li>In addition to the method described in step 1, you may also enter start and end times manually.</li>
</ol>
<p>Up to 8 time periods are allowed for each day.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="914" height="42" class="wp-image-2722" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 40" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1000" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40.jpeg 914w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40-300x14.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40-768x35.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 914px) 100vw, 914px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>After you complete the settings for a day, you may select from the drop-down list and copy the settings to other days. For example, select <strong>All</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the configuration for the selected camera.</li>
<li>To make the same recording schedule for other cameras, click <strong>Copy To.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark100"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>In addition to the <strong>All Day </strong>and <strong>Work Day </strong>templates, you may customize 8 templates to save different recording schedules.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark102"></a> Record Video Manually</p>
<p>Save live video to your PC as local recording by clicking the Start Local Recording</p>
<p>) and Stop</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="34" class="wp-image-2723" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 41" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1001"></p>
<p>Local Recording (</p>
<p>buttons on the window toolbar. The storage path and video format are</p>
<p>configured in System Configuration.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="31" class="wp-image-2724" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 42" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1002"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="298" class="wp-image-2725" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 43" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1003" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43.jpeg 711w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p><strong>Step</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark104"></a> Playback</p>
<p>Click <strong>Playback </strong>on the control panel to search and play recordings, including device recordings and local recordings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark106"></a> Play Device Recordings</p>
<p>Device recordings refer to videos stored on an NVR or an SD card that is mounted on a camera. When you search for device recordings, the time displayed is same with the system time of the device, not your PC. The GUI and operations may vary with the playback type you choose. We take Normal Recording Playback for example to describe the general procedure.</p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="229" height="512" class="wp-image-2726" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 44" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1004" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44.jpeg 229w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44-134x300.jpeg 134w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 229px) 100vw, 229px" /> Select the source of recording (device recording).</li>
<li>Select the playback type.</li>
<li>Select the camera(s).</li>
<li>Select or set the search time. If the device is in another time zone, please use the local time of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>In step 2, you may select a sub type to search for event recordings or VCA recordings.</em></li>
<li><em>In step 3, up to 16 cameras are supported if multiple selections are allowed.</em></li>
<li><em>In step 4: The calendar shows search results for the selected camera(s) (blue means normal recording, and red means alarm recording). This feature is only available to Normal Recording Playback and Smart Recording Playback modes.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark108"></a> Play Local Recording and Image</p>
<p>Search and play videos and images saved on your PC. The time of local recordings is the time of your PC.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Select the source of recording (local recording).</li>
</ol>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>&#8211; □ IPCÖ/3)</p>
<p>□ « HIC6881-IR_192.168.2.221</p>
<p>+ □ ÎW TIC2221TER5-F3-4F4APCA_192.168.2—</p>
<p>2 &#8211; ■ to NVB(4/12)</p>
<p>+ ® Hfe HVR301-04LB-P4_192.168.2.107(2/3)</p>
<p>+ H NVE304-16E-B-DT_192.168.2.104(2/9)</p>
<p>&#8211; □ to ACCESS(1/3)</p>
<p>□ W ET-B31H-M_192. 168.2.13</p>
<p>□ ÎT ET-B31H-MJ92. 168.2.214</p>
<p>□ ET-B32LJ92.168.2.33</p>
<p>&#8221; I I Group(2/2)</p>
<p>+ □ tol 2(2/2)</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the camera(s).</li>
<li>Select or set the search time.</li>
<li>Choose to search for recordings or pictures. The default is to search for recordings.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="193" height="208" class="wp-image-2727" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 45" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1005"> Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>In step 3: The calendar shows search results for the selected camera(s), and blue indicates recording on that day.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark110"></a> Playback Control</p>
<p>Double-click a file on the right-side list to start playback; or click on the timeline to start playback from the corresponding time.</p>
<p><strong>Playback Toolbar</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="889" height="134" class="wp-image-2728" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 46" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1006" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46.jpeg 889w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46-300x45.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46-768x116.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 889px) 100vw, 889px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Set window layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Close all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Click to take a snapshot of images in all windows.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Click to switch to synchronous playback mode. In synchronous playback mode, operations (e.g., pause, resume, stop, adjust speed, click on the timeline to start playing from that point) are effective to all the playing windows.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>:</p>
<p>Frequent operations (such as pause/resume, adjust speed) during synchronous playback may affect the synchronous performance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E/H</td>
<td>Play by frame. Click to play the previous/next frame of image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Pause/resume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Stop</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I</td>
<td>Adjust playback speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Download recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Switch to full screen mode. Press <strong>Esc </strong>to exit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L/N</td>
<td>Move the timeline forward or backward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M</td>
<td>Zoom in or out on the timeline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O</td>
<td>Click to open a calendar and search recordings of a different date.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Playback Window Toolbar</strong></p>
<p>The window toolbar appears when the mouse pointer rests on a playing window. Operations with the toolbar are for this window only.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="79" class="wp-image-2729" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 47" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1007" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47.jpeg 786w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47-300x30.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47-768x77.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p><strong>Table 7-1 </strong>Playback Window Toolbar</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Take a snapshot and save it to your PC. The image format and storage path is configurable in system configuration (see System Configuration).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Digital zoom. When enabled, drag the mouse to draw an area on the image to zoom in on, and use the scroll wheel to zoom in or out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Clip the video to download.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Mute or adjust speaker sound volume on your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Current bit rate and resolution.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark112"></a> Q NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The toolbar shows when the camera is a fisheye camera. Click this button to open the fisheye</li>
</ul>
<p>control panel.</p>
<p><strong>|°g|</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The toolbar shows when the camera is a multi-sensor camera. Click this button to enable</li>
</ul>
<p>tracking mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can choose a stream transmission protocol (see System Configuration) according to the network environment to improve image quality.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Right-click Menu</strong></p>
<p>A menu appears when you right-click a window during playback. Many functions on the menu are same to the toolbar buttons.</p>
<p><strong>Playback by View</strong></p>
<p>In normal recording playback mode, playback by view can play recordings of cameras bound to the windows in the set window layout. On the <strong>View </strong>tab, select a custom view, select a date on the calendar, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>This function is only available to device recording.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark114"></a> Smart Search</p>
<p>The NVR records motion in different areas of the image when recording video. Smart search allows you to locate videos that include motion in the image.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark116"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>This function is available only when the software works with certain NVR models and versions.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>Device </strong>tab, select <strong>Smart Recording Playback </strong>from the drop-down list. Select a camera, and then select a date on the calendar.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Search results appear on the timeline. The green means videos with changed images, and the</p>
<p>green part plays at the normal speed; other irrelevant parts play at high speed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="932" height="109" class="wp-image-2730" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 48" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1008" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48.jpeg 932w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48-768x90.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 932px) 100vw, 932px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>By default, smart search searches the entire screen. You may click the <strong>Draw Area </strong>button (1) and then drag or click to edit the search area (covered by red grid).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="428" class="wp-image-2731" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 49" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1009" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Finish Drawing </strong>button (2), adjust search sensitivity as needed, and then click the <strong>Search </strong>button (3) to search again.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark118"></a> Recording Download</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark120"></a> Download Recordings</p>
<p>Use the following methods to download recordings from a device to your PC. Download progress displays in real time on the bottom toolbar.</p>
<p>* After a search, click the <strong>Download </strong>button (^3) under the recording list (see Playback Toolbar) to</p>
<p>download recordings. Recording download is not available to smart search.</p>
<p>Choose a download speed:</p>
<ol>
<li>High speed: Consumes more network bandwidth and PC performance and may affect other services. This option is recommended for scenarios where there is no need to guarantee the normal operation of other programs or services.</li>
<li>Normal speed: Consumes less network bandwidth and PC performance and has limited impact on other services. This option is recommended for scenarios that need to guarantee adequate performance resources and network bandwidth for other programs or services.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Use the <strong>Start Clipping </strong>and <strong>Stop Clipping </strong>buttons on the window toolbar (see Playback Window Toolbar).</li>
<li>Use the right-click menu.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Recording Download </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of the GUI, search device</li>
</ul>
<p>recordings and then download recording files. You can also download the recordings by time.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark122"></a> Manage Download Tasks</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click the <strong>Task Management </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of the GUI to manage download</p>
<p>tasks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="174" class="wp-image-2732" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 50" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1010" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50.jpeg 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50-768x149.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>On the <strong>Recording Download </strong>tab, view and manage download tasks. The operations for the tasks vary with download status. You can stop download tasks, delete tasks, resume tasks, play downloaded recordings, and open a folder to view the downloaded recordings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark124"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Stopping a download task does not delete the video that&#8217;s already downloaded to your PC.</li>
<li>You may set the file format and path at <strong>System Configuration </strong>&gt; <strong>Audio &amp; Video </strong>&gt; <strong>Recording</strong>.</li>
<li>A video player is needed to play the downloaded recordings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark126"></a> 8 video wall</p>
<p>Play video on a physical video wall.</p>
<p>Video wall is divided into DX video wall and decoding card video wall, depending on the device used to create the video wall.</p>
<ul>
<li>DX video wall: Video wall created by using a decoding device.</li>
<li>Decoding card video wall: Video wall created using a decoding card on an NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark128"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a decoding device or an NVR as admin first under <strong>Device Management </strong>&gt; <strong>Device</strong>.</li>
<li>The number of video walls supported, operations allowed, and functions/features available may vary with decoding device and version.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark130"></a> Add a Video Wall</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="173" height="36" class="wp-image-2733" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 51" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1011"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Video Wall </strong>on the control panel. For the first time use, click</p>
<p>and then choose</p>
<p>a video wall type. If a video wall already exists, click right to the video wall name to add a video</p>
<p>wall.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="580" class="wp-image-2734" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 52" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1012" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52.jpeg 899w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the video wall name.</li>
<li>Select the decoding device you want to use to create the video wall. The software automatically sets the video wall size and binds decoding channels to the windows. Decoding channel names appear on the screen.</li>
<li>Edit the video wall size, resolution or the binding between the decoding channels and windows. Use the <strong>Unbind All </strong>( ) or <strong>Bind All </strong>(^^) button as needed.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the video wall size is consistent with the physical video wall.</li>
<li>Set small pixel pitch LED if necessary. The special LED width is the width of the last column; the</li>
</ul>
<p>special LED height is the height of the last row. The unit is pixel.</p>
<ol>
<li>To edit or delete a video wall, click next to the video wall name.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark132"></a> Video Wall Operations</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark134"></a> Play Video on Video Wall</p>
<p>□ after an online camera</p>
<p>Before playing video on a video wall, you can place the mouse pointer on</p>
<p>to preview live video.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag cameras to windows to start live video on the video wall.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark136"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>Some video walls require you to open window(s) on the screen first. The functions available may vary depending on the actual video wall, for example, you may open a window manually by dragging on the screen, automatically by choosing an existing layout, or by setting coordinates and window size.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="707" height="411" class="wp-image-2735" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 53" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1013" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53.jpeg 707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To start live video from multiple cameras or group(s), select the cameras or group(s), click a window and then click <strong>Play on Screen </strong>or <strong>Play on Wall</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Play on Screen: Play on one window.</li>
<li>Play on Wall: Play on multiple windows.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To play a signal source (such as from a PC), click the <strong>Signal Source </strong>tab, and then drag the signal source to the intended window.</li>
<li>To choose a window to play alarm-triggered live video, right-click the window and click <strong>Set Alarming Window</strong>. Make sure alarm-triggered live video is configured (see Configure Alarm- Triggered Action for details). To cancel the setting, right-click the window and click <strong>Cancel Alarming Window</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark138"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Only one window can be set as the alarming window.</li>
<li>If the video wall is created using an NVR&#8217;s decoding card, alarm-triggered live video is only available to a camera under the NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark140"></a> Output Audio</p>
<p>Use the audio output channel of a DX device to output audio of a camera playing in a window or a screen. Only DX video wall created with certain DX device models supports this feature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="920" height="494" class="wp-image-2736" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 54" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1014" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54.jpeg 920w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="36" class="wp-image-2737" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 55" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1015"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="37" class="wp-image-2738" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 56" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1016"></p>
<p><strong>1.</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>(1),</p>
<p>and then select the audio channel.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Click a window/screen, and then click</p>
<p>(2); or right-click and then select <strong>Turn Audio On. </strong>An</p>
<p>icon appears in the top right corner, means the audio channel is outputting audio of the IPC in the window/screen.</p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Adjust output volume or mute the sound as needed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark142"></a> Play Sequence Resource</p>
<p>Play sequence resources on video wall. Three sequence modes are available: sequence video on a single window, sequence video on multiple windows, and sequence scenes.</p>
<p><strong>Sequence on Single Window</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, drag a sequence resource to a window.</p>
<p><strong>Sequence on Multiple Windows</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, select the sequence resource, click <strong>Play on Screen</strong>, and then select the windows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="422" class="wp-image-2739" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 57" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1017" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57.jpeg 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p><strong>Sequence Scenes</strong></p>
<p>Scene refers to video wall settings including screen layout, window, and video service (live view or sequence). The scene allows you to recall the video wall settings with one click of a button. Sequence scenes is to display different scenes according to set time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="36" class="wp-image-2740" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 58" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1018"></p>
<p><strong>1.</strong></p>
<p>Click the right-side</p>
<p>or click</p>
<p>on the <strong>Scene </strong>tab to create scenes.</p>
<p>Scene Info O X</p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Scene Sequence </strong>tab, click Hto create scene sequence plan.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="374" height="427" class="wp-image-2741" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 59" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1019" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59.jpeg 374w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59-263x300.jpeg 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the scenes and import them to the plan.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="626" class="wp-image-2742" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 60" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1020" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set the sequence mode. You may choose to sequence by time interval or configure a 24-hour sequence plan.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Sequence by interval: Display scenes one by one at set intervals, for example, 30 seconds in the figure above.</li>
<li>24-hour plan: Enable the plan, and then set the starting time. The scene will automatically display</li>
</ul>
<p>on the video wall at the set time. You may add scenes repeatedly as needed.</p>
<p>Scene Sequence Plan</p>
<p>Plan Name</p>
<p>Scene</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>□ S 1</p>
<p>Sequence By (•) 24H Plan Interval(s) 30</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>| | Scene Name Start Time Operation</p>
<p>□ 1 08:00:00 © V ft i ®</p>
<p>Remarks :</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>The scene sequence plan appears on the <strong>Scene Plan </strong>tab. Click <strong>Start </strong>to start scene sequence.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="416" class="wp-image-2743" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 61" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1021" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61.jpeg 357w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61-257x300.jpeg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark144"></a> Other Video Wall Operations</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="69" class="wp-image-2744" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 62" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1022" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62.jpeg 938w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62-300x22.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62-768x56.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></p>
<p>For more video wall operations, see the tables below.</p>
<p>The buttons on the toolbar are effective to all windows on the video wall.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Save scene. See Sequence Scenes for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Audio management, choose an audio output channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Splice screens (combine several screens to make one bigger screen).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Window management, input coordinates to create a window on the set position with custom window height and width.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Close all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F/H</td>
<td>Lock/unlock window position and shape.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Start decoding in all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I</td>
<td>Stop decoding in all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Click to renumber all windows according to their positions: from top to bottom, from left to right. The window numbers are displayed in the window&#8217;s top-left corner.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>BCD E F G H Channel Na*e Strea* Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>O ES H ® [&gt; □ &lt;$ iFikfii* 192.168.2.104.002.192.168.1 Kain <sup>1</sup> ▼</strong></p>
<p><strong>K L</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback Close Window</strong></p>
<p>Window Virtual LED</p>
<p>Window control area. Buttons in this area are effective to a selected window. The actual buttons available may vary depending on the video wall type and device model.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Split a screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Start decoding.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Stop decoding.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Set sound volume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Set the specified window to display on the top of all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Set the specified window to display on the bottom of all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Display/hide the window control area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H</td>
<td>Display a window in full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>I/J</td>
<td>Set stream type and preset (PTZ camera only).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Search and play recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L</td>
<td>Close window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark150"></a> Screen Control</p>
<p>On the <strong>Screen Control </strong>tab, you can turn on/off screens including small pixel pitch LED screens.</p>
<p>Before you operate on the client, make sure the screen, the power distribution box (for LED screen), and the server are properly connected.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark152"></a> Configure Serial Port and Protocol</p>
<p>Configure the serial port and protocol in accordance with the decoding device model and screen type.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="532" class="wp-image-2745" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 63" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1023" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63.jpeg 536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark154"></a> Turn On or Off the Screen Automatically at a Set Time</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Turn On At </strong>or <strong>Turn Off At</strong>, and then set the time(s) when the screen automatically turns on or off.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The screen will turn on or off automatically at the set time.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark156"></a> Turn On or Off the Screen Manually</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Turn On Screen</strong>. The screen turns on immediately.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Turn Off Screen</strong>. The screen turns off immediately.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark158"></a> Turn Off the Screen with Delay</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box for <strong>Turn Off In </strong>and then enter the time in the text box.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Turn Off Screen</strong>.</li>
<li>A message as shown below appears. The screen turns off automatically when the timer expires.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="93" class="wp-image-2746" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 64" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1024" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64.jpeg 441w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark160"></a> Behavior Search</p>
<p>Search VCA images and recordings from an NVR.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark162"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>This feature is available on certain NVR devices/versions. Currently this feature only supports Cross Line Detection and Intrusion Detection.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Follow the steps as illustrated on the image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="953" height="451" class="wp-image-2747" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 65" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1025" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65.jpeg 953w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65-768x363.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 953px) 100vw, 953px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Perform the following operations as needed.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Play or download the alarm video (5). The alarm video is 10 seconds long (5s before and 5s after the alarm time).</li>
<li>View or save the alarm image (6). You can click the left or right arrow to view the previous or next image.</li>
<li>Click (7) to switch to list mode.</li>
<li>Click (8) to export search results.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark146"></a> 10</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark148"></a> Face Recognition</p>
<p>View live video, alarm records and pass-through records; manage device face libraries and monitoring tasks. Use face recognition to search people and count people coming in and out.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark164"></a> Realtime Monitoring</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="395" class="wp-image-2748" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 66" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1026" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>View live video and snapshots of people passing through, view realtime alarm records.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera to start live video. Up to four cameras are allowed.</p>
<p>Perform the following operations as needed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click a snapshot to view details. Click <strong>More </strong>to go to the <strong>Pass-Thru Records </strong>tab. If a face is identified as a stranger, you can add it to a face library: put your mouse pointer on the snapshot,</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="41" class="wp-image-2749" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 67" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1027"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="327" class="wp-image-2750" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 68" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1028" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68.jpeg 434w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></p>
<p>, enter the required information, and choose the target library.</p>
<p>click</p>
<p>* View realtime alarms. Click <strong>More </strong>to go to the <strong>Alarm Records </strong>tab.</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose a record type:</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Comparison Record</strong>: Click an icon to filter alarm records by comparison result (</p>
<p>for match,</p>
<p>for not match).</p>
<p>* <strong>Mask&amp;Temperature Records</strong>: View records of people not wearing a mask and people with an abnormal temperature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="106" class="wp-image-2751" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 69" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1029" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69.jpeg 422w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69-300x75.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a record to view the corresponding face comparison information. Personal information is displayed only when the degree of match between the captured face and the face in the library reaches the set alarm threshold. See Monitoring Task for details.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>View people counting statistics. The statistics are displayed only when <strong>Mask&amp;Temperature Record </strong>is chosen.</li>
</ul>
<p>To view the statistics of people not wearing a mask and people with an abnormal temperature, you need to enable <strong>Mask Detection </strong>and <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>first. See System Configuration for details. The statistics are automatically cleared at 0:00 every day. You can also click <strong>Clear Statistics </strong>to reset the statistics manually.</p>
<p>0 Total: 667 No Mask: 35 Abnormal Temperature: 29 Clear Statistics</p>
<ul>
<li>Configure epidemic control parameters. Click under the live view window to configure</li>
</ul>
<p>epidemic control parameters. See System Configuration for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>Configure attributes to be displayed for match faces and not match faces. Click under the live</li>
</ul>
<p>view window to configure attributes. See System Configuration for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark166"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>A device reports alarms only when a corresponding monitoring task has been configured.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark168"></a> Face Library Management</p>
<p>Manage faces in different libraries to meet different monitoring needs. The libraries are saved on the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark170"></a> Create Face Library</p>
<p>Select the device you want to manage, then the face libraries of the device appear in the list. Click sa to create a new face library. You can edit the library name or delete a library you don’t need anymore.</p>
<p><strong>Face Library</strong></p>
<p>NVR301-04LB<sup>_</sup>P4_192. 168. 2. 107 »</p>
<p>&#8211; to HVR301-04LB-P4J92. 168—</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark172"></a> Add Face Data</p>
<p>Choose one of the following ways to add face data to face libraries.</p>
<p>Option 1: Use Batch Add</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Add</strong>, then select the target face library. You may select multiple libraries of different devices.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, then select face images you want to add. The images must be JPG files and the size of each photo is between 10KB and 500KB.</li>
<li>Click the edit button, enter the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="561" class="wp-image-2752" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 70" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1030" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Click <strong>Next </strong>to save and continue to the next, or click <strong>Finish</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the information for all.</p>
<p>Option 2: Import a file containing face data</p>
<p>Import a file that contains the necessary face data. The file and its content must conform to the format, and the size of each photo is between 10KB and 500KB.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>and then enter the face data into the template file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Import </strong>and select the file you have edited. The imported data appear in the list. You can click</li>
</ol>
<p>the button in the list&#8217;s upper right corner to switch display mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="889" height="186" class="wp-image-2753" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 71" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1031" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71.jpeg 889w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71-768x161.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 889px) 100vw, 889px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Edit or delete face data as you need; click <strong>Export </strong>to save the face data in the current library to a CSV file.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark174"></a> Monitoring Task</p>
<p>Create monitoring tasks using the created face libraries. The device compares the captured faces with the faces in the libraries and reports alarms as configured.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a camera on the left, and click <strong>Add </strong>to create a monitoring task.</li>
<li>Set the task name, monitoring type, and choose a face library to be used for monitoring. Set the alarm threshold based on your needs.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Match Alarm: If the similarity (or <strong>Match </strong>in <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>) between a captured face and a face in the library reaches the alarm threshold, the device reports a Match alarm.</li>
<li>Not Match Alarm: If the similarity between a captured face and a face in the library fails to reach the alarm threshold, the device reports a Not Match alarm.</li>
<li>All: To monitor all the faces that the device captures.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-2682-bookmark174">Add Moni tori ng Task O X</a></p>
<p>B Task Name</p>
<p>Monitoring Type All ▼</p>
<p>Alarm Threshold 80 „</p>
<p>Kern arks</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>” □ KTC6881-IR_192. 168.2.221(2/16)</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark176"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Personal information such as name and ID number will not be displayed in the realtime monitoring window for a Not Match alarm.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>. The task is created and appears in the list. For an NVR channel, you may copy the</li>
</ol>
<p>monitoring task to other channels of the same NVR.</p>
<p>“I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add |II | Delete Copy To</p>
<p>Q Task Name Alarm Threshold Remarks Face Library</p>
<p>Monitoring Type</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>□ 963</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark178"></a> Alarm Records</p>
<p>View alarm records generated by the configured monitoring tasks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="136" class="wp-image-2754" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 72" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1032" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72.jpeg 933w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72-300x44.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72-768x112.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<p>Choose a video channel, set search conditions including monitoring type and alarm time, and then click <strong>Search</strong>. If you chose <strong>Match Alarm </strong>as the monitoring type, you can click <strong>More </strong>to set more conditions including name, ID number, degree of match, mask wearing status, and body temperature range.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark180"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Only NVR channels supporting face detection or face recognition can be selected</p>
<p>Perform the following operations as needed:</p>
<p>* Add the face snapshot of a stranger to a face library</p>
<p>Put your mouse pointer on the face snapshot and then click You need to enter the required</p>
<p>information including name and ID number and specify the target library. <sup><a id="post-2682-footnote-ref-2" href="#post-2682-footnote-2">[1]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-2682-footnote-ref-3" href="#post-2682-footnote-3">[2]</a></sup> View details</p>
<p>Click a record to view alarm details.</p>
<p>* Export records</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export all the search results.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark182"></a> Pass-Thru Records</p>
<p>View pass-through records, people counting statistics, mask wearing status, body temperatures.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="942" height="87" class="wp-image-2755" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 73" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1033" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73.jpeg 942w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73-300x28.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73-768x71.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 942px) 100vw, 942px" /></p>
<p>Choose a video channel, set search conditions including alarm time, mask wearing status and temperature range, and click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark184"></a> 11</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark186"></a> People Counting</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark188"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Count people entered and/or left during a certain period.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark190"></a> g“ NOTE!</p>
<p>This function requires that the camera be capable of people counting and connected to the PC via an NVR.</p>
<p>Click <strong>People Counting </strong>on the control panel. The <strong>People Counting </strong>page is displayed with two tabs:</p>
<ul>
<li>Realtime Statistics: Display counting results of selected cameras in real time, including seven latest counting results.</li>
<li>Report Statistics: Display counting results in a bar chart or a line chart and export.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark192"></a> Realtime Statistics</p>
<p>On the <strong>Realtime Statistics </strong>tab, select the check box for the camera to enable realtime statistics. You may double-click a camera to start live video from it.</p>
<ul>
<li>Enable realtime statistics to view real-time counting results from selected cameras.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="927" height="167" class="wp-image-2756" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 74" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1034" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74.jpeg 927w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74-768x138.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 927px) 100vw, 927px" /></p>
<p>Statistics include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Realtime counting results (left side): It is the total number if multiple cameras are selected. The three colors indicate different counting types, and they match the lines on the coordinates on the right side.</li>
<li>7 latest counting results (right side): axis X means time, and axis Y means number of people (the</li>
</ul>
<p>minimum is 0; the maximum is 10 by default and it updates according to the actual counting result).</p>
<p>When realtime statistics is enabled, the first time of counting is displayed in the lower left corner of axis X (1), and the counting result appears on axis Y (e.g., 993). The result updates periodically, and the latest result is displayed on the right (2).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark194"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Live view and realtime statistics stop automatically when you close the <strong>People Counting </strong>page or log out of the system.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark196"></a> Report Statistics</p>
<p>On the <strong>Report Statistics </strong>tab, select camera(s) and then click on</p>
<p>Today Last 7 days Last 30 days</p>
<p>to</p>
<p>count directly; or set conditions first:</p>
<ul>
<li>Counting type: By minute, hour, day or month.</li>
<li>Set a time period by selecting on the calendar or typing in the field.</li>
</ul>
<p>Count people entered and/or left by selecting the check box(es)</p>
<p>Display results in a line chart or a bar chart by clicking</p>
<p>v* *| People Entered O v* People Left O</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="53" class="wp-image-2757" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 75" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1035"><a id="post-2682-bookmark198"></a> 3<sup>1</sup> NOTE!</p>
<p>The maximum time period you can set is 60 time units, depending on the counting type (minute, hour, day or month) you choose. For example, the maximum period is 60 months if you choose to count</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="925" height="335" class="wp-image-2758" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 76" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1036" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76.jpeg 925w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76-768x278.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 925px) 100vw, 925px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="41" class="wp-image-2759" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 77" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1037"> by month, and 60 days if you choose to count by day.</p>
<p>* Click a column title, for example, <strong>People Entered </strong>or <strong>People Left </strong>to sort the results in ascending or descending order.</p>
<p>to display in a bar chart.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export statistics as a CSV file to your PC. You can use Microsoft Office Excel to open the</p>
<p>file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark200"></a> 12</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark202"></a> Access Control</p>
<p>Manage access control libraries, perform realtime monitoring, search and export entry/exit records.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark204"></a> Library Management</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark206"></a> Add a Library</p>
<p>Add a library for an access control device and use the library to control access.</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose the target access control device in the drop-down list on the left.</li>
<li>Click U behind the device name. A new library appears under the device.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click behind the new library, and enter the device name.</p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark208"></a> Add Personal Data</p>
<p>Add personal data to the library. You can add data for one person at a time, for multiple person using the Batch Add feature, or for multiple persons at a time by importing a file containing personal data of these persons.</p>
<p><strong>Option 1: Add data for one person</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>&gt; <strong>Add One Person</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the required information. Click the image on the left to upload a photo.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Next Step</strong>, and choose the target library.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Option 2: Use batch add</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>&gt; <strong>Batch Add</strong>, and choose the target library.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="126" height="157" class="wp-image-2760" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 78" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1038"> | Il | Delete o X</p>
<p>| | Select All ~j<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add</p>
<p>&lt;No. &gt;</p>
<p><strong>n</strong>* Name</p>
<p>ID No.</p>
<p>IC Card No.</p>
<p>Remarks</p>
<p>Note: To continue editing, click Next.</p>
<p>Next Finish Cancel</p>
<p>OK</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, and select face image(s) you want to add.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click , and enter required information including name and ID.</p>
<p><strong>4.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next </strong>to save and continue to the next, or click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the information for all.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Option 3: Add data for multiple persons at a time by importing a file containing personal data of these persons</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate Template</strong>, and use the template to create a file containing the required personal data.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>2.</strong></p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Import</strong>, and select the target library.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Browse. . .</p>
<p>and select the file to import (CSV or XLSX).</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark210"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Only JPG images are allowed. The size of each image must be within the range of 10KB and 500KB.</li>
<li>XLSX files cannot be imported or exported on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="46" class="wp-image-2761" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 79" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1039"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>in the list&#8217;s upper right corner to switch display mode.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to save data in the library to a CSV or an XLSX file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark212"></a> Realtime Monitoring</p>
<p>View live video and snapshots of people passing through, take snapshots, use digital zoom, and open</p>
<p>the door remotely.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera or drag it to the window to start live video. Pass-through records are displayed</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="890" height="405" class="wp-image-2762" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 80" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1040" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80.jpeg 890w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 890px) 100vw, 890px" /></p>
<p>on the right side.</p>
<p>The captured face snapshots and the corresponding library photos (if a match is found) are displayed on the right side. You can click a record to view details, including the original snapshot, mask wearing status and body temperature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="413" class="wp-image-2763" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 81" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1041" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81.jpeg 736w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="49" class="wp-image-2764" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 82" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1042"> If a face snapshot does not have a match in the library, then no library photo is displayed, and the person will be identified as a strange. You can add the stranger to a library by placing your mouse</p>
<p>. You need to enter a name and ID for the person and</p>
<p>pointer on the face snapshot and clicking specify the target library.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark214"></a><em>NOT</em> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Mask detection and temperature detection are available only when they are supported by the device and have been configured on the device. See the user manual of the access control device for details.</li>
<li>If the access control device can upload original snapshots, the <strong>Show Original Snapshot </strong>button will be displayed, and you can click it to view the original snapshot.</li>
<li>Up to 10 pass-through records can be displayed. The oldest record will be replaced by the new one when more than ten pass-through records are generated.</li>
<li>Pass-through records are displayed in real time. Restarting the software will clear the pass-through records in realtime monitoring.</li>
<li>You are recommended to configure at least one library before you view pass-through records.</li>
</ul>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live view window toolbar</li>
</ul>
<p>The window toolbar appears when the mouse pointer rests on a live view window. The toolbar is effective only to the current window. See Live View Window Toolbar for details. The El on the toolbar is used to open doors.</p>
<ul>
<li>Live view toolbar</li>
</ul>
<p>See Live View Toolbar for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>System configuration</li>
</ul>
<p>Cl- k®- th ■ ht t f- I d I ■ d t s s t</p>
<p>Click in the upper right corner to configure alarm sound, pop-up alarm window, etc. See System</p>
<p>Configuration for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark216"></a> Entry/Exit Records</p>
<p>Search entry and exit records by time, mask wearing status, body temperature range, authentication result, etc. You can further filter search results by name and IC card number after setting <strong>Authentication Result </strong>to <strong>Succeeded</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="176" class="wp-image-2765" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 83" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1043" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a stranger to a library quickly</li>
</ul>
<p>The library photo is empty when a stranger is detected. To add the stranger to a library, click in the <strong>Operation </strong>column, enter the required information including name and person ID, click <strong>Next Step</strong>, and then select the target library.</p>
<p>View details</p>
<p>in the <strong>Operation </strong>column to view detailed personal information.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<ul>
<li>Export search results</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to save search results to a CSV or an XLSX file. You can choose to export only text or both text and images.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark218"></a> 13</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark220"></a> E-map</p>
<p>First complete configuration on the <strong>Edit Map </strong>tab, and then use the map on the <strong>Map </strong>tab.</p>
<ul>
<li>Hot spot: Video channels, alarm input/output channels, and devices added to the map. Live view and playback are only available for video channels.</li>
<li>Hot zone: A map on a map. You may add hot spots on a hot zone.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark222"></a> Map Configuration</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark224"></a> Add a Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="409" class="wp-image-2766" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 84" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1044" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84-768x335.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Add Map</p>
<p>Click <strong>E-map</strong>on the control panel, and then click &#8216; &#8216; J PNG, BMP and JPEG images are allowed</p>
<p>The added map appears on the page and on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list on the left.</p>
<p>On the <strong>Edit Map </strong>tab, you can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Change the map scale: Use the scroll wheel or click the zoom buttons (1) to zoom in or out.</li>
<li>Eagle eye: Drag on the yellow area (2) to view details on the map (or drag map directly).</li>
<li>Add hot spots (3): Drag devices, video channels, alarm input/output channels to intended</li>
</ul>
<p>positions on the map. See Add a Hot Spot for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>Add hot zones (4): Add a map on the map. Up to 7 layers of maps are allowed. See Add a Hot Zone for details.</li>
<li>Manage pictures (5): Add or delete maps. Deleting a map will also delete all hot spots and hot zones on it.</li>
<li>Edit map resources (6): Edit map name, and change the icon color of hot zones.</li>
<li>Filter map resources (7): Choose to display video channels, alarm input/output channels or devices on the map.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark226"></a> Add a Hot Spot</p>
<p>Add hot spots so you can quickly locate them on the map when any event occurs. Hot spots include video channels, alarm input/output channels and devices. Right-click a hot spot to change color or delete it from the map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="171" class="wp-image-2767" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 85" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1045" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85-300x86.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p>When adding a device hot spot, you can also add video channels and alarm input/output channels under it. The channels and the device will appear together on a hot zone on the map. You need to choose a map for the hot zone. Follow the steps as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="934" height="415" class="wp-image-2768" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 86" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1046" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86.jpeg 934w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86-768x341.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 934px) 100vw, 934px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark228"></a> Add a Hot Zone</p>
<p>Follow the steps to add a hot zone.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="560" class="wp-image-2769" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 87" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1047" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87-768x496.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Add Map</p>
<p>Map Name</p>
<p>Add Pictur,</p>
<p>Icon Color White</p>
<p>The hot zone is displayed as an icon on the map and opens when you double-click it. Right-click a hot zone to change color or delete it from the map.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark230"></a> Map Operations</p>
<p>After you complete the configuration, click the <strong>Map </strong>tab to use the map. You may view hot spots, hot zones, alarms, and trigger/clear alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark232"></a> Locate a Hot Spot or Hot Zone on the Map</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Locate </strong>button to locate a hot spot or hot zone on the map.</p>
<p>Map Edit Map</p>
<p><strong>■ap Resources</strong></p>
<p>” map</p>
<p>S street</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>221_I_0 &lt;§&gt;</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>£ 192.168.2. 221_I_1</p>
<p>Locate</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark234"></a> Hot Spot Operations</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Select </strong>button on the top toolbar and then drag on the map to select hot spots. Different hot spot types allow different operations:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video channel: Select video channels to view live or recorded videos. You may use the window toolbar during live view.</li>
<li>Alarm input: Select channels to clear alarms.</li>
<li>Alarm output: Trigger/clear alarms. You can use the buttons in the <strong>Operation </strong>column or the buttons on the top to trigger or clear alarms.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can also right-click a hot spot to perform the above operations. For alarm input channels and video channels, you can also view alarm information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="347" class="wp-image-2770" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 88" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1048" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88.jpeg 484w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88-300x215.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark236"></a> Handle Alarms</p>
<p>When an alarm occurs, the corresponding hot spot flashes red on the map. If the hot spot is on a hot zone, the hot zone flashes red. Right-click the hot spot to play live or recorded video, view alarm info or clear the alarm.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="349" class="wp-image-2771" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 89" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1049" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89.jpeg 562w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>37:05</p>
<p>37:01</p>
<p>36:55</p>
<p>36:51</p>
<p>36:06</p>
<p>36:02</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark238"></a> View Hot Zone</p>
<p>To view a hot zone, click the hot zone map on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list on the left, or double-click the hot zone icon on the map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="375" class="wp-image-2772" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 90" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1050" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90.jpeg 814w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90-768x354.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Click the main map on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list to return.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark240"></a> 14 audio</p>
<p>Audio services include audio, two-way audio and broadcast. Two-way audio cannot work at the same time with audio or broadcast, which means, starting two-way audio will stop audio or broadcast, and vice versa.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Broadcast is not available on Mac OS.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark242"></a> Audio</p>
<p>When live video is playing, click B in the window toolbar to turn on audio from the camera. The audio is one-way from the camera to your PC and it stops when live video is closed. <strong>Note: </strong>Turning on audio for another camera will turn off audio from the current camera.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark244"></a> Two-Way Audio</p>
<p>Two-way audio is audio communication between a device (camera or NVR) and your PC. Both the device and the PC shall be connected to audio input and output devices.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Two-way audio is available to one device at a time.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark246"></a> Two-Way Audio with a Camera</p>
<p>Double-click the camera or drag it to the window on the right. When two-way audio is started, the audio channel symbol changes (1), the two-way audio symbol flashes in the window&#8217;s upper right corner (2), and a hint appears indicating two-way audio is in use (3).</p>
<p>During two-way audio, you can adjust sound volume (4)(6) or stop two-way audio (5).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="936" height="443" class="wp-image-2773" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 91" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1051" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91.jpeg 936w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91-768x363.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 936px) 100vw, 936px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark248"></a><em>NOT</em> NOTE!</p>
<p>You may also start two-way audio with a camera (camera only) by clicking in a live view</p>
<p>window.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark250"></a> Two-Way Audio with an NVR</p>
<p>On the <strong>Two-way Audio </strong>tab, double-click the NVR or drag it to the window on the right. When two­way audio is started, the audio channel symbol changes (1), and a hint appears (2) indicating two-way audio is in use.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="923" height="445" class="wp-image-2774" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 92" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1052" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92.jpeg 923w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92-300x145.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92-768x370.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 923px) 100vw, 923px" /></p>
<p>During two-way audio, you can adjust sound volume (3)(5) or stop two-way audio (4).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark252"></a> Broadcast</p>
<p>Broadcast is one way from your PC to cameras.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Broadcast </strong>tab. Select audio channels from the left-side list. You can:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select audio channels one by one.</li>
<li>Select an NVR or an organization to select all audio channels under it.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>. The selected audio channels appear on the broadcast list on the right.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="38" height="36" class="wp-image-2775" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 93" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1053"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="407" class="wp-image-2776" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 94" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1054" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94-768x350.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<p>After all the channels are added, click</p>
<p>to start broadcast.</p>
<p>After broadcast is started, you can:</p>
<p>Add more audio channels: Select audio channels on the left-side list (1) and then click <strong>Add.</strong></p>
<p>Broadcast starts automatically for these channels.</p>
<p>Adjust sound volume (2) or click 0 to turn off the microphone.</p>
<p>Delete audio channels from the broadcast list: click İSİ (3) to delete one by one; or select the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="31" class="wp-image-2777" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 95" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1055"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2778" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 96" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1056"></p>
<p>check box (4) and then click</p>
<p>(5)</p>
<p>to delete in batches.</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>broadcast: click</p>
<p>or close the <strong>Audio </strong>page.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark262"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<p>Currently, broadcast to an NVR is not available.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark254"></a> 15</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark256"></a> Alarm Configuration</p>
<p>Configure action(s) to trigger when an alarm of a certain type occurs at a specified source; view alarm</p>
<p>records and handle alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark264"></a> Configure Alarm-Triggered Action</p>
<p>Alarm configuration includes the configuration of alarm source, alarm type, device to link, and action</p>
<p>to trigger.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="392" class="wp-image-2779" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 97" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1057" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97.jpeg 826w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97-768x364.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click <strong>Alarm Configuration </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click a tab according to the alarm type you want to configure. Take <strong>Camera Alarm </strong>for example.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Camera alarm: includes camera online/offline, event alarm and VCA alarm.</li>
<li>Device alarm: includes device online/offline, disk online/offline, high/low temperature, etc. For</li>
</ul>
<p>DX devices, the following alarm types are available: fan failure, LED distribution box high temperature, LED distribution box smoke alarm, fan failure cleared, LED distribution box high temperature cleared, LED distribution box smoke alarm cleared, high/low temperature cleared.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select an alarm source. The subsequent settings are all configured for this alarm source.</li>
<li>Select an alarm type. An alarm of the specified type will trigger the configured actions. If you choose face recognition match or not match alarm, make sure the monitoring task has been configured (See Monitoring Task).</li>
<li>Configure alarm parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>For the following alarm types, you need to click <strong>Configuration </strong>to access the device&#8217;s Web interface and complete configuration first: motion detection, tampering detection, alarm input, audio detection, intrusion detection, cross line detection, face detection, defocus detection, object left behind, object removed, human body detection.</p>
<p>Take motion detection as an example, you need to make sure motion detection is enabled, detection area is specified, and arming schedule is configured.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Trigger Actions </strong>tab.</li>
<li>To receive an email alert when an alarm occurs, select the check box and complete email configuration (see System Configuration).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>. A dialog box appears. Select the device(s) to link and then click <strong>OK</strong>. The linked device(s) appear on the list. The device(s) will be triggered to perform the specified action(s) when an alarm of the specified type (step 2) occurs at the specified source (step 1).</li>
<li>Configure actions to trigger:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Alarm-triggered live view: An alarm will trigger a pop-up window playing live video from the camera.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered preset: An alarm will trigger the PTZ camera to rotate to the preset. The presets in the list must be configured beforehand.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered output: An alarm will trigger the camera to output an alarm and trigger an action by a third-party device.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered video wall: An alarm will trigger the video wall to play live video from the camera. You need to complete video wall configuration first. Only one camera can be selected.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>&amp;</p>
<ul>
<li>in the bottom left corn er of the GUI</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark266"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>In order for alarm-triggered live view to take effect, click and select <strong>Display Link Video</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Triggering live video from multiple cameras may cause high CPU usage of your PC and may therefore affect other services.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark268"></a> View Alarm Records</p>
<p>Click <strong>Alarm Records </strong>on the control panel to view alarm records, acknowledge alarms, and export alarm data to your PC.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark270"></a> Latest Alarm</p>
<p>The <strong>Latest Alarm </strong>tab list alarms reported since your current login and refreshes automatically.</p>
<p>History Alarm</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Alarm Type All</strong></p>
<p><strong>© Acknowledge</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Alarm Level Filter if :</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Select All [ 1 L&lt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>,vel^ ■ L</strong></td>
<td><strong>evel£ ■ Level^</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ Level Jg</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong><sup>L</sup>«v^Jj</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O Alai» Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alain Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Preview</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:21</strong></td>
<td><strong>HIC6881-IR_192.168. 2. 221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:06</strong></td>
<td><strong>HTC6881-IB.192.168.2.221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:01</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:01</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.107_003_g®tfl. 03</strong></td>
<td><strong>Audio Detection 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>inded</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:00</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:00</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:55</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:55</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:54</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>®</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:53</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:53</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:49</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:48</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:48</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:47</strong></td>
<td><strong>HTC6881-IB.192.168.2.221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Q 2021-03-10 14:56:45</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I—&gt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Z2X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A a ® 0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<p>You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Sort records in ascending/descending order by clicking a header (e.g., <strong>Alarm Time</strong>).</li>
<li>Acknowledge alarms: Select (or double-click) an alarm and click <strong>Acknowledge</strong>. Acknowledged alarms are moved to the <strong>History </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click to turn on/off alarm sound.</li>
</ul>
<p>to play an alarm video. The length of alarm video is configurable in system configuration</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="42" class="wp-image-2780" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-98.png" alt="word image 2682 98" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1058"> (<strong>Operation </strong>&gt; <strong>Alarm </strong>&gt; <strong>Stop Playback After </strong>and <strong>Start Playback Before</strong>).</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Latest Alarm </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of your GUI. On the page displayed,</p>
<p>you can turn on/off alarm sound, select/deselect <strong>Display Link Video </strong>to enable/disable alarm- triggered live video, or double-click a record to display the full <strong>Realtime Alarm </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="952" height="145" class="wp-image-2781" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 99" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1059" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99.jpeg 952w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99-768x117.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 952px) 100vw, 952px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-2782" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 100" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1060"></p>
<p>Click the <strong>Alarm-triggered View </strong>button</p>
<p>to view alarm-triggered live video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="885" height="523" class="wp-image-2783" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 101" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1061" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101.jpeg 885w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101-768x454.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 885px) 100vw, 885px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>The window toolbar is available (see Live View Window Toolbar).</li>
<li>Lock Screen: When this option is selected, the current window layout (e.g., 4-window layout) is</li>
</ul>
<p>locked, and it does not change as new alarm-triggered live video occurs.</p>
<ul>
<li>Lock Current Live View: When this option is selected, the current live video will not be replaced by new alarm-triggered live video.</li>
<li>Live video stops when the set play time is over (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). You can</li>
</ul>
<p>play the video again by double-clicking the alarm record in the top left area.</p>
<p>* Click the button in the lower left corner to open the alarm records page. Alarm level and corresponding alarm types:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 1</td>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 2</td>
<td>Device offline, motion detection started, alarm input started, cross line detection, intrusion detection, face detection, audio detection started, defocus detection started, scene change detection, auto tracking, tampering detection started, disk abnormal, disk offline, array damaged, array degraded, face recognition match alarm, face recognition not match alarm, object left behind, object removed, human body detection, video loss started, high temperature, low temperature, fan failure, LED distribution box high temperature, LED distribution box smoke alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 3</td>
<td>Device online, disk online.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 4</td>
<td>Reserved.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 5</td>
<td>Motion detection ended, alarm input ended, auto tracking alarm cleared, audio detection ended, tampering detection ended, array back to normal, video loss</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>ended, high temperature cleared, low temperature cleared, fan failure cleared, LED distribution box high temperature cleared, LED distribution box smoke alarm cleared.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark272"></a> History Alarm</p>
<p>All alarms, including latest alarms and history alarms, can be retrieved on the <strong>History </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="920" height="212" class="wp-image-2784" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 102" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1062" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102.jpeg 920w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102-768x177.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /></p>
<p>You can:</p>
<p>* Set search conditions. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to reset search conditions.</p>
<p>Click a header (e.g., Alarm Time) to sort records in ascending/descending order.</p>
<p>Choose the number of records displayed per page.</p>
<p>Double-click a record to view details. <strong>Alarm Time </strong>is your PC&#8217;s system time when the alarm occurs, and <strong>Device Time </strong>is the device&#8217;s system time when the alarm occurs. The times can be different. You will also find a time difference if your PC and the device belong to different time zones.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="557" class="wp-image-2785" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 103" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1063" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103.jpeg 524w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103-282x300.jpeg 282w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Select an alarm and click <strong>Acknowledge </strong>to acknowledge it.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export search results to your PC as a CSV file. Use Microsoft Excel to open it.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark258"></a> 16</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark260"></a> Operation Logs</p>
<p>Click <strong>Operation Log </strong>on the control panel to query logs and export search results to your PC. Log information includes username, operation details and result.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="183" class="wp-image-2786" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 104" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 1064" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104.jpeg 938w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104-300x59.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104-768x150.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></p>
<p>You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Set search conditions. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to reset search conditions.</li>
<li>Click a header (e.g., Log Time) to sort records in ascending/descending order.</li>
<li>Choose the number of records displayed per page.</li>
<li>Double-click a record to view details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export search results to your PC as a CSV file.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark274"></a> 17</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark276"></a> System Configuration</p>
<p>Click <strong>System Configuration </strong>on the control panel to configure the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Audio &amp;</p>
<p>Video</td>
<td rowspan="4">Video</td>
<td>Processing</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Short Delay: Video delay is minimized, though video quality may not be satisfactory.</li>
<li>Fluent: Video fluency takes priority, and video delay may exist.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Adapt to Screen Layout : When this option is</li>
</ul>
<p>selected, the client chooses a stream type</p>
<p>according to the number of windows:</p>
<p>Windows &gt; 16: Third stream</p>
<p>4 &lt; Windows &lt;16: Sub stream</p>
<p>Windows &lt; 4: Main stream</p>
<ul>
<li>Use Default Stream Type: Choose the main, sub or third stream.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Mode</td>
<td>Set according to the display capability of your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream</td>
<td>Transmission protocol for a camera to send video data</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5"></td>
<td>Transmission</p>
<p>Protocol</td>
<td>to the display window. The changed setting takes effect at the next startup of the software.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>TCP </em></strong><em>is recommended in poor network conditions.</em></li>
<li><em>For </em><strong><em>UDP, </em></strong><em>make sure the software is not blocked by the firewall.</em></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play Main</p>
<p>Stream in Maximized</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p>Window</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Selected: When you maximize a live view window by a double-click or using the shortcut menu, the system automatically switches to the main stream if it is not the current stream type; and when the window restores, so does the stream type.</li>
<li>Not selected: Maximizing a live view window does not change the stream type.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</p>
<p>Shortcut PTZ</p>
<p>Control</td>
<td>When enabled, shortcut PTZ control is available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable VCA</p>
<p>Rule</td>
<td>When enabled, VCA rules display on the live video of the camera that supports this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable GPU</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>When enabled, the software can start stream for more cameras.</p>
<p>The supported encoding formats (e.g., H.264, H.265) are displayed when this option is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Snapshot</td>
<td>Snapshot Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Save snapshot(s) in specified format to the specified path.</li>
<li>Manual: In this mode, user can select the snapshot(s) to save, set the path and format, and enter remarks (for JPEG only).</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous</p>
<p>Snapshot Interval</td>
<td>Time interval between two snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous</p>
<p>Snapshots</td>
<td>Number of snapshots to take every time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</p>
<p>Format</td>
<td>Choose the format of snapshots taken to be saved on your client computer:</p>
<ul>
<li>BMP: Save snapshots without compression. It takes more space than JPEG.</li>
<li>JPEG: Snapshots are compressed to save space at the expense of reduced image quality.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Recording</td>
<td>Downloaded</p>
<p>Recording</td>
<td>Format and save path of downloaded recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Local</td>
<td>Format and save path of local recordings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Recording</td>
<td>Set the recording policy when recording space is used up:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Overwrite: Earliest recordings will be overwritten by new recordings when space is used up.</li>
<li>Stop: Recording stops when space is used up.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording space: The disk space used to save recordings.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>It&#8217;s recommended to set at least 2GB recording space.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording file size: The size of a single recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">System</td>
<td rowspan="2">Startup</td>
<td>Enable Auto Login to</p>
<p>Smart Station 3.0</td>
<td>When enabled, you will automatically log in to Smart Station after you start the software.</p>
<p>If <strong>Enable Auto Login to Windows </strong>is enabled at the same time, the software will automatically start after the computer accesses the Windows operating system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable Auto</p>
<p>Login to</p>
<p>Windows</td>
<td>When enabled, automatically log in to Windows with the provided username and password at startup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Log</td>
<td>Save Operation Log For</td>
<td>Retention period for operation logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Save Alarm</p>
<p>Log For</td>
<td>Retention period for alarm logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Maintenance</td>
<td>Import</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Import configurations from a configuration file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Export configurations to save as a file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Operation</td>
<td rowspan="2">Alarm</td>
<td>Enable Alarm</p>
<p>Sound</td>
<td>If enabled, you can custom alarm sound duration and set different sounds for different alarm types.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start</p>
<p>Playback Before/After</td>
<td>Length of video before/after the alarm time for playback. Use these settings to customize the length of alarm video that plays on the <strong>Alarm Records </strong>page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td>Service</td>
<td>Enable Auto</p>
<p>Time Sync</td>
<td>If enabled, the software syncs the PC&#8217;s system time to cameras at the synchronization interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email</td>
<td colspan="2">Required for alarm-triggered email (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). The specified email address(es) will receive an email when an alarm occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9"></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">
<ul>
<li>Encryption Type: choose the encryption type of email transmission.</li>
<li>Sender: Email address used to send emails.</li>
<li>Recipient: Email address used to receive emails.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the sender address as the recipient and click <strong>Send Test Email </strong>to make a test.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Epidemic control</td>
<td>Temperature Unit</td>
<td>Choose <strong>Celsius </strong>or <strong>Fahrenheit </strong>as the temperature unit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mask</p>
<p>Detection</td>
<td>Enable/disable mask detection. When enabled, the number of people not wearing a mask is displayed in <strong>Face Recognition </strong>&gt; <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Abnormal Temperature Detection</td>
<td>Enable/disable abnormal temperature detection. When enabled, the number of people with an abnormal temperature is displayed in <strong>Face</strong></p>
<p><strong>Recognition </strong>&gt; <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Abnormal</p>
<p>Temperature</p>
<p>Threshold</td>
<td>The system reports an alarm when the temperature measured is higher than the threshold.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Sound</td>
<td>When enabled, the alarm will sound when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pop-up Alarm</p>
<p>Window</td>
<td>When enabled, an alarm window will pop up when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>When enabled, an alarm email will be sent when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attribute Display</td>
<td colspan="2">Configure parameters to be displayed on the <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>, <strong>Alarm Records</strong>, and <strong>Pass-Thru Records </strong>tabs in the <strong>Face Recognition </strong>module. All parameters are displayed by default. You can hide certain parameters on these tabs and still view all parameters in the <strong>Details </strong>window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click <strong>User Management </strong>on the control panel to add, edit or delete users.</p>
<p>Use the default username/password (<strong>admin</strong>/<strong>123456) </strong>to log in. &#8220;admin&#8221; is the super administrator and cannot be deleted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark278"></a> 18</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark280"></a> User Management</p>
<ol>
<li>To add a user, click <strong>Add</strong>:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Administrator: Only admin can add administrator. Administrator has all permissions by default.</li>
<li>Operator: Admin or administrator with user management permissions can add operators. An operator has no permission by default.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To assign permissions, specify permissions on the left. For some permissions (e.g., Live View), you need to select device(s) on the right.</li>
<li>To edit a user (username, password, permissions), double-click the user on the list; to delete user(s), select and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark286"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Menus may be grayed out or hidden for lack of permission. Contact admin if necessary.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark282"></a> 19</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark284"></a> Appendix</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark288"></a> Add an Encoding Device by MyDDNS</p>
<ol>
<li>Enable UPnP on your router. Refer to router&#8217;s user guide.</li>
<li>Log in to the Web interface of your device and enable port mapping (<strong>Network </strong>&gt; <strong>Port Mapping</strong>).</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Mapping Mode: <strong>UPnP </strong>is recommended</li>
<li>Mapping Type: <strong>Auto </strong>is recommended. The device and the router negotiate external ports.</li>
<li>If you choose <strong>Manual</strong>, make sure the ports you set are valid; otherwise, port mapping does not take effect.</li>
<li>If external IP address is not displayed: a. make sure UPnP is enabled on the router; b. some routers limit the number of devices for port mapping. If the maximum number has reached, revoke unnecessary port mapping.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the Web interface of the device, configure DDNS (<strong>Network </strong>&gt; <strong>DDNS</strong>) as follows:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>DDNS Type: MyDDNS</li>
<li>Server Address: <a href="http://www.star4live.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.star4live.com</a></li>
<li>Port: 80</li>
<li>Domain Name: Choose one that is easy to remember (e.g., myNVR123) and test whether it is available.</li>
<li>If configuration succeeds, the device is online, and the server address is displayed (e.g., <a href="http://www.star4live.com/myNVR123" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.star4live.com/myNVR123</a>).</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add the encoding device on the software:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Adding Mode: MyDDNS</li>
<li>Device Name: Set as needed</li>
<li>Domain: Domain name you get in step 3 (myNVR123 in this case)</li>
<li>Enter the username and password of the device</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark290"></a> Auxiliary Monitor Recovery</p>
<p>If your PC is connected to an auxiliary monitor, you can use it to display a tab (e.g., <strong>Live View</strong>) by dragging the tab to the auxiliary monitor. The tab will remain on the auxiliary monitor when the software restarts.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark292"></a> Multi-Window Display</p>
<p>Drag a tab to open a new window.</p>
<p>Example:</p>
<p>Alarm Records</p>
<p>People Counting</p>
<p>Latest Alarm</p>
<p>Device Management</p>
<p>Realtime Statistics</p>
<p>Alarm Source</p>
<p>Video Channel</p>
<p>Alarm Type A Q Enter Keywords</p>
<ul>
<li>□ IPC(3/3)</li>
</ul>
<p>Alarm Level Filt&lt; _</p>
<p>□ HIC6881</p>
<p>. + □ IT TIC2221</p>
<p>Details Q</p>
<ul>
<li>□ Bk NVR(14/18)</li>
</ul>
<p>Group</p>
<p>SS Encoding Device</p>
<p>SS Decoding Device</p>
<p>Wï Cloud Device</p>
<p>iS Access Control Device</p>
<p>Network Keyboard</p>
<p>Managed Device(6) “I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add Edit |||| Delete © Time Sy: Status Q En</p>
<p>| | Name IP Address Status Mod</p>
<p>□ NVR304-16E~B~DT_192.168.2.104 192.168.2.104 «Online cesh</p>
<p>□ HVR301-04LB-P4J92.168. 2. 107 192.168. 2. 107 ■ Online NVR-</p>
<p>Click <strong>Count</strong>, and results appear.</p>
<p>* Place the cursor on the line/column to view the number at a time point.</p>
<ol>
<li id="post-2682-footnote-2">Only NVR channels supporting face detection or face recognition can be selected.Perform the following operations as needed:* Add a stranger’s face snapshot to a face library
<p>Put your mouse pointer on the face snapshot and click ^^3. You need to enter the required information including name and ID number and specify the target library. <a href="#post-2682-footnote-ref-2">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-2682-footnote-3">View detailsClick a record to view alarm details.* Export records
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export all the search results. <a href="#post-2682-footnote-ref-3">↑</a></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2023 20:07:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EseeCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GV-Eye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCMS-Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2311</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide, CMS is called Camera Monitor System. It is a camera monitoring client for online preview ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/#more-2311" aria-label="Read more about EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide, CMS is called Camera Monitor System. It is a camera monitoring client for online preview image, video storage, remote playback, device management, video/screen download and other functions. It is suitable for DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, Wifi IPC and other devices.</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc5351"></a>Foreword</h1>
<p>Welcome to use our products! We are very honored to get your trust.</p>
<p>In order to have a general understanding of our product CMS and facilitate your use, we have specially configured this manual for you, including the function introduction, operation steps, precautions, etc., which are essential guides for your use of this product.</p>
<p>Please read the instruction manual carefully before use. I believe it will be of great help to your effective use of this product. In addition, if you have any questions during the use, please feel free to contact us, we will be happy to serve you.</p>
<p><strong>Applicable Model</strong></p>
<p>This manual is for the camera monitoring system CMS.</p>
<p><strong>Statement</strong></p>
<p>This manual may contain areas where the product functions or operations do not match, or where the technology is inaccurate, or a typographical error. For such problems, our company will update the manual content according to product updates, and regularly update the hardware and software products described in this manual. The updated content will be added to the new version of this manual without prior notice.</p>
<p>The contents of this manual are for reference guidance only, and are not guaranteed to be <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK1"></a>identical to the actual product. Please refer to the actual product.</p>
<p><strong>Agreement</strong></p>
<p>In order to simplify the description in this manual, make a <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK2"></a>convention:</p>
<p>The camera monitoring system CMS is referred to as CMS or software for short;</p>
<p>DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, WIFI IPC equipment, etc., collectively referred to as equipment;</p>
<p>Click <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK3"></a>for the left mouse button click, double click for the left mouse button to double click;</p>
<p>Some pictures are schematic, please refer to the actual interface of the software;</p>
<p>A “note” hint text may appear in this article to indicate that the operation is potentially risky, and ignoring the text may result in errors or unpredictable results.</p>
<h2>EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide</h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/2117/gv-eye-installation-guide/">GV-Eye Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1088/vsplayer-software-user-manual/">iCMS-Pro Full User Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc28398"></a>Introduction to CMS</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc26475"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25226"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11031"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24730"></a>1.1Function introduction</h2>
<p>CMS is called Camera Monitor System. It is a camera monitoring client for online preview image, video storage, remote playback, device management, video/screen download and other functions. It is suitable for DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, Wifi IPC and other devices.</p>
<p>CMS has the following characteristics:</p>
<p><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK7"></a> Interface containerization processing mode: In the interface design of the client component, the containerized processing is carefully adopted, which simplifies the processing mode of multi-screen and single-screen switching, greatly improves the multi-screen operation feeling, and adapts to the development trend of a multi-screen PC.</p>
<p>Channelized management mode: In the client component design, channelized management mode is added, and the traditional design mode with device as the core subject is abandoned, which is more suitable for the development direction of IP monitoring.</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc7971"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28855"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14539"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2891"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6528"></a>1.2 Operating environment</h2>
<p>Operating system:Microsoft Windows7 / Windows 8 / Windows 10 (32/64 bit Chinese and English operating system)</p>
<p>OSX 10.9 or higher (64-bit Chinese and English systems)</p>
<p>CPU：I3/2.4GHZ or more</p>
<p>Memory: 4GB or more</p>
<p><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK4"></a> Graphics card: integrated graphics (Intel HD 4000 and later), discrete graphics (NVIDIA GeForce GTX 460 and later)</p>
<p><strong>note:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Preview multiple video or high resolution video at the same time, requiring higher hardware configuration and network bandwidth</strong></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc18657"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6082"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2835"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17805"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21437"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc300"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2926"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11106"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28708"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14009"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9391"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15653"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23932"></a>2. Installation login</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc15337"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12248"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25552"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27241"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22149"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12614"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3177"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21281"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24084"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8202"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5974"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28433"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15407"></a>2.1 Installation and operation</h2>
<ul>
<li>Step 1: Run the EseeCloud_Setup_3.0.1.exe installation package</li>
<li>Step 2: Select the display language when installing</li>
<li>Step 3: Read and determine whether to accept the agreement</li>
<li>Step 4: Determine the path to the installation</li>
<li>Step 5: Installation is complete and you can choose to run immediately</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="92" class="wp-image-2312" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20170927222936.png" alt="QQ截图20170927222936" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1123"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="294" height="156" class="wp-image-2313" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-2.png" alt="word image 2311 2" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1124"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="389" class="wp-image-2314" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-3.png" alt="word image 2311 3" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1125" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-3.png 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-3-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Running program ②Choose a language ③Reading agreement</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="389" class="wp-image-2315" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-4.png" alt="word image 2311 4" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1126" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-4.png 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-4-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="389" class="wp-image-2316" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-5.png" alt="word image 2311 5" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1127" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-5.png 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-5-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></p>
<p>④Determine the path ⑤The installation is complete</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc16918"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22872"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31454"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3010"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27044"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16140"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16878"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29226"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17049"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1828"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15650"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5972"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31762"></a>2.2 User login</h2>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc13107"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25977"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2620"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12913"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12580"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31000"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27489"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5598"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2758"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3507"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21665"></a>2.2.1 Local login</h3>
<p>①Enter account + password ②Click to login</p>
<ul>
<li>Local login can be logged in using the <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK5"></a>default account admin (the initial password is blank)</li>
<li>Local login mode can choose remember passwords or automatic login (automatic login is not possible when auto lock status is enabled)</li>
<li><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK8"></a> Click the string in the login forgot password to be encrypted. Different accounts correspond to different encrypted passwords</li>
<li><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK9"></a> The account number box can display three accounts that are mostly used recently.</li>
<li>Switch to cloud login</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="316" class="wp-image-2317" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6.png" alt="word image 2311 6" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1128" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6.png 317w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6-300x300.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="195" class="wp-image-2318" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-7.png" alt="word image 2311 7" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1129" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-7.png 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-7-300x151.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Login account ⑵forget password</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The current CMS version of the user name can only use &#8220;admin&#8221;, the initial password is empty. In order to prevent potential safety hazards, please be sure to modify the initial password after the initial login to prevent unauthorized access to your device or other adverse consequences.</strong></li>
<li><strong>For better protection of your privacy and improving product security, we strongly recommend that you set up complex passwords based on the following rules: greater than 8 characters, including uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, special characters, and so on. Please understand that it is your responsibility to properly configure all passwords and other related product security settings.</strong></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc6413"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8363"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10260"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25156"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3256"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22984"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30287"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28713"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9358"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6235"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15804"></a>2.2.2 Cloud login</h3>
<ul>
<li><strong>User login：</strong>①Enter ‘account+password’ ②Remember password and automatic login (optional) ③Click to Login</li>
<li><strong>Register an account：</strong>①Enter ‘new account + password + email’ ② Click to register now</li>
<li><strong>Retrieve password：</strong>①Enter ‘Account+Mailbox’ ②Click to get verification code and enter ③Enter a new password ④Click to complete</li>
</ul>
<p>Note:</p>
<p>①The cloud login should be logged in with the registered account (the account registered by the mobile app can be logged in)</p>
<p>②Registered account is recommended to use a valid mailbox, easy to retrieve passwords and other special circumstances</p>
<p>③After registering an account, you need to log in to the email address you entered during registration to activate the email address (click the received link to verify)</p>
<p>④The mailbox status is not activated, and cannot be retrieved after forgetting the password (activation period is two days)</p>
<p>⑤The first time you use EseeCloud_CMS, the software&#8217;s time zone will automatically sync with your computer, and you can change it later in the advanced settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="307" height="314" class="wp-image-2319" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-8.png" alt="word image 2311 8" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1130" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-8.png 307w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-8-293x300.png 293w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="213" class="wp-image-2320" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-9.png" alt="word image 2311 9" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1131" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-9.png 375w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-9-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="373" height="214" class="wp-image-2321" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-10.png" alt="word image 2311 10" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1132" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-10.png 373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-10-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></p>
<p>⑴Login account ⑵Register a new account ⑶Retrieve password</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc8037"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9878"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc192"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30894"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6781"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7365"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22135"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8391"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30949"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18342"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22732"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11282"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14276"></a>3. Live Preview</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc22897"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7231"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1487"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24464"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2407"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6077"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31767"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23309"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30035"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23104"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11775"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32720"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16530"></a>3.1 Connection/Disconnection</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>T</strong><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK10"></a><strong>he list style is tree shape:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK6"></a><strong>connection：</strong></p>
<p>①Double-click on the selected device/channel to enter the connected video state.</p>
<p>②After selecting the device/channel, right click and select “Connect Video” to enter the connected video state (Figure 1)</p>
<p><strong>disconnect：</strong></p>
<p>③Double-click to disconnect the current connection after selecting the connected device/channel</p>
<p>④After selecting the device/channel, right click and select &#8216;Disconnect&#8217; to disconnect the current connection.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="158" height="120" class="wp-image-2322" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-11.png" alt="word image 2311 11" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1133"></p>
<p>Figure 1</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>List style is graphic：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>①After selecting the device/channel, click the play button on the device list to enter the connected video status.</p>
<p>②After selecting the device/channel, click the stop button on the device list to disconnect the current connection status.</p>
<p>③Right-click operation connection/disconnection is consistent with the tree list style. The specific operation can be referenced.</p>
<p>Note：poor performance of the computer will directly affect the smoothness of the preview video. It is recommended that the number of channels connected to the device be gradually increased</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc3523"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15470"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28897"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4242"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6478"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31754"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc399"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14899"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29250"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32272"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc53"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1885"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15527"></a>3.2 Video/screenshot</h2>
<ul>
<li>Video<strong>：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>①Click the Record button on the toolbar to enter the video recording status (as shown in Figure 1 below)</p>
<p>②After the video operation, click the record button again to stop recording.</p>
<p>Note：</p>
<p>①The actual recording duration is not equal to the time difference between the start recording time and the end recording time.</p>
<p>②If the device network is interrupted, the recording will succeed but no video file will be saved.</p>
<p>③The channel is maximized or minimized during recording, and the recording will stop.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Screenshot：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Click the screenshot button on the toolbar to enter the screenshot status (as shown in Figure 1 below)</p>
<p>Note：</p>
<p>①If the switching stream video is not loaded, the screenshot operation will be saved.</p>
<p>②The screenshot does not have the function of continuous screenshots. Clicking the screenshot button once will capture an image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="247" height="74" class="wp-image-2323" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-12.png" alt="word image 2311 12" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1134"></p>
<p>Figure 1</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc32176"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13835"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13924"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14618"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18636"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11812"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23249"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc133"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7301"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19857"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26925"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21333"></a>3.3 Panorama mode</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Panorama mode</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p>enter：</p>
<p>①Double-click the channel screen to enter the maximized state, right click and select “panoramic mode” to switch to the panorama mode, enter the panorama, and the code stream is automatically switched to HD.</p>
<p>②The channel screen is in 1 split screen mode, and the panorama mode option is available on the right toolbar. Click to select to switch the panorama mode.</p>
<p>drop out：</p>
<p>①Click on Panorama mode on the right toolbar and select ‘Exit panorama’ to exit panorama mode</p>
<p>②Exit the panorama mode by exiting the screen from the split screen state.</p>
<p>Panorama mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="764" class="wp-image-2324" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13.png" alt="word image 2311 13" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1135" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-1024x617.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-768x463.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-1200x724.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Cylindrical mode <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="762" class="wp-image-2325" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14.png" alt="word image 2311 14" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1136" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-300x180.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-1024x616.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-768x462.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-1200x722.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Expand mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="766" class="wp-image-2326" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15.png" alt="word image 2311 15" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1137" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-1024x619.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-768x464.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-1200x725.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Split screen mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="764" class="wp-image-2327" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16.png" alt="word image 2311 16" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1138" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-1024x617.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-768x463.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-1200x724.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Quad screen mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="764" class="wp-image-2328" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17.png" alt="word image 2311 17" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1139" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-1024x617.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-768x463.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-1200x724.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Six-screen mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="766" class="wp-image-2329" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18.png" alt="word image 2311 18" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1140" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-1024x619.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-768x464.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-1200x725.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Note：</p>
<p>①In the local login mode, you can select 6 display modes in the panorama mode, including: panorama, cylinder, expand, 2 split screen, 4 split screen, 6 split screen</p>
<p>②In the cloud login mode, you can select 4 display modes in the panorama mode, including: panorama, cylinder, split screen, quad screen</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Installation mode：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Suspension: the direction of the cruise is clockwise</p>
<p>Wall-mounted: the direction of the cruise swings left and right</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Cruise mode：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Speed: Cruise provides speed 3S / speed 40S / speed 60S three options, corresponding to slow / medium / fast three speeds</p>
<p>Stop: Pause the current state of the cruise, left click on the channel in the cruise or select the stop cruise button in the cruise mode to click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="236" height="280" class="wp-image-2330" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-19.png" alt="word image 2311 19" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1141"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="228" height="122" class="wp-image-2331" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-20.png" alt="word image 2311 20" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1142"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="194" height="208" class="wp-image-2332" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-21.png" alt="word image 2311 21" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1143"></p>
<p>①Panorama mode ②Installation mode ③Cruise mode</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc16520"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25531"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10879"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32029"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1117"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1993"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20745"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15235"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4756"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28251"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16204"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc454"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17203"></a>3.4 PTZ control</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Cruise / PTZ / Zoom / Focus / Aperture / Preset：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>The PTZ control function can be used only when the PTZ device (such as a ball machine) is connected to the main control device (such as NVR or DVR).</p>
<p>Cruise is to directly perform the screen cruise operation. The pan/tilt is to adjust the lens direction and zoom to replace the mirror multiple.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="158" height="32" class="wp-image-2333" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-22.png" alt="word image 2311 22" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1144"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="162" class="wp-image-2334" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-23.png" alt="word image 2311 23" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1145"></p>
<p>①PTZ speed level control ②control</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="177" height="77" class="wp-image-2335" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-24.png" alt="word image 2311 24" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1146"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="75" class="wp-image-2336" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-25.png" alt="word image 2311 25" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1147"></p>
<p>③Zoom, focus ④Preset</p>
<p>①：Adjust the PTZ control speed (default level is 6)</p>
<p>②：Adjust lens direction and cruise</p>
<p>③：Adjust the zoom and focus of the PTZ camera</p>
<p>④：Set and call the set bit, adjust the lens to the specified position, set the preset position, input the preset position later, click to call, the lens will automatically move to the specified position</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc15544"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19431"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3651"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23307"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21571"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28589"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28064"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10706"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6558"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14301"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2065"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3218"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6611"></a>3.5 Split screen number</h2>
<ul>
<li>The client provides 1 split screen / 4 split screen / 6 split screen / 8 split screen / 9 split screen / 16 split screen / 25 split screen / 36 split screen / 49 split screen, nine split screens can be switched at will</li>
</ul>
<p>When the number of connected device channels is greater than the current number of split screens, the displayed split screen will automatically increase, reaching 49 split screens.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="433" height="42" class="wp-image-2337" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20180904163335.png" alt="QQ截图20180904163335" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1148" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20180904163335.png 433w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20180904163335-300x29.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px" /></p>
<p>①Split screen number</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc24013"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24568"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21240"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4868"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18413"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14878"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31807"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30431"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6154"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2757"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21731"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5089"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7546"></a>3.6 Other functions</h2>
<ul>
<li>Sharpness switching: SD SD and HD HD toggle buttons</li>
<li>sound：①Selected screen channel ②Click to turn off/on sound</li>
<li>Intercom：①Click the intercom button to open the intercom ②Left-click and hold the connection to talk, click the exit button to exit the intercom</li>
<li>Help: The help buttons under each interface are the corresponding function instructions.</li>
<li>Recording: When the live preview channel is recording, the icon is flashing.</li>
<li>shut down：①Click to exit the login button ②Click OK to log out and return to the login screen.</li>
</ul>
<p>Other functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="265" height="54" class="wp-image-2338" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-27.png" alt="word image 2311 27" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1149"></p>
<p>Intercom</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="79" class="wp-image-2339" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-28.png" alt="word image 2311 28" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1150"></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc17567"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18465"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29904"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2979"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29993"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21017"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29041"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13693"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5398"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11509"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16151"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8490"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19812"></a>4.Video playback</h1>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc28267"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9783"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23975"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28949"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8669"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2808"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31206"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29889"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30033"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8667"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31558"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc189"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22712"></a><strong>4</strong>.1 Video playback</h2>
<p>Playback four steps：①Select device channel ②Select video type ③Select playback date ④Confirm search video</p>
<ul>
<li>Retrieving the video requires three conditions of &#8216;device channel + recording type + playback date&#8217;.</li>
<li>Video types include: motion detection, timing detection, alarm detection, and manual detection. Generally, all types of videos can be retrieved by default.</li>
<li>The selection of the device channel can directly affect the retrieval result. Be sure to confirm the online status of the device before recording.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="176" class="wp-image-2340" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-29.png" alt="word image 2311 29" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1151"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="134" height="151" class="wp-image-2341" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-30.png" alt="word image 2311 30" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1152"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="183" class="wp-image-2342" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-31.png" alt="word image 2311 31" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1153"></p>
<p>①Device channel ②Video type ③Date selection</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc30108"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20184"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5559"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20502"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24760"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29002"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22194"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15764"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23181"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31407"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9200"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30165"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17013"></a>4.2 Timed playback</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Timed playback</strong>：Select the timed playback operation, enter the recording effective time point in the time frame, and confirm that it can be played immediately (effective time point refers to: the time retrieved by video playback)</li>
<li><strong>Time drag playback</strong>：Adjust the time scale and drag the cursor on the timeline to the corresponding time (as shown in Figure 2 below)</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="264" height="74" class="wp-image-2343" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-32.png" alt="word image 2311 32" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1154"></p>
<p>①Timed playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="944" height="73" class="wp-image-2344" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2.png" alt="定时播放2" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1155" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2.png 944w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2-300x23.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2-768x59.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 944px) 100vw, 944px" /></p>
<p>②Timeline</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc14396"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13533"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5692"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8560"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18050"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6379"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc169"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30088"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19138"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29572"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11931"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2883"></a>4.3 Video sync</h2>
<p>Steps：①Retrieve video ②Check sync ③Switching time point</p>
<ul>
<li>Date: Check the synchronization switching time point, the channel synchronization will not take effect.</li>
<li>Time: Check the synchronous switching time point. The recording time of each channel will not take effect at the same time.</li>
</ul>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc16858"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10837"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8039"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29210"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11029"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16197"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4390"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25120"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9333"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26109"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24479"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10591"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25400"></a>4.4 Video download</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Batch download</strong>：Enter the time period to be downloaded at the start time + end time according to the needs of the retrieved recording time range.</li>
<li><strong>Time period download</strong>：The time period of the video recording will also be displayed in the download resource. Click the download button for any time period according to your needs.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1068" height="50" class="wp-image-2345" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34.png" alt="word image 2311 34" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1156" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34.png 1068w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34-300x14.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34-1024x48.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34-768x36.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1068px) 100vw, 1068px" /></p>
<p>①Custom bulk download</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="68" class="wp-image-2346" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35.png" alt="word image 2311 35" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1157" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35.png 995w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35-300x21.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35-768x52.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /> ②Select time period to download</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc23594"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20121"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10655"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3540"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5829"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5056"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6165"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10285"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc410"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7792"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25416"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7064"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14065"></a>4.5 Other functions</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Playback control</strong>：Support playback/pause/stop control in video playback, select the screen form in playback and click operation</li>
<li><strong>Time scale adjustment</strong>：The settings in the Setup Wizard are not set. The playback timeline scale will default to 60 minutes. You can also modify the scale value by clicking ‘Reduction’ or ‘Magnify’ during video playback.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="115" height="24" class="wp-image-2347" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-36.png" alt="word image 2311 36" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1158"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="25" class="wp-image-2348" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-37.png" alt="word image 2311 37" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1159"></p>
<p>①Playback control ③Adjustment scale</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc20689"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3000"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3131"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28629"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32461"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16803"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29130"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14708"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9146"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14933"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1442"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8895"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4329"></a>5.Equipment management</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc3785"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22168"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30968"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9837"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11216"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29314"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10924"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5750"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29555"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11813"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23852"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31383"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3013"></a>5.1 Add device</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add a LAN device</strong>：①Enter the device management interface ②Refresh LAN device ③Check the device and click Add (LAN device can be filtered by entering IP/ID in the filter box)</li>
<li><strong>Add cloud ID device</strong>：Manually enter the device &#8216;cloud ID number + channel number&#8217;, select &#8216;type&#8217; according to the actual situation of the device, and the rest can click to confirm (the password can be selected according to the actual settings of the device)</li>
<li><strong>Add an IP/DDNS device</strong>：Manually enter the device ‘IP/DDNS+port+channel number’, select ‘type’ according to the actual situation of the device, and the rest can click OK.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="175" class="wp-image-2349" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38.png" alt="word image 2311 38" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1160" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38.png 894w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38-300x59.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38-768x150.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /> ①LAN add</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="229" height="132" class="wp-image-2350" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-39.png" alt="word image 2311 39" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1161"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="67" class="wp-image-2351" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-40.png" alt="word image 2311 40" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1162" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-40.png 358w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-40-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="52" class="wp-image-2352" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-41.png" alt="word image 2311 41" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1163"></p>
<p>②Manual input addition</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc26072"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12409"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11453"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7330"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24702"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10768"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11542"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29481"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27768"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8075"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2647"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10328"></a>5.2 Modify device</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device modification</strong>：In the device management or preview interface, after selecting the device and clicking Modify, the device interface will be loaded.</li>
<li><strong>Regional modification</strong>：In the modify device interface, click the area drop-down box.</li>
<li><strong>Group modification</strong>：After selecting the group under the device management interface, click the modify button to load the modified group information interface.</li>
</ul>
<p>note：Modify the channel name, panorama, and channel type corresponding to the channel number in the device. The panorama or channel type corresponding to each serial number is independent. The channel device in the device needs to be in the panoramic state. You can select the corresponding channel serial number to modify the panorama. And channel type</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="391" class="wp-image-2353" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-42.png" alt="word image 2311 42" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1164" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-42.png 752w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-42-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="178" class="wp-image-2354" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-43.png" alt="word image 2311 43" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1165" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-43.png 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-43-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Device modification ②Grouping</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc27754"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23358"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14375"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17144"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18196"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13159"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30413"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1175"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11508"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17985"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2925"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4325"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29915"></a><strong>5</strong>.3 Remote setting</h2>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc10387"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30909"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2958"></a>5.3.1 VR CAM/gateway Remote setting</h3>
<p><strong>Setup steps</strong>：①Selected device ②Click Settings / Connect Device and click the Remote Settings button (as shown in Figure 1)</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device Information</strong>：Content includes device model, device ID, OEM serial number, firmware version (providing check updates)</li>
<li><strong>Function setting：The audio, prompt tone, prompt language, and display mode and resolution can be set on the configuration.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Alarm system</strong>：The content includes motion detection, message push, motion detection sensitivity, and synchronization time function. If daylight saving time setting is available, you can set daylight saving time.</li>
<li><strong>TF card settings</strong>：TF card status, available / total capacity, TF card formatting function</li>
</ul>
<p>note：</p>
<p>①Alarm message push is not supported in local login. You need to check to switch to cloud login status.</p>
<p>②Currently supports VR CAM/gateway devices for remote setup</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="197" class="wp-image-2355" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-44.png" alt="word image 2311 44" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1166"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="114" class="wp-image-2356" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-45.png" alt="word image 2311 45" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1167"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="476" class="wp-image-2357" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-46.png" alt="word image 2311 46" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1168" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-46.png 695w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-46-300x205.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></p>
<p>Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Remote setting interface</p>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc7947"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23635"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27120"></a>5.3.2 D82 series NVR remote setting</h3>
<p><strong>Setup steps</strong>：①Selected device ②Click Settings / Connect Device and click the Remote Settings button</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>General settings：</strong>Set the device&#8217;s time zone, date format, date, time, button sound, OSD transparency, VGA resolution</li>
<li><strong>Channel setting：</strong>
<ul>
<li><strong>Coding settings：</strong>Can set the encoding mode of each channel, the resolution of the primary and secondary streams, the code stream control, the code stream rate, the video frame rate, and the encoding format.</li>
<li><strong>Color adjustment：</strong>The tone, contrast, brightness, and saturation of each channel can be adjusted and copied to other channels.</li>
<li><strong>Channel OSD：</strong>The title, display status, and communication quality of each channel can be modified.</li>
<li><strong>Video detection：</strong>Each channel alarm duration, detection type, sensitivity, whether to enable various alarm information push, detection area selection, deployment time selection can be modified, and can be copied to other channels</li>
<li><strong>Code stream value：</strong>Monitor real-time stream for each channel</li>
<li><strong>Channel details：</strong>View the primary stream, secondary stream, and software version for each channel</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Recording settings：</strong>You can set the recording type and time of each channel. There are three types of timing, movement and alarm.</li>
<li><strong>Network settings：</strong>
<ul>
<li><strong>Network settings：</strong>You can modify whether to use DHCP. If you choose No, you can modify the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, DNS address, and WEB port of the NVR.</li>
<li><strong>Dynamic domain name：</strong>You can modify whether to use DDNS. If yes, you can modify the provider, domain name, username, password.</li>
<li><strong>PPPOE：</strong>Select whether to enable PPPOE. If yes, you can modify the PPPOE protocol, user name, and password. You can view the PPPOE status and PPPOE IP address.</li>
<li><strong>wireless setting：</strong>Can view ESSID, modify Wireless Channel, area</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>System settings：</strong>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device Information：</strong>View device name, device model, device serial number, software version, release time, cloud ID</li>
<li><strong>Log information：</strong>Select the input type, start time, and end time and click Search to display the log number, time, and content that meet the conditions.</li>
<li><strong>User Management：</strong>Display serial number, user name, whether it is super user, create new user, edit user, delete user, change password</li>
<li><strong>Factory settings：</strong>Choose simple restore (ignore channel and network configuration), restore all (restore all configurations)</li>
<li><strong>Online upgrade：</strong>Select the local upgrade file and click on Upgrade Firmware.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc30546"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26403"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22501"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17452"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19739"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6614"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21663"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19046"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29622"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23651"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27070"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25046"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25031"></a>5.4 Device grouping</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Create a group</strong>：①Click the ‘Create Group’ button ②‘Enter the content in the group name box and click OK.</li>
<li><strong>Add channel</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p>enter：①Select the created group ②Click the Add Channel button</p>
<p>Import selection：①Selected channel ②Selected group ③Click the import selection button</p>
<p>Import all：①Selected group ②Click to import all buttons</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Modify/delete：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Edit: Select the group and click the Modify button to modify it.</p>
<p>Delete: delete the selected group or channel and click the delete button to delete</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="385" height="175" class="wp-image-2358" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-47.png" alt="word image 2311 47" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1169" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-47.png 385w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-47-300x136.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="290" class="wp-image-2359" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48.png" alt="word image 2311 48" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1170" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48.png 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48-300x187.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="386" height="176" class="wp-image-2360" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-49.png" alt="word image 2311 49" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1171" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-49.png 386w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-49-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 386px) 100vw, 386px" /></p>
<p>①Create a group ②Add channel ③Modify group</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc4249"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13303"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24858"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26866"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5465"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19409"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29771"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17407"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1208"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9914"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11333"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4077"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4605"></a>6. User parameter</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc17889"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23332"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9449"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25632"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29139"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7023"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17568"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24577"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7701"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22401"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14349"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29843"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2074"></a>6.1 Basic Settings</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Split screen number</strong>：The selected split screen number is displayed after the re-login, and the CMS provides split screen 1/4/6/8/9/16/25/36/49 nine forms of choice.</li>
<li><strong>Display language</strong>：CMS currently defaults to 9 display languages, such as Simplified Chinese and English. When you choose to log in again, you will switch to the corresponding language.</li>
<li><strong>Login Method</strong>：The cloud login mode is online. You need to connect to the external network when you log in. The local login does not have this hard requirement.</li>
<li><strong>List style</strong>：The list style includes tree shape and graphics. The replacement is only the real-time preview interface and the display of the device list under the playback interface. The device list under other interfaces is unified into the tree list style.</li>
<li><strong>Path modification</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p>①Screenshot path: The screenshot file is saved in the snapshot folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to its own needs.</p>
<p>②Local recording path: The local recording file is saved in the record folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to its own needs.</p>
<p>③Video download path: The files downloaded by the playback video are saved in the video_download folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to their needs.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Preview sync time：</strong>Check the time when the device is previewed and the computer will be automatically synchronized (only ipc is supported)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>note：After modifying the settings, click &#8220;Finish&#8221; and you will need to log in again. (It is best not to modify it to a directory containing Chinese)</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc7528"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26005"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20971"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22912"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30289"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5084"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18311"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18802"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25288"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20995"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19542"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28984"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26547"></a>6.2 advanced settings</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Time zone setting</strong>：The local time zone can be selected according to the actual situation.</li>
<li><strong>Automatic lock</strong>：Check the auto lock and enter the integer in minutes in the time frame. If no operation is performed on the CMS within the time of the input, the CMS will automatically lock.</li>
<li><strong>Automatically connect video</strong>：After logging in to the auto-connect video, log in to the CMS and automatically connect to the device added to the device list. The number of connected channels is the number of split screens in the basic settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Basic Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="408" class="wp-image-2361" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50.png" alt="word image 2311 50" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1172" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50.png 857w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50-300x143.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50-768x366.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></p>
<p>advanced settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="264" class="wp-image-2362" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-51.png" alt="word image 2311 51" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1173" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-51.png 759w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-51-300x104.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc5258"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29688"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24332"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17134"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9213"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7344"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22228"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28768"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4513"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2052"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25468"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2160"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16518"></a>7. More features</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc682"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13839"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32148"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21351"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9664"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7165"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14346"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5199"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12997"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19128"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5640"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10365"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22243"></a>7.1 User Management</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>New user：</strong>①Click New User ②Enter username (required) + note name (optional)③Click to confirm</li>
<li><strong>Modify permissions：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Default: The default permissions include screenshot, video, PTZ settings, video playback, remote download 5 items</p>
<p>modify：①Click edit permission ②Check the permissions and devices/channels that need to be assigned to new users (you can click to select all) ③Click to confirm</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Other functions：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>①Clear password: If the login password of the new user is forgotten, you can log in to the newly created user again by directly clearing the password and the internal setting data can be retained.</p>
<p>②Modify the note: Add a note, change the note or delete the note, go to the modify note operation</p>
<p>③Delete user: If you feel that the newly created user is not necessary, click delete user to delete the user.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="250" class="wp-image-2363" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-52.png" alt="word image 2311 52" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1174"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="421" class="wp-image-2364" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-53.png" alt="word image 2311 53" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1175" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-53.png 695w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-53-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="247" class="wp-image-2365" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-54.png" alt="word image 2311 54" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1176"></p>
<p>①New user ②Modify permissions ③Modify user<a id="post-2311-_Toc24988"></a></p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc25072"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8469"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5271"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30821"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30074"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11780"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7197"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32224"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28135"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26496"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11043"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23100"></a>7.2 Log query</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Inquire</strong>：①Confirm ‘start time + end time’②Confirm ‘log type’ (including: alarm log, login log, operation log)③Selected area ④Click to query</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1225" height="242" class="wp-image-2366" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55.png" alt="word image 2311 55" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1177" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55.png 1225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-300x59.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-1024x202.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-768x152.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-1200x237.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1225px) 100vw, 1225px" /></p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc14971"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29090"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc558"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14592"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25584"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25793"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20109"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6052"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7507"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11111"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19482"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16915"></a>7.3 Resource management</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Screenshot</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>search for：</strong>①Select ‘start time+end time’ ②Click search</p>
<p><strong>Preview：</strong>①Method one selects &#8216;preview&#8217; for right-click operation ②The second method is the screenshot file retrieved by direct click.</p>
<p><strong>delete：</strong>①Method 1 Select ‘Delete’ for the right-click operation. ②The second method is to enter the screenshot preview state and click to select ‘delete’.</p>
<p><strong>location：</strong>①Method 1 Select ‘Open location’ for right-click operation②Method 2 is to click &#8216;Save Location&#8217; in the resource information.</p>
<p><strong>Resource information：</strong>‘user, resource size, resolution, device name, associated channel, screenshot time, save location’, including the above content (as shown in Figure 2)</p>
<p><strong>Replacement size：</strong>‘Original size, maximize, zoom in, zoom out, resource information, delete’, the screenshot preview status includes the above status/function that can be switched to</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>video：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>search for：</strong>①Select ‘start time+end time+’②Select the recording type (including: preview video, playback video, default all types)③Click search</p>
<p><strong>Resource information：</strong>‘user, resource size, recording type, device name, associated channel, recording time, save location’, including the above</p>
<p><strong>Other functions：</strong>The operation steps of ‘preview, resource information, location, delete’ function are the same as the screenshots. For details, please refer to the operation in the screenshot.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="161" height="116" class="wp-image-2367" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-56.png" alt="word image 2311 56" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1178"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="409" height="275" class="wp-image-2368" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-57.png" alt="word image 2311 57" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1179" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-57.png 409w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-57-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /></p>
<p>Figure 1 Right click operation Figure 2 Resource information</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc27251"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32141"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14684"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15370"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30805"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5893"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15891"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3070"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21552"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17835"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29168"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26879"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9563"></a>7.4 System Info</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Version Information</strong>：The content is displayed as follows ‘version number, date’</li>
<li><strong>change Password</strong>：①Enter &#8216;original password + new password + confirm new password&#8217;②Click to confirm ③Re-login verification password</li>
<li><strong>sign out</strong>：Click the ‘Exit Login’ button to quit the login status of the current account.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="257" class="wp-image-2369" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-58.png" alt="word image 2311 58" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 1180" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-58.png 351w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-58-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc26104"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24842"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17687"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32579"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7412"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7104"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23419"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24195"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6606"></a>8.Frequently Asked Questions</h1>
<p><strong>Question one</strong>：After installation, open the CMS and display &#8220;Cannot load plugin&#8221;?</p>
<p><strong>Answer </strong><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK11"></a><strong>one</strong>：</p>
<p>1.Please confirm whether the installation path uses Chinese when installing, and the plugin is temporarily not compatible with Chinese path.</p>
<p>2.After confirming the non-Chinese path, if the problem persists, you can contact technical support for assistance.</p>
<p><strong>Question two</strong>：After connecting multiple channels of video (more than 30 channels), videos stop for a few seconds , all channels are automatically disconnected into the black screen. The device connected again has no response. Do we need to restart the CMS?</p>
<p><strong>Answer two</strong>：The new version of CMS3.0.1 runs with higher memory. If you connect many channels by the lower configuration computer, the computer system will run out of memory, causing the CMS to run abnormally. If the computer configuration is slightly lower, it is recommended not to connect too many channels. The optimization work has been planned for this situation.</p>
<p><strong>Question three：</strong>When CMS is installed on the OSX system, it displays &#8220;File is corrupted&#8221; or &#8220;Unable to open&#8221; when it is opened?</p>
<p><strong>Answer three：</strong></p>
<p>1.Open &#8220;System Settings&#8221; → &#8220;Security and Privacy&#8221; → &#8220;Allow applications to be downloaded in the following location&#8221;, check &#8220;any source&#8221; (applies to versions prior to OSX10.12.X);</p>
<p>2.Open &#8220;Terminal&#8221;, enter the string &#8220;sudo spctl &#8211;master-disable&#8221;, press the &#8220;Enter&#8221; key, enter the sudo password (applicable to versions after OSX10.12.X). If the above method still does not work, please contact us to help you solve it.</p>
<p><strong>Question four：</strong>After starting a window and flashing, it will not start or XP will appear. Open the software to indicate 0a00000000 memory referenced by 0x00000000 instruction. The memory cannot be &#8216;written&#8217;.</p>
<p><strong>Answer four：</strong>Large probability video card driver problem, update the graphics card driver can solve</p>
<p><strong>Question five：</strong><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK12"></a><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK13"></a>It shows mfc100u.dll lost when opening computer</p>
<p><strong>Answer five：</strong>Install VC++2010 library to solve the problem</p>
<h1 id="firstHeading" class="firstHeading" lang="en">Tool software</h1>
<div id="bodyContent" class="mw-body-content">
<div id="jump-to-nav" class="mw-jump"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/eseecloud/EseeCloud_Setup_3.0.8.0.exe" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Computer remote client: Eseecloud 3.0.8.0(Windows7.8.10 system)</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/EseeCloud-mac-2.0.8_20200228.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Computer remote client: Eseecloud 2.0.8（MAC）</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/IPCamSuite-1.2.26.8.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">IPC Search Upgrade Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/0530/DvrSuite-1.0.0.8.rar" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">NVR Search Upgrade Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/DiskBackup.rar" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Hard disk linked computer backup data Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/IPCProductCheck%20V1.6.2.19.exe.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Production testing Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/Video-player%20.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Video player (for nvr backup video file playback)</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/CtrlSetup_1200.rar" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">IE browser plug-in</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/WifiScan%20v2.3.2%E9%87%8D%E6%9E%84%E7%89%88%E6%9C%AC.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">WIFI Analyzer</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/CMS%20shumingshu.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Computer remote client manual in Chinese and English</a></u></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 20:36:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HikCentral Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HikCentral ReGuard]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iVMS-4200]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video monitoring]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1966</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide, Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/#more-1966" aria-label="Read more about Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide, Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers and expand your business by subscription offers. Read the following sections to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark1"></a> Chapter 1 Introduction</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers and expand your business by subscription offers. You can monitor the system health status of your customers&#8217; sites (even resolve problems) remotely, using a simple and reliable platform. Hik-Partner Pro solution enables you to customize security solutions for customers with fully-converged Hikvision devices, covering video, intrusion, access, intercom, and more.</p>
<p>Read the following sections to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark3"><strong><em>Clients</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Relationship Among Hik-Partner Pro, Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Clients</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro solution provides different ways/clients for service providers&#8217; customers.</p>
<p>Table 1-1 Client Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro Portal</td>
<td>Portal for service providers logging in to Hik-Partner Pro to manage the security business, such as permission and employees management, site management, device management, project registration, product selection, Hikvision product order management, solution search, and devices health monitoring.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for service providers logging into Hik-Partner Pro to manage site, apply for site information management permission from end users, manage and configure the devices, submit RMAs (Return Material Authorization) requests, create quotations, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for customers to manage their devices, accept the site handover from the service provider as the site owner, approve the Installer&#8217;s application for site information management permission, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect Portal</td>
<td>Portal for customers to manage their employees&#8217; access level and attendance after you set an attendance system for them via the Hik-Partner Pro Portal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark3"></a> HikCentral Connect Portal</td>
<td>Portal for customers to manage resources, configure and use video management, on-board monitoring, alarm detection systems, etc.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral Connect Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for customers to use video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection systems, such as live view, playback, driving monitoring, and track playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral ReGuard Web Client</td>
<td>Web Client for service providers to configure parameters for video alarm receiving center and manage work orders or statistics reports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral ReGuard Control Client</td>
<td>Control Client for service providers to perform alarm monitoring, virtual guard, investigation and search, and so on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Relationship Among <a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/hik-partner-pro/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Hik-Partner Pro</a>, Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard</p>
<p>As the following diagram shows, Hik-Partner Pro provides certain value-added services related with Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard. You can activate these value-added services to benefit yourselves or your customers (i.e., customers who use Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard). For more information about the value-added services and how they relate to Hik-Connect,HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"> <strong><em>Value-Added Services</em></strong></a> and its sections.</p>
<h2>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/809/how-to-configure-hikvision-ivms-4200/">How To Configure Hikvision iVMS-4200</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/330/how-to-reset-password-hikvision/">How to Reset Password Hikvision</a></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>The availability of the value-added services is determined by your country/region. Some value- added services are not supported in every country/region.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="333" class="wp-image-1967" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 1" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1329" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1-768x289.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 1-1 Relationship Diagram</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark4"></a> Target Audience</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>This manual provides the service providers (i.e., Installer, System Integrator, Distributors, Resellers, OEM, and Alarm Receiving Centers(ARC)) with the essential information and instructions about how to use the Hik-Partner Pro Portal to manage the security business.</p>
<p>This manual describes how to manage the permission and employees of your company, add new or existing site for management, apply for site authorization and device permissions from your customers, manage and configure the devices belonging to the site, project registration, product selection, Hikvision product order management, solution search, and check the device health status for further maintenance, etc.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark6"></a> Entities in Hik-Partner Pro</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Here we introduce the entities (any physical or conceptual object) involved in Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Identity Related Entities</p>
<p><strong>Service Provider</strong></p>
<p>Those who provide services such as the design of security solutions, system/device installation, after-sales, and (or) device maintenance. There are several service provider types and the detailed descriptions are as follows.</p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<p>Provides device installation and maintenance services for customers.</p>
<p><strong>System Integrator</strong></p>
<p>Integrates multiple systems to provide solutions for customers.</p>
<p><strong>Distributor</strong></p>
<p>Trades with Hikvision and supplies Hikvision devices to other businesses that sell to customers.</p>
<p><strong>Reseller</strong></p>
<p>Bulk purchases Hikvision devices from distributors and then sells the devices to installers.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC)</strong></p>
<p>Provides the alarm receiving and handling service for customers.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>If you are to apply for joining Hik-Partner Pro as ARC, selecting <strong>Alarm Receiving Center </strong>as the type of service provider is recommended when registering. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Add Your</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Company to the ARC List</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark8"></a><strong>OEM</strong></p>
<p>OEM partners source products, parts or services from Hikvision and relabeling, rebranding or embedding them as a part to another product or system.</p>
<p><strong>Maintenance Service Partner (MSP)</strong></p>
<p>The MSP is a special type of security service providers. They offer technical support to installers who lack technical capabilities and skills. Usually, they collaborate with these installers to provide device management/maintenance services for end users. On Hik-Partner Pro, installers can share sites with their maintenance service partners to collaborate with them. For details, see <strong><em>Site Sharing</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The MSP can select any of the service provider types when they registering an account for logging in to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Monitoring Center (RMC)</strong></p>
<p>Provides the alarm receiving and handling services remotely based on the video monitoring via HikCentral ReGuard.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>The RMC can select any of the service provider types when they registering an account for logging in to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>End User</strong></p>
<p>Those who have purchased Hikvision devices (e.g., network cameras, DVRs, alarm devices, video intercom devices, and access control devices) and want to manage the devices via an easy-to-use mobile client. End users are customers of the service provider, and they use Hik-Connect to manage devices.</p>
<p>Site Related Entities</p>
<p><strong>Site</strong></p>
<p>A site represents a physical location where device(s) are installed and through which the Installer/ Installer Admin can manage and configure devices.</p>
<p><strong>Site Manager</strong></p>
<p>When a site is assigned to an Installer, the Installer becomes the site manager of the site, and can manage and configure the devices of the site.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>Assigning site to Installer is not supported in countries and regions only with support for free functions. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>Regions Only</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Site Owner</strong></p>
<p>When an installer transfers ownership of a site to an end user, the end user becomes the site owner who is the holder of the site. The installer can also apply for site authorization from the site owner to manage the site.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark9"></a> Running Environment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following is recommended system for running the Portal.</p>
<p>Operating System</p>
<p>Microsoft Windows® 7/8.1/10 (32-bit and 64-bit).</p>
<p>CPU</p>
<p>Intel® Core<sup>TM</sup> i5-4460 CPU @3.20GHz 3.20GHz and above.</p>
<p>RAM</p>
<p>8 GB and above (4 GB at least).</p>
<p>Graphics Card</p>
<p>NVIDIA® GeForce GT 730</p>
<p>Web Browser</p>
<p>Versions of Firefox (32-bit and 64-bit), Chrome (32-bit and 64-bit), and Edge (32-bit and 64-bit) released in the latest half year.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark11"></a> 1.4 Function Availability for Different Countries/Regions</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers both free functions and value-added functions that cost certain fees. You can purchase certain services in the Service Market of Hik-Partner Pro to get access to the value-added functions. Currently, certain value-added functions are only available in certain countries and regions. And users in some countries and regions can only access the free functions.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This document contains introductions of all Hik-Partner Pro functions, therefore some functions illustrated in this document may Not be supported in your country or region. And contents in some figures in this document may be different from the actual interface, if so, the latter shall prevail.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark13"></a> Functions Only Available in Certain Regions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following table shows the functions only available in certain countries and regions.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about whether your country or region supports the functions contained in the services listed below, refer to the after sales or local distributor.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s) Only Available in Certain Countries and Regions</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>Only linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Linkage rule is unavailable in the United States and Canada.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark330"><strong><em>Cloud Storage Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark389"><strong><em>Temperature Screening Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark313"><strong><em>Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark395"><strong><em>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC)</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark395"><strong><em>Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark312"><strong><em>Purchase Employee Account</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark312"><strong><em>Add-On</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark354"><strong><em>HCC Services</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark404"><strong><em>HikCentral ReGuard Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the services.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark15"></a> Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following two tables shows the free functions and the countries and regions only with support for the free functions.</p>
<p>Table 1-2 Free Functions</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account Management</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Register an Installer Admin Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account Information</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site Management</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark81"><strong><em>Add Existing Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark92"><strong><em>Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Site Sharing</em></strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark17"></a> Device Management</td>
<td>• Add Device</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong></a></p>
<p>° <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Release the Permission for Devices</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"><strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"><strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"><strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong></a></li>
<li>Manage AX PRO Security Control Panel</li>
</ul>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark183"> <strong><em>Control AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark186"> <strong><em>Configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Batch Configure AX PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"> <strong><em>Batch Arm/Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark219"><strong><em>Remote Configuration</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Reset Device Password</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Unbind a Device from Its Current Account</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark0"><strong><em>View Live Video</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark207"><strong><em>Play Back Video Footage</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td><strong><em>Search Operation Log</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tool</td>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark422"><strong><em>Tools</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Solution</td>
<td>View and Search for Solutions, and Add to Favorites</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>View, Search, Like, Share, and Comment News Articles, and Add to Favorites</li>
<li>View, Search, Like, Share, and Comment How-To Guides or Videos, and Add to Favorities</li>
<li>Receive and View Notices</li>
<li>View and Participate in Activities</li>
<li>View and Participate in Events</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Project</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Create a Project</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark264"><strong><em>View Project History</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Order &amp; Promotion</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>View and Search for Products</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"><strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"><strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Support</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Tutorial Center</li>
<li>Chatbot</li>
<li>Case</li>
</ul>
<p>° <a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"><strong><em>Submit Case</em></strong></a></p>
<p>°<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Feedback</li>
<li>Serial Number Inquiry</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for accounts of authenticated channel partners.</p>
<ul>
<li>Contact Us</li>
<li>RMA (Return Materials Authorization)</li>
</ul>
<p>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark283"><strong><em>Submit RMA Request</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o <strong><em>View RMA Request</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for accounts of authenticated channel partners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rebate</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark431"><strong><em>The Process of Earning Rebates</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"><strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark439"><strong><em>View Bill of Sale</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 1-3 Countries and Regions Only With Support for Free Functions</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Continent</strong></td>
<td><strong>Country/Region</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Africa</td>
<td>Angola, Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo(Brazzaville), Congo(Kinshasa), Cote D&#8217;Ivoire, Djibouti, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon, Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mali, Mayotte, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Nigeria, Rwanda, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Somalia, Tanzania, Togo, Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Asia</td>
<td>Japan, Taiwan (China)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark18"></a> Chapter 2 Account Management</p>
<p>There are two types of accounts: Installer Admin and Installer. Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For the countries and regions only with support for free functions, only the Installer Admin account is available and the Installer account is unavailable. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"> <strong><em>Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Installer Admin</strong></p>
<p>The Installer Admin has full access to the functions in the system. Usually, the Installer Admin can be the manager of the installation company.</p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<p>Installers are &#8220;sub-accounts&#8221; to the Installer Admin and are controlled by permissions for what they can do. For example, they can only manage the sites that are assigned to them. Usually, the Installers are the employees in the installation company.</p>
<p>The installation company should first register an Installer Admin account, and then invite the employees to register Installer accounts.</p>
<p>The flow chart of the whole process is shown as follows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="54" class="wp-image-1968" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 2" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2-300x18.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2-768x47.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 2-1 Flow Chart of Account Management</p>
<p>• <strong>Register an Installer Admin Account: </strong>You should first register an Installer Admin account before accessing any functions of Hik-Partner Pro. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"> <strong><em>Register an Installer Admin</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Account</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>After you register Installer Admin account, you need to complete your company information after logging in to the account. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"> <strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Set Role and Permission: </strong>Before adding an employee to the system, you can create different roles with different permissions for accessing system resources. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"> <strong><em>Manage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Invite Employees: </strong>You can invite employees to register Installer accounts and assign different roles to employees to grant the permissions to her/him. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"> <strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Accept Invitation and Register Installer Accounts: </strong>The employees can accept the invitation and register Installer accounts to manage sites and devices. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Accept Invitation and</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Register Installer Account</em></strong> </a>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark20"></a> Register an Installer Admin Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The installation company should first register an Installer Admin account before accessing any functions of Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>Try Free Demo </strong>on the login page to see what Hik-Partner Pro can do for you, without registering any account. The data displayed in the demo is for demonstration only, and you cannot perform any operations.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the address bar of the web browser, enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partner.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partner.com</a></em></strong> .</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>For Russia, you can enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partnerru.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partnerru.com</a></em></strong> in the address bar of the web browser.</p>
<p>The Login page of Hik-Partner Pro will show.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Login page, click <strong>Register </strong>to register an account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If your account has been registered, you can click <strong>Login </strong>to log in to Hik-Partner Pro. For details about login, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark53"> <strong><em>Login</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Whether you will enter the process of registering the OneHikID account or Hik-ProConnect account is determined by your country/region.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select your identity and service provider type (installer, system integrator, distributor, reseller, alarm receiving center (ARC), or OEM).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hl] Note</strong></p>
<p>If you enter the process of registering the Hik-ProConnect account, you don&#8217;t need to select the service provider type. For details about the identities and service provider types, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark8"> <strong><em>Entities</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark8"><strong><em>in Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Register the OneHikID account or Hik-ProConnect account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Register the OneHikID account:</p>
<ol>
<li>Set your name (first name and last name), company name, email, verification code (for verifying the email address), and password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark22"></a> We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Register</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Register the Hik-ProConnect account:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your email address and the CAPTCHA code.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code </strong>to verify the account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you don&#8217;t enter the verification code within the required time, click <strong>Get Again </strong>to get the verification code again.</li>
<li>If you fail to get the verification code, click <strong>Didn&#8217;t receive the verification code? </strong>for failure reasons.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the Complete Your Information page, enter or edit the required information such as your company name, address, phone number, and name. (For the process of registering the Hik- ProConnect account, you also need to set a password for your account on this page.)</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the invitation code if you are invited by your friend, so that your friend can earn some reward points.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>I would like to receive newsletters about new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires from Hikvision. I understand that at any time I can unsubscribe. </strong>to subscribe.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If subscription succeeded, you will receive a confirmation email in a few minutes. You can unsubscribe by clicking the URL in the email if needed.</li>
<li>After subscription, we will send emails about the latest product introduction, service introduction, questionnaires and special offers, to the email address which is used for your account registration.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>I agree to the Terms of Service and Privacy Policy </strong>if you accept the details in these agreements.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enter Hik-ProConnect </strong>to finish registration and log into Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>After registering an Installer Admin account and logging into Hik-Partner Pro with this account, you need to complete the information of your company. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark23"></a> Manage Company Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After registering an Installer Admin account, you can manage and edit your company information.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When your company is not authenticated, the Installer Admin can manage and edit all the company information, and when your company authentication application is approved, the Installer Admin can submit the information change request and the information will be edited successfully after approval.</li>
<li>You can link your Installer Admin account to a distributor via the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client to get support and help from the distributor. For details, see <em>Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you can click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the top right of the page to switch to another company for using. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Company Information </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your company is an authenticated channel partner, the partner level will be displayed one the company logo.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the name of your company.</li>
<li>Enter other information of your company, such as the address, GPS information, postal code, phone number, email, and user type.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The country or region cannot be changed once you save the company information after registration.</p>
<ol>
<li>Edit the VAT number of your company, which will be used for qualification verification.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you want to upload the company logo, click <strong>+ </strong>to upload the picture of your company logo, or click <strong>Edit </strong>to re-upload a picture to update the logo.</li>
</ol>
<p>HO <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The picture should be in JPG, JPEG, or PNG format.</li>
<li>Recommended picture size: Height = 200 px, 200 px &lt; Width &lt; 600 px.</li>
<li>You are not allowed to enable the Co-Branding function if you have not set the company logo. For details about Co-Branding, see <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark25"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the website of your company.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter or edit the description information, which will be displayed on Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can check the percentage of completed information after saving.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark26"></a> Authenticate Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you register an Installer Admin account, you can authenticate your account to purchase value-added services and use more features (besides the basic features) in Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>One of the following ways for account authentication is supported, depending on the selected country or region when registering your account.</p>
<p>By Entering Authentication Code</p>
<p>For this way, you need to get the authentication code from the Hikvision or distributor first and then enter the authentication code to authenticate your account.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Company Information </strong>, and click <strong>Authenticate Now </strong>to enter account authentication page.</li>
<li>(Optional) If you have no authentication code, click <strong>Get Authentication Code</strong>, and send the application email with the predefined content template, including your email address (the one which is used when registering your Installer Admin account) and company information, such as company ID, company name, and phone number, to Hikvision or distributor, and apply for one authentication code.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can click £ to edit the information in the template. The edited contents will be updated in the company information.</li>
<li>If the email server is not configured or the recipient&#8217;s address is not filled automatically, you can copy the content and send it to Hikvision or distributor by your own email box.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>After you get the authentication code, enter the authentication code on account authentication page and click <strong>OK </strong>to authenticate your account.</li>
</ol>
<p>•</p>
<p>By Submitting Online Application</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark28"></a> For this way, you need to fill and submit the online application information to authenticate your account directly. After your application is approved, your account will be authenticated.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your company is not authenticated and you have the permission to submit the authentication application, you may be prompted and guided to authenticate your company by submitting the application after login.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Company Information </strong>page, and click <strong>Authenticate Now </strong>to enter account authentication page.</p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) Edit the company information, such as company name, address, and city if needed.</li>
<li>Select your identity type from the drop-down list.</li>
<li>Enter the VAT Number of your company.</li>
<li>Click <strong>+ </strong>to upload a picture (e.g., business card) as evidence.</li>
<li>Enter the distributor if you have bought Hikvision products.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Authenticate Now</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application information will be sent.</p>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After your application is approved, you will be notified via push notification and email.</li>
<li>If your country/region is in Australia (continent), you should also enter your security license number and contact name.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark29"></a> Manage Role and Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Before adding an employee to the system, you can create different roles with different permissions for accessing system resources and then assign roles to corresponding employees to grant the permissions to them. Or you can give a predefined role to an employee without creating one. An employee can have only one role.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For the countries or regions only with support for free functions, or for authenticated channel partners, managing role and permission is not supported. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"> <strong><em>Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>There are three predefined roles in the system: Administrator, Site Manager, and IT Manager.</li>
</ul>
<p>The permissions of the three roles are as follows. The three roles cannot be deleted by anyone.</p>
<p>° <strong>Administrator</strong>: Setting company information, managing employees, checking operation logs of all the employees, and managing all the sites.</p>
<p>° <strong>Site Manager</strong>: Managing assigned sites, adding, configuring, and deleting devices, and enabling valued services for end users of assigned sites.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark31"></a> ° <strong>IT Manager</strong>: Managing all the sites, assigning sites to other employees, enabling or editing valued service for all the end users, and viewing operation logs of all the employees.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Role and Permission </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Role and Permission </strong>to display all the roles.</li>
<li>Add a role.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Role </strong>to open the Add Role panel.</li>
<li>Enter the role name and select permission(s) for the role.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Manage All Sites</strong></p>
<p>Managing all sites, including adding and editing site, assigning site to Site Manager, handing over sites, applying for site authorization, searching sites, managing devices in the site (adding, deleting, editing, upgrading), applying for device permission, and health monitoring. Up to 100 employees can be assigned with this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Assigned Site</strong></p>
<p>Managing site(s) assigned to the employee, including editing site, handing over sites, applying for site information management permission, adding existing site, adding a new site, managing devices in the site (adding, deleting, editing, and upgrading), and deleting site.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>You need to give an employee this permission before assigning the employee a site.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Account and Role</strong></p>
<p>Accessing Employee and Role and Permission page, adding and deleting accounts and roles. Employee and Role and Permission page will not show without this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Company Information</strong></p>
<p>Accessing company information page and edit company information (e.g. name, logo, addresses, etc.). Company information page will not show without this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Service Package and Order</strong></p>
<p>Viewing orders, purchasing service packages such as health monitoring packages and employee packages.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter remarks of the role in the <strong>Description </strong>field.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check added roles and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected role(s).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot delete a role which has been assigned to an employee.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark32"></a> 5 Invite Employee</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark34"></a> Installer Admin and Installer with the role permission for managing account and role can invite employees to manage resources in the system.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For countries or regions only with support for free functions, or for authenticated channel partners, inviting employee is not supported. For details about these countries, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>Regions Only</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the Add Employee pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Employee ^ Add Employee </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Employee ^ Add Employee </strong>.</li>
<li>On the Home page, click <strong>Company ^ Role and Permission </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Role and Permission </strong>, and then click <strong>Add Employee </strong>in the Operation column.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the email of the to-be-invited employee.</li>
<li>Select a role for the employee.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also create a new role. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Manage Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The permissions of the role will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The invited employee will receive an email delivering a link in the entered email box. The employee needs to click the link to register an account, after which the employee&#8217;s information will be displayed in the employee list.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you invite the employee via your OneHikID account, and if the Hik-ProConnect account of the to-be-invited employee has not been upgraded to the OneHikID account, the to-be-invited employee needs to upgrade the account according to the instructions on the interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding employees.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable/Disable</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></td>
<td>Set the switch to on or off in the Enable column to enable or disable the employee account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Hl] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Once disabled, the employee cannot log in to the platform via this account.</li>
<li>You cannot disable your own account and the Installer Admin account.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td>Check one or more employees and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Employees</strong></td>
<td>employee(s) if needed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You cannot delete your own account, the Installer Admin account, and the Site Manager account.</li>
<li>If the employee has not merged account data or become a Hik-Partner Pro user, you cannot delete their account. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"><strong><em>Pro User After Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane to view the employee&#8217;s contact number, email address, role permissions, and so on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Role Assigned to Employee</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane and click £ in the Role field to enter the Edit Role pane. Then you can click <strong>Add </strong>to add a new role or select another role for the employee. %</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot edit roles assigned to your own account and the Installer Admin account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Sites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Managed by</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane or click the information in the Managed column to view the list of all sites managed by the employee. You can click a site to view the site details.</p>
<p>Hl® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The above operation is supported only when the employee has site(s) to be managed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark35"></a> Accept Invitation and Register Installer Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Installer Admin, and Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>can invite other employees to register Installer accounts. The employees can accept the invitation and register Installer accounts to manage sites and devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Installer Admin and Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>should first invite the employee first. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"><strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>After inviting the employee, the employee will receive an email from Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>Click the button or the link in the email.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark37"></a> Click <strong>Register </strong>to open the Create Account page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have already registered a OneHikID account using your email address, you can log in with the account to join the company directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the type, name, verification code (for verifying the email address), and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>By clicking Register, I agree to Hikvision OneHikID&#8217;s Privacy Policy.</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Register</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Result</strong></p>
<p>You can log into Hik-Partner Pro with this account and perform other operations such as site management and configuration.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark38"></a> Set Account Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After login, you can edit the basic information of the current account and change password if necessary.</p>
<p>Click the name at the upper-right corner and select <strong>Account Settings </strong>or click <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Profile </strong>.</p>
<p>Set Basic Information</p>
<p>Set the basic information of the current account, including the name of the Installer, email address,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="48" class="wp-image-1969" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 3" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1331"> phone number, etc.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to set the profile of the current account.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1970" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 4" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1332"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can view your HIK ID on this page, but you cannot edit it.</p>
<p>Manage My QR Code</p>
<p>Hover over to show My QR Code, which your customers can scan to add you as the service provider and authorize you to manage devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark40"></a> If you have uploaded your company logo, your company logo will be displayed in the center of the QR code. Or you can click <strong>Add Your Company Logo to the QR Code </strong>to upload your company logo. Click to download the QR code.</p>
<p>Change Password</p>
<p>Change the password of the current account.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If your account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the page for changing the password of your OneHikID account will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to finish change the password.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Change Account&#8217;s Bound Email</p>
<p>You can change the bound email address of the current account to another one if required.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Basic Information page of the account settings, click .</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the current bound account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the page for editing OneHikID account information will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to change the email.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter a new email address in the <strong>New Email </strong>field.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the new email address, you will receive an email with a verification code.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the received verification code in the <strong>Verification Code </strong>field.</li>
<li>Enter the password of the current account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Delete Installer Admin Account</p>
<p>For Installer Admin, if the account is no longer used, you can delete it in the Basic Information page of the account settings.</p>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting Installer Admin account is irreversible. The company information and accounts CANNOT be restored once deleted. Back up the required data before deleting the account.</li>
<li>If there are authorized site(s) or employee account(s) under the current account, you cannot delete it.</li>
<li>If the current bound account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the login page for OneHikID account will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to delete the account.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>In the Basic Information page of the account settings, click <strong>Delete Installer Admin Account</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the password of your Installer Admin account, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete Installer Admin Account </strong>to confirm deleting.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark41"></a> View Employee Efficiency Statistics</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the latest active time, added sites, added devices, handed-over sites, handed-over devices, and handled device exceptions. You can also perform operations such as exporting the efficiency statistics.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This is supported only if you have permissions to manage the employees.</p>
<p>You can enter the Employee Efficiency Statistics page via the following methods:</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Employee Efficiency Statistics </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Employee Efficiency Statistics </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>View All </strong>in the Employee Efficiency Overview section.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="231" class="wp-image-1971" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 5" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5-768x200.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 2-2 Employee Efficiency Statistics Page</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<p>Table 2-1 Supported Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Operation Logs of an Employee</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This is not supported when your company is an authenticated channel partner.</td>
<td>Click <strong>Details </strong>in the Operation column to switch to the Operation Log page to view the operation logs of the corresponding employee.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark43"></a> Filter Statistics</td>
<td>Click v to filter the efficiency statistics by time period (i.e., today, yesterday, this week, last 7 days, last 30 days, or custom time period).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search for Statistics</td>
<td>Enter the employee&#8217;s name, email address, or phone number in the search box to search for statistics.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Statistics</td>
<td>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export statistics in XLSX or CSV format.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark44"></a> Manage My Shipping Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add, edit, and delete your shipping addresses, and set the default shipping address.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1972" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 6" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1334"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>The function is only supported in certain countries and regions.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ My Address </strong>.</p>
<p>You can view and manage all your added shipping addresses if any, or you can add new shipping addresses if you haven&#8217;t added any shipping address. Perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<p>Table 2-2 Supported Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add New Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>New Address</strong>, fill in all required information (contact person, country/state, address, postal code, etc.), check <strong>Set this address as default </strong>if you are to set it as the default shipping address, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click z to edit the corresponding shipping address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click ® to delete the corresponding shipping address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Default Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set as Default </strong>to set the corresponding shipping address as default.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark46"></a> View My Partner Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark48"></a> You can view and export the basic information about your partners.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ My Partner Network </strong>to enter the My Partner Network page.</p>
<p>You will be able to view the partner No., partner name, partner type, partner level, VAT No., address, website, etc.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Export </strong>to export the information.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark49"></a> View Dashboard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can have an overview of the status of all your projects and orders, and view the number of your DPPs/distributors.</p>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Dashboard </strong>to enter the Dashboard page.</p>
<p>You can view the number of your DPPs/distributors. Click to switch to My Partner Network to view details about your DPPs/distributors. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"> <strong><em>View My Partner Network</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>You can view the status of your projects, including draft, waiting for supporter, processing, approved, more information required, ineligible, closed won, closed lost, and closed canceled. Click <strong>View Details </strong>to switch to Project History for more details and operations. Refer to <strong><em>Project</em></strong> .</p>
<p>You can view the status of your orders, including in review, undelivered, fully delivered, and back order. Click <strong>View Details </strong>to switch to My Order for more details and operations. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"> <strong><em>View My</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark51"></a> Login</li>
</ol>
<p>After logging in by an Installer Admin account or Installer account, you can manage resources (including sites, devices, and roles, etc.) and perform health monitoring and so on.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have registered an account. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Register an Installer Admin Account</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Accept</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Invitation and Register Installer Account</em></strong> </a>for details about registration.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the address bar of the web browser, enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partner.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partner.com</a></em></strong> .</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For Russia, you can enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partnerru.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partnerru.com</a></em></strong> in the address bar of the web browser.</p>
<p>The login page of Hik-Partner Pro will show.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a country or region where the account locates and a language from the drop-down lists at the top of the page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Log In by OneHikID (Hik-ePartner) Account / Log In by OneHikID Account </strong>or <strong>Hik- ProConnect </strong>on the login page.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The display of &#8220;OneHikID&#8221; or &#8220;OneHikID (Hik-ePartner)&#8221; on the login page is determined by the country or region where you locate.</li>
<li>The login method available is determined by the country and the region of your account. If you select OneHikID as the login method, and your Hik-ProConnect account has not been upgraded to the OneHikID account, you need to upgrade your account according to the instructions on the interface.</li>
<li>If your Hik-ProConnect account has been upgraded to the OneHikID account, logging in to the platform by the Hik-ProConnect account is not supported.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the registered email and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>nS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have registered for Hik-ePartner with a phone No., you can also enter the registered phone No. and password.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Reset the password if you have forgotten the password.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Forgot Password </strong>to enter the resetting password page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will receive a verification code sent by the Portal in your email box.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the received verification code in the <strong>Verification Code </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark53"></a> Enter the new password and confirm password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>By default, you will be required to log in by the new password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Sign In </strong>or <strong>Login</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you need to select one company for login. You can also click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the Company Information page to switch to another company. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"><strong><em>Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark54"></a> Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After<br />
Product Upgrade</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro is upgraded from Hik-ProConnect, combining the features of Hik-ProConnect and another product named Hik-ePartner, so it provides services which are more diverse and more professional. If you have already registered for Hik-ProConnect and/or Hik-ePartner before the product upgrade, you can log in to Hik-Partner Pro using the existing account to become a Hik- Partner Pro user.</p>
<p>When you log in to Hik-Partner Pro for the first time using the existing account of Hik-ProConnect and/or Hik-ePartner, a window will pop up to notify you of the product upgrade.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="353" class="wp-image-1973" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 7" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1335" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-1 Product Upgrade</p>
<p>After you check <strong>I would like to receive newsletters about new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires from Hikvision. I understand that I can unsubscribe at any time. </strong>(which is optional) and <strong>I have read and agree to Terms of Service and Privacy Policy.</strong>, and click <strong>Enter</strong>, you become a Hik-Partner Pro user and can continue to use Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>In some countries/regions, the above-mentioned window will not pop up.</li>
<li>If your existing account is an Admin account of Hik-ePartner, after you become a Hik-Partner Pro user, the employee account add-on will be given as a gift to you which can cover the existing employee accounts in your company and is valid for one year.</li>
<li>In some countries/regions, the authenticated channel partners can complete the process of becoming a Hik-Partner Pro user offline.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark56"></a> Refer to the following sections for more details.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>Situations Where You Enter the Home Page Directly After You Click Enter</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>Other Situations</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>After First-Time Login</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Situations Where You Enter the Home Page Directly After You Click Enter</p>
<ul>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ProConnect.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and is the Installer Admin / Admin account in both companies on Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, which means the two companies can be merged into one company, and the data (devices, employees, etc.) of both companies can also be merged and not lost. Moreover, the information about the two companies are the same so that you don&#8217;t need to select the company information to be kept, or only one of the two companies is authenticated so that the information of the authenticated company will automatically be kept.</li>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ePartner. And your account is the Admin account, or is an employee account but the Admin user has completed company merging.</li>
</ul>
<p>Other Situations</p>
<ul>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and is the Installer Admin / Admin account in both companies on Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, which means the two companies can be merged into one company, and the data (devices, employees, etc.) of both companies can also be merged and not lost. Moreover, the information about the two companies are the different, and both companies are authenticated / not authenticated. You have to select the company information you would like to keep after you click <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner. The Installer Admin / Admin accounts of the two companies are different, so company merging is not supported, which means both companies are kept for you on Hik-Partner Pro. You have to select one for login after you click <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and your account is an employee account in Hik-ePartner. You can log in to the company created on Hik-ePartner only after the Admin user completes merging companies. Or you can continue to log in to your company created on Hik-ProConnect for using.</li>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ePartner and is an employee account. Moreover, the Admin user has not completed company merging. You can log in to use Hik-Partner Pro only after the Admin user completes merging companies.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner. And your account exists in more than one company on Hik-ePartner. You have to select one from the companies on Hik-ePartner for company merging. You should also select the company information you would like to keep if needed.</li>
</ul>
<p>After First-Time Login</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark57"></a> If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you need to select one company for login.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the Company Information page to switch to another company.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark58"></a> Chapter 5 Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro Portal is a B/S portal of Hik-Partner Pro platform. The service providers (e.g., installation company) can register an Installer Admin account on Hik-Partner Pro, then the Installer Admin can invite employees to register Installer accounts. Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers.</p>
<p>After registration, the Installer Admin and Installers can log into the Hik-Partner Pro via the web browser and the Home page of the Hik-Partner Pro Portal will show.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark60"></a> 5.1 Main Modules</p>
<p>The Hik-Partner Pro Portal is divided into several main modules. You can access these modules via tabs at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1974" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 8" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1336"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>If the country or region where you locate does not support the Solution, Explore, Project, and Order &amp; Promotion module, the Portal layout of the current version is still the same as that of Hik- ProConnect in version 1.11.0. For details, refer to the corresponding user manual.</p>
<p>Table 5-1 Main Modules of Hik-Partner Pro Portal</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Home</td>
<td>On the Home page, you can view the banners showing the key features, functions, and important information of Hik-Partner Pro, check the number of added sites and devices, have an overview and get the introductions of the projects, value-added services, order &amp; promotion, or explore modules, and quickly access some pages such as the site adding page, device adding page, and products page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark65"><strong><em>Home</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark65"><strong><em>Page</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-ProConnect</td>
<td>The module provides entries for main functions including dashboard overview, batch configuration of devices, customer site and HikCentral Connect system management, health monitoring, notification center, service market, tools, and tutorial center. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark66"><strong><em>Hik-ProConnect</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark66"><strong><em>Module</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark62"></a> Solution</td>
<td>The module provides all-around solutions for varied needs from Hik- Partner Pro users. These solutions are designed to provide comprehensive and end-to-end capabilities for diverse service providers, which can empower them to explore new business opportunities, optimize operations, and get a winning edge in the competition.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can perform the following operations in the Solution module.</p>
<ul>
<li>View solutions listed for a variety of verticals.</li>
<li>Filter solutions of a vertical by tags of its sub verticals.</li>
<li>Display solutions in groups by different types, namely solutions by industry, by scenario, and by function.</li>
<li>Search for solutions keyword.</li>
<li>Sort the solutions in ascending/descending order by release date and/or number of views.</li>
<li>Add a solution to Favorites and view only those added to Favorites by checking My Favorites.</li>
<li>View the solution description and BOQ (Bill Of Quotation), and download the related documents.</li>
<li>Like solutions and share solutions you interested by sending the links to other persons.</li>
</ul>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions.</p>
<p>For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore</td>
<td>The module collects introductions, videos, pictures, and news about the latest Hikvision products and solutions. Service providers can easily keep up with the trend here, without having to find the latest news on other websites, and they can also forward the interested materials to their customers.</p>
<p><strong>News</strong></p>
<p>You can get the latest news and information about Hikvision products and solutions, including videos, pictures, and articles, which are categorized by product type for easy searching and quick sharing with your customers.</p>
<p><strong>How To</strong></p>
<p>If you have troubles with product installation or software setup, you can view both documentation and videos in How To for guiding you through solving all kinds of problems you encounter when using Hikvision products and services.</p>
<p><strong>Notice</strong></p>
<p>You can view notices announced by the Hik-Partner Pro team to know some important information about the product, such as updates in the current version.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Notice window will automatically pop up once you logged in to the Hik-Partner Pro Portal. If you check <strong>Do Not Show Again </strong>before closing the window, it will not pop up for your next time login.</p>
<p><strong>Activity</strong></p>
<p>You can get the information about activities, such as lucky draws and promotions, initiated by the Hik-Partner Pro team and participate in them.</p>
<p><strong>Events</strong></p>
<p>You can view the upcoming and past events, such as training, seminar, exhibition, and roadshow, initiated by the Hik-Partner Pro team and participate in the upcoming events.</p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For News and How To, you can search for them by keyword and product type, like or comment them, and add them to the Favorites. And you can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Comment / My Favorites </strong>to view your historical comments or Favorites.</li>
<li>This function is only available in certain countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Project</td>
<td>This module provides the support (e.g., trainings, consultations, and learning materials) and pricing for the authenticated channel partners who have new projects to help them better complete their projects.</p>
<p>For how to register a project, refer to <strong><em>Project</em></strong> .</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Order &amp; Promotion</td>
<td>This module supports viewing the information about hot products or a certain type of products. Authenticated channel partners can search for or filter the products, download the related documents, share the product information with others, compare parameters/specifications of products to learn about their similarities and differences, and submit orders to purchase products.</p>
<p>For details, refer to <strong><em>Order &amp; Promotion</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Incentive</td>
<td>This module provides a reward point system to reward your trust and support. You can complete specific tasks to get the reward points redeemable for lots of gifts in the Rewards Store.</p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Support</td>
<td>This module is available to you in many helpful formats. Wherever you are, whenever you need it, we have resources ready. Whether you are installing hardware or have questions about our services, our online support, documentation, and knowledgeable representatives are only a mouse-click away.</p>
<p><strong>Tutorial Center</strong></p>
<p>You can view video tutorials and documents in the Tutorial Center to learn more product information and the proper ways to use our products.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot</strong></p>
<p>If you have any question about Hik-Partner Pro, you can try finding the answer here.</p>
<p><strong>Case</strong></p>
<p>If you have any issues when using Hik-Partner Pro, you can get professional services from our technical support via Case. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Feedback</strong></p>
<p>If you encounter any problems while using the product or if you have any functional needs or suggestions, please feel free to contact us via Feedback.</p>
<p>After opening the feedback window, you can select a type for your feedback and then enter your suggestions in the pop-up window and attach a picture if necessary. Enter an email address. After we receive your feedback, we will send an email to this address if we get an conclusion. Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit your feedback to us.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Us</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can get the contacts (i.e., address, phone, and email) of our headquarter and the local office, and the email address of your sales representative.</p>
<p><strong>RMA (Return Material Application) / Serial Number Inquiry</strong></p>
<p>The RMA is an arrangement in which you can ship an item back for an exchange or repair due to a product defect or malfunction. For the detailed process, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark283"><strong><em>Return Materials Authorization</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>After you submit RMA requests, you can search for requests by the device serial No. to view the request status.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>My Hik-Partner</td>
<td>This module deals with all the management and administration aspects of a single installation company. It contains the following five parts: <strong>Company Management</strong></p>
<p><strong>Company Information</strong></p>
<p>View and manage the company information. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Company Information</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></p>
<p>Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers. The Installer Admin can invite the company&#8217;s employees to register Installer accounts and assign different permissions to employees according to actual needs. Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>can also invite other employees to be Installers by registering Installer accounts. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"><strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Employee Efficiency Statistics</strong></p>
<p>Shows the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the latest active time, added sites, added devices, handed-over sites, handed-over devices, and handled device exceptions. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"> <strong><em>View</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"><strong><em>Employee Efficiency Statistics</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Role and Permission</strong></p>
<p>A role defines one employee&#8217;s rights to the functions in the system. After creating a role and specifying the role&#8217;s permission,</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>you can assign it to the employees according to actual needs. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Manage Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Operation Log</strong></p>
<p>View the operation logs of your accounts and sites in the current company. See <strong><em>Search Operation Log</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p><strong>Co-Branding</strong></p>
<p>Enable to display the company logo on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client for brand promotion to the end users. For details about how to get the co-branding service for free and enable the service, refer to <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>My Address</strong></p>
<p>Manage your shipping addresses for receiving items (e.g., gifts, repaired devices). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"><strong><em>Manage My Shipping Address</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available in certain countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Verify Gifts</strong></p>
<p>Distributors verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</p>
<p><strong>My Partner Network</strong></p>
<p>You can view and export basic information about your partner. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"> <strong><em>View My Partner Network</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Account Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>My Profile</strong></p>
<p>Edit your account information, including profile photo, name, email address, password, and phone number. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>My Favorites / My Comments</strong></p>
<p>View your historical comments to news and how-to articles, and view the news, how-to articles, and solutions that are added to your Favorites.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>My Order</strong></p>
<p>View your order details, invoices, the balance of your e-wallet, financial reports, stock lists, price lists, and so on. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OX] Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Rebate</strong></p>
<p>For authenticated channel partners to view the rebates they earn from successfully promoting services of Hik-Partner Pro to their customers. See <strong><em>Rebate</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>My Dashboard</strong></p>
<p>Have an overview of the status of all your projects and orders, and view the number of your DPPs/distributors. For details, refer to <strong><em>View Dashboard</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>ÜİİNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark63"></a> Home Page</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="363" class="wp-image-1975" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 9" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9-768x315.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-1 Home Page</p>
<p>Table 5-2 Home Page Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Banner</td>
<td>There are some banners, showing the key features, functions, and important information of Hik-Partner Pro.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Company, Site, Device, and HikCentral Connect Overview</td>
<td>You can view your company logo and name, the partner level (for authenticated channel partners), the total number of sites, devices, and HikCentral Connect systems managed by you.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Site </strong>to add a new site. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Device </strong>to add a device. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add HikCentral Connect </strong>to add a HikCentral Connect system. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"> <strong><em>Create HCCSystems</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>iNote</strong></p>
<p>The HikCentral Connect service is only available in certain countries or regions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark65"></a> Project Overview</td>
<td>Click <strong>Project Registration </strong>to view the features about the Project module.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Register a New Projects </strong>to go to the Project page and create a project. For details, refer to <strong><em>Create a Project</em></strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Value-Added Services Overview</td>
<td>Click <strong>Value-Added Services </strong>to view the value-added services you have purchased or obtained.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>More </strong>to enter the Service Market page to purchase more services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rewards Store Overview</td>
<td>You can view the available gifts for redeeming, and redeem your reward points for gifts.</p>
<p>Click <strong>View More </strong>to enter the Rewards Store page and perform more operations. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trending Products Overview</td>
<td>You can click / Q view the information about the hot products.</p>
<p>Click <strong>View More </strong>to enter the Order &amp; Promotion module and perform more operations, such as submitting an order, comparing products, and so on. For details, refer to <strong><em>Order &amp; Promotion</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore Overview</td>
<td>You can view the hot news and how-to articles to keep up yourself with the trend.</p>
<p>Click <strong>More </strong>to enter the news or how-to details page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Solution Overview</td>
<td>You can switch to view some basic information about hot solutions.</p>
<p>Click <strong>More </strong>to enter the Solution page to search for and view more solutions.</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Hik-ProConnect Module</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark66"></a> The Hik-ProConnect module is divided into several sections. You can access these sections via the navigation pane on the left.</p>
<p>Uil <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click =■ or ~ to pin or unpin the navigation pane on the left of the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="415" class="wp-image-1976" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 10" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10-768x360.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-2 Hik-ProConnect Module</p>
<p>Table 5-3 Hik-ProConnect Module Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Dashboard</td>
<td><strong>Global Search</strong></p>
<p>Click the search box to show a search panel, select <strong>All</strong>, <strong>Site</strong>, or <strong>Device </strong>and enter a site name, device name, or device serial No. to search for sites or devices added to the Hik-ProConnect module.</p>
<p>© AH © S&#8217;<sup>te</sup> ® Device</p>
<p>| Site Name / Device Name / Device Serial No.</p>
<p>Search History [nJ</p>
<p>new site</p>
<p>Recently Visited Sites Nt ..</p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-3 Global Search Panel</strong></p>
<p>The search results will be listed in two columns named by <strong>Site </strong>and <strong>Device</strong>. You can view the site information (including the site owner, phone number and address of the site owner, site type, and site manager) and the device information (including device name, device type, device serial No., online status, and health monitoring status).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can also click a result item to enter the corresponding site or device details page.</p>
<p>The search history will be displayed on the search panel, and you can click a historical keyword to search again or clear the search history.</p>
<p>The recently visited sites will also be displayed on the search panel and below the search box, and you can click a site name to enter the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>Number of Sites / Devices / HCC Systems Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the total number of sites / devices /HCC systems added to Hik-Partner Pro and the number of abnormal devices.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add New Site </strong>/ <strong>Add Device </strong>/ <strong>Add </strong>to enter the corresponding page to add sites / devices / HCC systems. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>/ <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>/<a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"> <strong><em>Create HCC Systems</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The HikCentral Connect service is only available in certain countries or regions.</p>
<p><strong>Employee Efficiency Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the numbers of added sites and handed-over sites, the numbers of added devices and handed-over devices, the number of device exceptions, the exception handing rate, and the numbers of handled and to be handled exceptions.</p>
<p>You can also filter statistics data by this month, this week, and today, or click <strong>Refresh </strong>to display the latest statistics data.</p>
<p>If you want to view more data, click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Employee Efficiency Statistics page. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"> <strong><em>View Employee</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"><strong><em>Efficiency Statistics</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This is only supported only if you have permissions to manage the employees.</p>
<p><strong>Device Status Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of abnormal devices and total devices, including devices overall and each device type respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Health Status page to check the device health status details. For detailed instructions about Health Status, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"> <strong><em>View Status of Devices in All Sites</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"> <strong><em>View Status</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"><strong><em>of Devices in a Specific Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Notification Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of not handled and to be checked exceptions and numbers of top 5 types of the not handled exceptions.</p>
<p>You can click a number on a chart to enter the Exception Center page and the exceptions will be filtered correspondingly. For example, if you click the number on the Not Handled chart, the exceptions will be filtered by the status of Not Handled on the Exception Center page.</p>
<p>CHI <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To receive exception notifications, you need to configure the recipient when setting the exception rule. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark171"><strong><em>Add Exception Rule</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>The number of exceptions you view here may not be the same as that in Exception Center. You can click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Exception Center page to check the received exceptions. For detailed instructions about Exception Center, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"><strong><em>Center</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Storage Solution</strong></p>
<p>You can view the short introduction of cloud storage solution and click <strong>Learn More </strong>to view more details about the cloud storage.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Cloud Storage Device </strong>to enter the Add Device page and you can add cloud storage device to the platform for further application. For how to add devices by different methods, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>More Value-Added Services</strong></p>
<p>You can set related service (such as cloud storage service and temperature screening) for devices after adding them to sites.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Set </strong>on the upper right side, and select a site in the list to enter the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>My Service Overview</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can have an overview of your services and manage the services.</p>
<p><strong>Free Package (Adding Devices + Remote Configuration)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display number of managed devices and devices that can be added.</li>
<li>Display the entrances for adding devices and synchronizing devices from Hik-Connect.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Co-Branding</strong></p>
<p>Display the company logo when co-branding is enabled and the entrance for enabling the co-branding.</p>
<p><strong>Health Monitoring Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display the numbers of used and available service packages and the entrance for activating the service.</li>
<li>Display the number of devices with expiring or expired service and the entrance for details, if there are devices with the service expiring within 30 days.</li>
<li>Display the numbers of device exception notifications and scheduled reports if there are devices using the health monitoring service.</li>
<li>Displaying the entrance for renewing/expanding.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for getting the free health monitoring packages (if any).</li>
<li>Display the entrances for enabling the device exception notifications and configuring the scheduled reports.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Storage Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display numbers of used and available service packages.</li>
<li>Display the number of devices with expiring or expired service and the entrance for details, if there are devices with the service expiring within 30 days.</li>
<li>Display the entrances for renewing/expanding and activating the service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Employee Account Add-On</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display used and available employee accounts.</li>
<li>Display the expiry time when the service is expiring within 30 days and displaying the entrance for renewing the service</li>
<li>Display the entrances for inviting employees and managing employees.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Attendance Service</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Display numbers of used and available service packages.</li>
<li>Display numbers of expiring and expired cloud attendance systems and the entrance for details.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for adding cloud attendance systems.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display the status of your application for joining as ARC if your company has applied, and displaying the entrance for applying if your company has not applied or the application failed.</li>
<li>Display the number of companies added to the local ARC list and the name of last joined company.</li>
<li>Display the numbers of managed devices.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for viewing the local ARC list and searching for ARCs.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for configuring the ARC service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This section will be displayed only if your country/region supports the ARC service, and your company type is ARC or there are companies added to the local ARC list.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;jNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This feature is supported only if you have the permission to manage service packages and orders.</li>
<li>Only the services for which you have available service packages will be displayed on My Service Overview.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Case</strong></p>
<p>The Case is a center for you to report any issues generated when using Hik-Partner Pro. And our technical support will receive your issues and help you resolve them as soon as possible.</p>
<p><strong>Tutorial Center</strong></p>
<p>You can view video tutorials and documents to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro and the proper ways of using the platform.</p>
<p>Click a video to open a webpage and start playing the video. Click <strong>View All </strong>to view all the videos in Tutorial Center.</p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>You can use some online tools to improve your work efficiency.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Tools </strong>to view all the provided tools.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Help</strong></p>
<p>View online documents including the Device Compatibility List, User Manual, Datasheet, and What&#8217;s New.</p>
<p><strong>Frequently Used Functions</strong></p>
<p>You can view the functions which you have used frequently.</p>
<p>Click these icons to perform these functions quickly if needed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Install &amp; Configure</td>
<td>Provides four features for batch configuring devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>Batch configure online encoding devices on the same LAN with the Portal via custom templates. See <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details.</li>
<li>Remotely batch configure AX PRO devices via custom templates. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>Batch Configure AX PRO</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Batch arm/disarm AX PRO devices on different sites. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"> <strong><em>Batch Arm/</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"><strong><em>Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Batch upgrade devices including security control panels, encoding devices, etc., on the same LAN. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site &amp; HCC</td>
<td><strong>Customer Site</strong></p>
<p>A site represents a physical location where devices are installed and through which the Installer Admin/Installer can manage the devices.</p>
<p><strong>Site Map</strong></p>
<p>If sites are configured with the GPS information, they can be displayed on the map for viewing the site details, such as the site name, site owner, site location, and number of online/offline/ abnormal devices.</p>
<p><strong>HikCentral Connect</strong></p>
<p>A system created by installers via the Hik-Partner Pro Portal for providing a Video Security as a Service (VSaaS) solution for enterprise users. For details, refer to the user manuals of HikCentral Connect.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;iNote</strong></p>
<p>HikCentral Connect is only available in the certain countries or regions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Monitoring</td>
<td>There are three parts in the Health Monitoring module:</p>
<p><strong>Health Status</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Installer can view the devices overall, normal, and abnormal status, locate the abnormal devices, and perform troubleshooting quickly.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Center</strong></p>
<p>After setting the exception rules, when an exception occurs on the device, the device will push a notification to the Portal and you can view all the received notifications of exception in the Exception Center.</p>
<p><strong>Scheduled Report</strong></p>
<p>The platform can send the health check reports of encoding devices and AX PRO devices to target recipients regularly.</p>
<p><strong>Maintenance Quotation</strong></p>
<p>You can create quotation for providing the device maintenance service for your customers. Thus, you can standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand your business.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Service</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Service Market: </strong>Hik-Partner Pro provides value-added services and you can purchase these service packages or renew them. You can also view details of the free package.</li>
<li><strong>My Service: </strong>View all services you purchased and the details, such as free package and cloud storage service package.</li>
<li><strong>Order: </strong>View the order list and order details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tools</td>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro provides some online tools to improve your work efficiency.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tutorial Center</td>
<td>View video tutorials and documents to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro and the proper way to use the platform.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark68"></a> 5.2 Other Modules</p>
<p>Get Co-Branding for Free</p>
<p>Click &lt;•&gt; on the top right of the Portal to get the co-branding for free. See <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>The display of the icon &lt;*&gt; on the top right is not supported in all countries/regions.</p>
<p>My Points</p>
<p>For the first time login in a day, you can click <strong>Check In to Earn Point </strong>on the top of the Portal to check in and the reward points will be credited to your account.</p>
<p>And then you can view your total points and click <strong>My Point </strong>on the top of the Portal to enter the Rewards Store page and perform more operations, such as completing tasks to earn points, viewing point history, and redeeming points for gifts. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Notification Center</p>
<p>Shows all the history business notifications (including device management invitations, site sharing notifications, and notifications about device installation work orders), notifications of device/ channel exceptions, new features of the system messages, and the latest deals and offers. For more details about the notification center, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark247"><strong><em>Notification Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Language</p>
<p>Click the language area in the top right corner of the Portal and select a language from the drop­down list as you required.</p>
<p>Help</p>
<p>Click □ in the top right corner of the Portal to show a drop-down list.</p>
<p><strong>User Manual</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for viewing the user manual of the Hik-Partner Pro Portal online.</p>
<p><strong>Wizard</strong></p>
<p>View a wizard which guides you through the process of configurations and operations.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>or <strong>Previous </strong>to go through the introductions in the wizard. You can click the image on the right to view the large image and check the details on the image if necessary.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Skip </strong>to close the wizard.</p>
<p><strong>Questionnaire</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for joining the survey to help us provide a better experience and service for you.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This icon is displayed only when a survey has been initiated.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for asking questions and getting answers.</p>
<p><strong>After-Sales Authorization Code</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for you to view the after-sales authorization code of your company. The after-sales authorization code is exclusive to the technical support staff for troubleshooting only. You can give your authorization code to the staff when it is necessary to log in to your account for troubleshooting. The staff can log in to your account via the authorization code to view or edit the information about the company (name, type, etc.), manage sites, remotely devices (AX PRO, etc.), perform health monitoring, etc.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Extend </strong>to extend the validity period for the current authorization code or click <strong>Invalidate Authorization Code </strong>to invalidate the code right away.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>One company can only have one valid after-sales authorization code. If the code is invalidated or your company has no authorization code, you can choose to generate one.</p>
<p>Profile Photo and Account Name</p>
<p>In the upper-right corner of the Portal, click the account name or profile photo to open the drop­down list.</p>
<p><strong>Account Settings and Upgrade Account</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for editing the basic information of the account or deleting the Installer Admin account if it is no longer used. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>When you logged in by the Hik-ProConnect account, you can select <strong>Upgrade Account </strong>in the drop­down list and click <strong>Register </strong>or click <strong>Login </strong>to register an OneHikID account or log in by an existing OneHikID account.</p>
<p><strong>Subscribe to Newsletters</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for subscribing to newsletters. You can also unsubscribe here at any time.</p>
<p>After the unsubscription you will not receive any newsletter emails (such as new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires) from us.</p>
<p><strong>Link with Hik-Connect Account</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for linking your Hik-Partner Pro or OneHikID account with multiple Hik- Connect account, so the devices managed in the Hik-Connect account can be synchronized to Hik- Partner Pro account or OneHikID account automatically. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>My QR Code</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for downloading your QR code, so your customers can scan via the Hik- Connect Mobile Client to add you as the service provider and authorize you to manage devices.</p>
<p>You can also go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Profile </strong>page to view your QR code.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<p>This feature is only supported by accounts with the Manage Assigned Sites permission.</p>
<p><strong>Verify Gifts</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for distributors to verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</p>
<p><strong>About</strong></p>
<p>View the version of the current system, and read the agreements, including terms of service, privacy policy, and open source license. Or scan the QR code with your mobile phone to download the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>Switch Company</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for switching companies for login if you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Log Out</strong></p>
<p>Log out of the current account and return to the login page.</p>
<p>Floating Tool Bar</p>
<p><strong>p Shopping Cart</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for entering your shopping cart to view the added products. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"> <strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>, Order Upload</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for quickly submitting orders by uploading information (material code, quantity, etc.) of products with a predefined template. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"> <strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>vs Product Compare</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for comparing multiple products with their same specifications hidden, so you can quickly choose products as needed. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"> <strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot / Feedback / Customer Feedback</strong></p>
<p>Provides entrances for asking questions and getting answers, submitting your own suggestions or suggestions from your customers.</p>
<p><strong>I Questionnaire</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for joining the survey to help us provide a better experience and service for you.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This icon is displayed only when a survey has been initiated.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark70"></a> Chapter 6 Site Management</p>
<p>A site can be regarded as an area or location with actual time zone and address, such as your customers&#8217; home, office, etc. You can create a site on Hik-Partner Pro to manage devices on it. Moreover, after you complete installing and setting up devices on a site, you can hand over the site and devices to your customer.</p>
<p>Read the following two sections to learn more about the key features related to site management.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark72"><strong><em>Real Sites and Sites on Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark72"><strong><em>Typical Scenario of Handing Over Site</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Real Sites and Sites on Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>The following diagram shows the relationship between the &#8220;real sites&#8221; and the &#8220;sites on Hik- Partner Pro&#8221;.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="321" class="wp-image-1977" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 11" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1339" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11-768x278.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-1 Manage Devices via &#8220;Site&#8221;</p>
<p>Typical Scenario of Handing Over Site</p>
<p>The following diagram shows a typical scenario related to device handover and authorization, as well as the overall process. For more information, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark72"></a> In the diagram, HPP represents Hik-Partner Pro and HC represents Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="455" class="wp-image-1978" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 12" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1340" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-2 Scenario and Process</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark73"></a> Site Page Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Site page, you can view the sites that are assigned to you (the Installer Admin as well as Installers with Manage All Sites permission can view all the sites of the company), and perform some operations for the sites, such as searching site, adding site, handing over site and assigning site.</p>
<p>Enter the Customer Site page.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark75"></a> Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page. Click the search box on the top right of the Customer Site page and click <strong>Site with Offline Device </strong>to display sites with offline devices.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="368" class="wp-image-1979" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 13" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1341" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13-300x124.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13-768x317.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-3 Site Page</p>
<p>There are different status for the sites in site list.</p>
<p><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></p>
<p>The site is newly added, and you have not handed over site to the customer.</p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></p>
<p>The handover has been sent to customer who has not registered a Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p>The handover has been sent but not be accepted by customer who has registered a Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></p>
<p>The site is handed over to the customer, but the site is not authorized to the Installer.</p>
<p><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>The Installer gets the authorization of the site from the customer.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>According to site status, the Installer Admin and Installers with related permissions can perform the following operations in the table below.</p>
<p>Table 6-1 Supported Operations in Different Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Supported Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></td>
<td><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></td>
<td><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assign Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Supported Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></td>
<td><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></td>
<td><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manage Device</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Authorization</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Share Site</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1980" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-14.png" alt="word image 1966 14" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1342"> See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>for details about how to add devices to the site.</li>
<li>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong> </a>for details about how to synchronize devices with Hik-Connect account.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark76"></a> Add New Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the end user wants the installation company to provide installing service or the installation company assigns the employee for device installation of specified end user, the Installer Admin or Installer with related permission needs to create a new site for managing these devices of end user.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission of adding a new site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add New Site ^ New Site </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>If an existing site of end user is not authorized to any installation company, you can select <strong>Existing Site </strong>to add the existing site. For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark81"><strong><em>Add Existing Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark78"></a> Set the site name, time zone, scene, site address, city, and state/province/region.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When setting the site address, you can click on the map to locate a place, or you can enter keywords in the search box to locate a place on the map.</li>
<li>You should select the correct time zone where the devices locate and the time zone cannot be changed after the site is added.</li>
<li>The Installer can select different configuration plans for the site and devices according to the selected scene.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device </strong>to synchronize the time and time zone of the site to the devices added to the site.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the end user information, such as contact number and maintenance records as the remark.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The end user can view the remarks via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to add a new site to the list.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>According to the site&#8217;s status and authorization, perform one of the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For more details about supported operations in different site status, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark75"><strong><em>Site Page</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark75"><strong><em>Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Search Site </strong>Enter keywords in search filed, and click Q to display the search results in the list.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Details</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edit Site</strong></td>
<td>Click the site name to view the site details, including managed devices, site information, and so on.</p>
<p>On the right side of the Site Details page, click to edit the site name, site address, city, state/province/region, remarks, and whether to check <strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device </strong>or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>When editing the site address, you can find and click the place on the map, or you can enter keywords in the search box to locate the place on the map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Site</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor over on Operation column and click 0 to delete the site.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>If a site contains armed security control panel(s), it cannot be deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Hand Over</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site</strong></td>
<td>For the site in the status of <strong>Not Handed Over</strong>, click on Operation column on Site page or click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on Site Details page to hand over the site to an end user.</p>
<p><strong>CUNote</strong></p>
<p>For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manage</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></td>
<td>For the site in the status of <strong>Not Handed Over</strong>, <strong>Not Registered</strong>, <strong>Not Accepted</strong>, or <strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong>, you can click the corresponding icon on Operation column or enter Site Details page to manage the devices, such as adding device to the site, upgrading device, deleting devices, applying for live view or configuration permission, adding linkage rule, adding exception rule, etc. For more details, refer to <strong><em>Device Management</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="36" class="wp-image-1981" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 15" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1343"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="36" class="wp-image-1982" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 16" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1344"><a id="post-1966-bookmark79"></a> Add Existing Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>If a security control panel is armed, it cannot be deleted unless being disarmed first.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<p>Note</p>
<p>When a site is not assigned to a company or if a site was previously assigned to a company but was later released and is now not associated with a company, you can add it by applying for site authorization from the site owner.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark81"></a> Click <strong>Add New Site </strong>and select <strong>Existing Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="886" class="wp-image-1983" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 17" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17.jpeg 670w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17-227x300.jpeg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-4 Add Existing Site</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the site ID provided.</li>
</ol>
<p>[ULI <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the site ID form the site owner, who can view the site ID via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the end user information, such as contact number and maintenance records as the remark.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The end user can view the remarks via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The site will be added in the site list and the site owner will receive an application. After the site owner approves the application, the site will be authorized to the Installer.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark82"></a> Assign Site to Installer</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Installer Admin or the Installers with assigning site permission can assign a site to the specified Installer as site manager responsible for configurations of the devices in the site.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission of assigning site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter Site page.</li>
<li>Select one or multiple sites for assignment.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Assign</strong>.</li>
<li>Select one or multiple Installers as the site manager(s) of the selected site(s).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 100 site managers can be assigned to each site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The assigned site manager can enter site details and perform related operations, such as adding devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark84"></a> Hand Over Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After the installation company completed the installation, the Installer needs to hand over the site to a customer. If required, the Installer can also apply for specified permissions for further device maintenance when handing over the site.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site status is <strong>Not Handed Over </strong>and you have the permission of site management, such as managing all sites and assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a site to be handed over.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a site and click in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the site name to enter the Site Details page and click <strong>Hand Over Now</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark86"></a> You will enter the Hand Over Site page.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If checked, after you hand over the site to your customer and your customer approves the request, you can disable the Hik-Connect service for devices that you rent to your customer without their authorization. If the Hik-Connect service is disabled, your customer will not be able to use these devices via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client for live view, playback, receiving alarms, etc. The tenant site scenario is a typical scenario to which this feature is applicable (see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"> <strong><em>Typical Tenant Site Scenario</em></strong> </a>for details).</li>
<li>You can go to the <strong>Device </strong>tab to disable the Hik-Connect service for one device or all devices in this site by clicking or setting the <strong>Hik-Connect Service </strong>switch to off. You can also delete the devices from the your customer&#8217;s Hik-Connect account without her/his authorization.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you have checked <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service </strong>in the previous step, check <strong>Grant Me Highest Configuration Permissions for Devices on Site </strong>to get the highest configuration permissions for devices on the current site which your customer cannot edit.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Email </strong>or <strong>Phone Number </strong>as handover mode.</li>
<li>Enter the site owner&#8217;s email address or phone number.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select permissions to apply for.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>S Note</strong></li>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission for managing devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, or playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when the customer accepts the handover, the permissions will be authorized to the installer. The installer does not need to apply for authorization from the site owner again.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Apply for Activation of Cloud Attendance Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the check-box is checked, after you handed over the site to your customer, he/she will be able to use the cloud attendance system provided by Hikvision or third-party manufactures.</li>
<li>If the cloud attendance system provided by Hikvsion has been added to the site and activated, the check-box will appear on the Hand Over Site page.</li>
<li>If the attendance service is provided by a third-party manufacturer, the check-box will be <strong>Allow ### System to Access </strong>or <strong>Allow Third-Party Attendance System to Access</strong>. ### here refers to the name of the third-party manufacturer.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Apply for Site Authorization for Maintenance Service Partner </strong>to apply for site authorization for your maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong></a></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks, such as the reason of the handover, which your customer can view when he/she receives the handover via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to send the handover.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Your customer will receive the handover email or message in email box or via short message with a download link of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client. Your customer can download or open the Hik-Connect Mobile Client via the link.</li>
<li>If your customer has not registered a Hik-Connect account, he/she needs to register a Hik- Connect account first. After registering the account and accepting the handover via the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, the customer will become the site owner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Please inform your customers to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</p>
<ul>
<li>If there are maintenance requirements for the devices added in the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, but not added and managed in the site, after the customer accepts the handover and becomes the site owner, he/she can authorize the permissions about these devices to the Installer.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Before your customer accepts the handover, click <strong>Hand Over Again </strong>to send handover again.</li>
</ol>
<p>[2® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can send the handover for at most five times in one day and the previous handover will be invalid if you send the new handover again.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark87"></a> Typical Tenant Site Scenario</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In a typical tenant site scenario, you can help the property management company install and set up their security devices in their apartments, and help manage the devices so that the devices will be available for the tenants only during lease periods; as for the tenants, you can help them manage and configure the devices during lease periods.</p>
<p>To know more about the typical tenant site scenario, read the sections below:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"><strong><em>Two Agreements Reached</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"><strong><em>Online Operations</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Two Agreements Reached</p>
<p>Before you can hand over the devices in the apartment to the tenant via Hik-Partner Pro, the following two agreements have to be reached.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="279" class="wp-image-1984" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 18" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18-300x94.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18-768x242.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-5 Agreement Reached Between the Property Management Company and Installer</p>
<p>Apartment A is available for rent. We have already installed some security devices in the apartment to guard the tenant and their property. During the lease period, you can use the HC App to use these devices for live view, playback, receiving alarms, etc.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="841" height="241" class="wp-image-1985" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 19" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19.jpeg 841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19-300x86.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19-768x220.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 841px) 100vw, 841px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark89"></a> Figure 6-6 Agreement Reached Between the Tenant and Property Management Company</p>
<p>Online Operations</p>
<p>After the two agreements are reached, you will operate on Hik-Partner Pro to hand over the devices to the tenant, of which the process is shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="486" class="wp-image-1986" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 20" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20-768x422.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-7 Hand Over Devices to the Tenant</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a site. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
<li>Add the devices to the site.</li>
<li>Batch configure the devices. Refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> or<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Batch Configure AX</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>PRO</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
<li>Hand over the site to the tenant. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hl] Note</strong></p>
<p>You should request the tenant to allow you to disable the Hik-Connect service, and if the tenant does not approve the request, the devices will not be handed over.</p>
<ol>
<li>The tenant accepts the handover on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which means the tenant also approves your request to allow you to disable the Hik-Connect service and approves your application for permissions (if any).</li>
<li>The devices are handed over to the tenant&#8217;s Hik-Connect account.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark90"></a> Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark92"></a> When the Site (no permission selected when handing over site) has been handed over to Site Owner, and then there are maintenance requirements for the devices in the Site, the Installer needs to send an application to Site Owner for the authorization. After the authorization is approved, the Installer can get the permission to manage and configure the devices of the Site. Besides, the Site Owner can add a device on Hik-Connect Mobile Client and authorize it to the Installer for further management and configuration.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a Site.</li>
<li>Enter Apply for Authorization page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a Site and click on Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the Site name to enter Site Details page and click <strong>Apply for Authorization</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks and click <strong>OK </strong>to send the application.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Site Owner will receive and handle the application via Hik-Connect Mobile Client. After the Site Owner approves the application, the Installer will have the authorization of the Site and perform some operations.</p>
<p>If there are maintenance requirements for the devices added in Hik-Connect Mobile Client, but not added and managed in the Site by the Installer yet, after consensus, the Site Owner can select the devices and authorize the permissions of the devices to the Installer.</p>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code to them.</li>
<li>For AX Pro, after adding an AX Pro to Hik-Partner Pro, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; these accounts will be deleted after the Installer deletes the AX Pro from Hik-Partner Pro. If you edit an Installer&#8217;s login password, the password for logging in to the AX Pro by this account will also change.</li>
<li>After authorizing a Site with AX Pro to an Installer, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; besides, the account with the permission of managing all Sites will also become the account of the AX Pro.</li>
<li>If an Installer hands over the Site with this AX Pro to an end user, the end user&#8217;s Hik-Connect account will also become an account of the AX Pro, while the Installer&#8217;s account will be deleted from the AX Pro. This is also applicable to an Installer Admin.</li>
<li>For more details about operations on Hik-Connect Mobile Client, refer to the User Manual of Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Apply for Device </strong>Click the Site name to enter Site Details page and apply for</p>
<p><strong>Permission </strong>permissions.</p>
<p><strong>Discard Authorization </strong>On the Site list page, click ^ &amp; to discard authorization or the Site.</p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>For Sites with Allow Me to Disable Hik-Partner Pro Service function enabled when handing over to Installer, discarding authorization is not supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark93"></a> Accept a Device Management Invitation from a Hik-Connect User</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can accept a device management invitation from your customer (i.e., a Hik-Connect user) to manage a device already added to a Hik-Connect account. In this way, the device, along with its configuration and operation permissions, can be shared with you to allow you to manage the device on Hik-Partner Pro. Compared with synchronizing the device in Hik-Connect with the device in Hik-Partner Pro, which requires your customer to share their Hik-Connect account name and password with you, this way is more privacy-friendly and easier to be accepted.</p>
<p>To know more about the device management invitation, read the sections below:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Overall Process</em></strong></li>
<li><strong><em>Introduction About the Device Management Invitation on Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark95"><strong><em>The Email of Device Management Invitation</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark95"><strong><em>The Notification of Device Management Invitation</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>How Can Your Customer Invite You to Manage Their Device via Hik-Connect</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Overall Process</p>
<p>If your customer (i.e., the Hik-Connect user) has already added one device to their Hik-Connect account, the customer can use the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to invite you to manage this device. Once the customer completes the invitation, an email containing the invitation information (e.g., the Hik-Connect user name and device name) and the button/link for accepting the invitation will be sent to you, and then you can accept the invitation.</p>
<p>Invitations for device management can also be accepted via <strong>Notification Center ^ Business Notification </strong>. Once you accept the invitation, the device will show on the specified site (namely, the site mentioned in the email or the notification) on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="541" class="wp-image-1987" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 21" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21-768x470.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-8 Overall Process Diagram</p>
<p>Introduction About the Device Management Invitation on Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>You can go to the site list page, and then click <strong>Device Management Invitation from Customer </strong>to open the window shown below. This shows how your customer uses the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to invite you to manage their device. It should be noted that you need to provide your Hik- ProConnect account (email address) to your customer first to let them specify you as the Installer who manages their device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="807" class="wp-image-1988" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 22" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22-300x273.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22-768x700.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-9 The Pop-Up Window</p>
<p>The Email of Device Management Invitation</p>
<p>The email shows the invitation details including device name, device serial No., name of the site where the device(s) is added, Hik-Connect user account, and the time of invitation. If you agree to manage the device(s) for your customer, you need to accept the invitation in three days, otherwise the invitation will be invalid.</p>
<p>The Notification of Device Management Invitation</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark95"></a> The notification shows the invitation details including name of the site where the device(s) is added, device name, device serial No., and the Hik-Connect user account. If you agree to manage the device(s) for your customer, you need to accept the invitation in three days, otherwise the invitation will be invalid.</p>
<p><strong>Device Management Invitation</strong></p>
<p>My!</p>
<p>Devices)</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Site Own</p>
<p>yzpr</p>
<ul>
<li>You should accept the invitation in 3 days if you agree to manage y our customer&#8217;s devices. Otherwise, the invitation will be invalid.</li>
<li>If you do not agree, you need not to perform any operation. The in vitation will be invalid in 3 days automatically.</li>
<li>If you agree, the site where the device is added will be displayed o n the Hik-Partner Pro Portal or Mobile Client, and you can view the device status and maintain the devices. Also, you can enter the site I ist page, and search for the site according to the site name or the us er s account name.</li>
</ul>
<p>I Agree</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-10 Notification Example</strong></p>
<p>How Can Your Customer Invite You to Manage Their Device via Hik-Connect</p>
<p>Refer to the following steps for details about how can your customer invite you to manage their device via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the device list, tap «• of the device and the Share Device page will pop up. Or select <strong>More ^ Manage Sharing Settings ^ Share Device </strong>to show the Share Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="803" class="wp-image-1989" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 23" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23-221x300.jpeg 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-11 Share Device</p>
<p><strong>LJilNote</strong></p>
<p>If this page doesn&#8217;t show, it means the device cannot be managed by an installer and can only be shared with another Hik-Connect user.</p>
<p>Possible reasons: the device is shared from others; the device is already managed by an installer; the device is not enabled with the Hik-Connect service; or the Hik-Partner Pro service (installer service) is not available in your customer&#8217;s country or region.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Share with Installer</strong>.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>New Installer </strong>and enter the installer&#8217;s account to share device permissions with a new installer; or select an existing installer.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OX Note</strong></p>
<p>When entering a new installer&#8217;s account that has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="889" class="wp-image-1990" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 24" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24-201x300.jpeg 201w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-12 Select Installer</p>
<p>4. Select the Site where the device will be added and the device permissions to be granted to the installer.</p>
<p>\ Authorization</p>
<p>You can grant device authorization to the Installer. After authorization, your Installer will have the permissions that you select. You can deauthorize the device to revoke permissions from Installer at any time. If you have any questions, tap to get help.</p>
<p><strong>Installer &gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site </strong>MySite ©</p>
<p>Permission</p>
<p><strong>Live View </strong>¿k</p>
<p>Validity Period: Permanent</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>Validity Period: Permanent</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>Validity Period; Permanent</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-13 Authorization</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark96"></a> 6.9 Site Sharing</p>
<p>You can share sites with your maintenance service partners to allow them to cooperate with you in providing device management/maintenance services for your customers, especially in offering technical support. When sharing a site, you can determine the permissions for the MSP (maintenance service partner) to access devices on the site. After sharing a site, you can change the maintenance service partner&#8217;s permissions.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If you change the maintenance service partner&#8217;s permissions, your customer will receive a notification about it on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Read the following sections to learn the overall process and limitations of site sharing.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong></li>
<li><strong><em>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Limitations</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Share a Site not Handed Over</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of sharing a site not handed over to your customer. For detailed steps, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>In the diagram, HPP represents Hik-Partner Pro, HC represents Hik-Connect, and MSP represents maintenance service partner.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="442" class="wp-image-1991" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 25" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1353" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-14 Overall Process</p>
<p>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of sharing a site that has been handed over to your customer. For detailed steps, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark103"><strong><em>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="434" class="wp-image-1992" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 26" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26-300x147.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26-768x376.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-15 Overall Process</p>
<p>Limitations</p>
<ul>
<li>Site sharing is not supported in every country or region.</li>
<li>You can only share a site with your maintenance service partner&#8217;s Installer Admin account.</li>
<li>Your account and your maintenance service partner&#8217;s Installer Admin account need to be in the same country/region.</li>
<li>You cannot share a site with any Installer of your company.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark98"></a> .9.1 Share a Site not Handed Over</li>
</ul>
<p>For a site that has not been handed over, you can apply for site authorization and select permissions for the maintenance service partner at the same time when you hand over the site, in order to share the site with your maintenance service partner for managing and maintaining the site together.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark100"></a> Make sure the site status is <strong>Not Handed Over </strong>and you have the permission to manage all sites or assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account should be an Installer Admin account, of which the country/region should be the same as that of your account.</li>
<li>You cannot share the site with the account of any employee in your company.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Hand Over Site page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>In the Site Sharing section, check <strong>Apply for Site Authorization for Maintenance Service Partner</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the account has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select permissions for the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission to manage devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts site sharing, the permissions will be authorized to the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Configure other settings on the Hand Over Site page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts the site sharing, perform the operations below.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the status and email address of the Maintenance Service Partner on the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>View Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>About the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></p>
<p><strong>Cancel Site Sharing</strong></p>
<p>You can cancel site sharing on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p>You can change permissions for the maintenance service partner on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p><strong>Change Permissions for the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can only change the permissions that have already been granted to the maintenance service partner by your customer, and your customer will receive a notification on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if the permissions are changed.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark101"></a> 6.9.2 Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</p>
<p>After a site is handed over, you can share the site with your maintenance service partner for managing and maintaining the site together.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site status is <strong>Authorized and Monitoring </strong>and you have the permission to manage all sites or assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>CUlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account should be an Installer Admin account, of which the country/region should be the same as that of your account.</li>
<li>You cannot share the site with the account of any employee in your company.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a site for site sharing.</li>
<li>Enter the Site Sharing page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Move the cursor to in the Operation column and click ■=&lt; .</li>
<li>Click the site name to enter the site details page and click <strong>Site Sharing</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CE Note</strong></p>
<p>If the account has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark103"></a> Select permissions for the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission to manage devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts site sharing, the permissions will be authorized to the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks, such as the reason for site sharing.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After your customer accepts the application and the maintenance service partner accepts the site sharing, perform the operations below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>About the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></td>
<td>You can view the status and email address of the Maintenance Service Partner on the site details page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cancel Site Sharing</strong></td>
<td>You can cancel site sharing on the Site Sharing page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Change Permissions for the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></td>
<td>You can change permissions for the maintenance service partner on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can only change the permissions that have already been granted to the maintenance service partner by your customer, and your customer will receive a notification on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if the permissions are changed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark104"></a> 9.3 Accept Site Sharing</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark106"></a> After the Installer Admin or Installer shares a site with the MSP (Maintenance Service Partner) on Hik-Partner Pro, the site owner will receive the device authorization application on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client. The site owner should agree to the authorization, so that the MSP can receive and handle the site sharing application on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the site owner has agreed to the device authorization on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Make sure the MPS has logged in to the Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>Make sure the country/region of the MSP&#8217;s account is the same as that of your account are the same.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the upper-right corner of the page, click <strong>Notification Center</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Business Notification </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>All the business notifications (including the site sharing application) received by the MSP will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>I Agree </strong>to accept the site sharing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>s Business Notification 0!o Exception Center 4 System Message 3 ■■ Deals and Offers ®&gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site Sharing Application </strong>10, Dec, 2021 10:10:16</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-16 MSP Accepts Site Sharing in Notification Center</strong></p>
<p>The MSP can manage and maintain devices on the shared site together with the installer.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark107"></a> 6.9.4 Features Available for MSP on a Shared Site</p>
<p>After the MSP (Maintenance Service Partner) accepts the site sharing, the MSP can perform configurations and operations which the customer authorized on the shared site. The MSP can also release device permission or cancel the site sharing. If the MSP is authorized to manage the site, the MSP can directly applying to the customer for device permission.</p>
<p><strong>OZlNote</strong></p>
<p>The MSP who accepted the site sharing cannot share the site with another MSP.</p>
<p>Features Available for MSP with Permissions</p>
<p><strong>Customer Site</strong></p>
<p>Includes live view and playback, arming and disarming devices, device remote configuration, device upgrade, linkage rule configuration, DDNS configuration, resetting password, exception notification configuration, and deleting site.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The MSP can upgrade devices in the Customer Site module and the Health Monitoring module.</li>
<li>If the MSP deletes the site, it indicates that the site authorization is discarded by the MSP, but the installer can still manage the sites and their devices.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Health Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>Includes viewing the status of devices on the shared sites, device remote configuration, refreshing devices&#8217; status, live view, playback, manually checking devices&#8217; status, and exporting health check reports.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Center</strong></p>
<p>Includes receiving device exceptions and exporting exception records.</p>
<p><strong>Send Report Regularly</strong></p>
<p>Includes configuring report settings to send reports regularly.</p>
<p><strong>My Service</strong></p>
<p>Includes viewing the validity periods, expiration time and status of activated services for the site and their corresponding resources.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>The MSP cannot activate or transfer services on the shared site. Only the installer can do the above operations.</p>
<p>MSP Applies to Customer for Device Permissions</p>
<p>If the MSP is authorized to manage the site, the MSP can directly apply to the customer for device permission. The installer who shared the site will receive the notification after the MSP sends the application for device permission.</p>
<p>For how the MSP applies to the customer for device permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>MSP Releases Device Permissions</p>
<p>If the MSP does not need device permission, or the MSP finished the device configuration task earlier than the planned time, the MSP can release the permission.</p>
<p>For how the MSP releases device permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Release the Permission for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>MSP Cancels Site Sharing</p>
<p>If the MSP does not need to manage or maintain the site, or the MSP finished the site management and maintenance tasks, the MSP can cancel the site sharing. After the site sharing is canceled, the site and devices on the site will be deleted from the MSP&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark109"></a> 6.10 View Sites on the Map</p>
<p>If you have configured GPS information for the sites, you can view them on the map.</p>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Site Map </strong>(or <strong>Site Map </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region) to enter the site map page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="490" class="wp-image-1993" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 27" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27.jpeg 888w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27-768x424.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-17 Site Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1994" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 28" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1356"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>Installer&#8217;s company is in the center of the map by default.</li>
<li>;&#8217;® : There are device(s) that have been activated the health monitoring service in this site.</li>
<li>Q : There is no device that has been activated the health monitoring service in this site.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the followings on this page.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can view companies and sites whose GPS information have been configured on the map. For details about configuring GPS information for companies and sites, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click a site to view its information, including site name, site owner, site location, the number of online/offline/abnormal devices, etc. Also, you can click <strong>Site Details </strong>to enter site details page to view more information about the site. You can click <strong>Health Monitoring Details </strong>to enter the health status page and view the health status of all the devices added to this site.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="305" class="wp-image-1995" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 29" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-18 Site Information</p>
<p>• You can drag the map as needed. You can scroll the mouse or click / in the down-right corner to zoom in/out the map. Also, you can click a to view the company&#8217;s location on the map.</p>
<p>• You can enter keyword(s) in the search box in the upper-left corner to search for the site name.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark111"></a> Chapter 7 Device Management</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro supports multiple device types, including encoding device (e.g., solar camera), security control panel, video intercom device, access control device, doorbell. After adding them to the system, you can manage them and configure settings, including remotely configuring device parameters, configuring exception rule, linkage rule, people counting, temperature screening, etc.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Some functions may not be available in specific countries and regions.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch configure online devices on the same Local Area Network (LAN) with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs. The available configurations include batch device activation and device IP address assignment, batch linking channels to NVR/DVR, and batch setting parameters for devices via templates. These functions allow you to complete basic configurations for multiple devices with much less effort compared with configuring devices one by one.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For entering the device batch configuration page for the first time, a video tutorial about how to batch configure devices on LAN will pop up and automatically play in the down-left corner.</li>
<li>The functionality is only available to certain models of cameras, NVRs, and DVRs.</li>
<li>Before batch configuring devices, make sure you have connected them to the same LAN with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs.</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart for batch configuration of devices is shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="1073" class="wp-image-1996" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 30" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1358" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30-165x300.jpeg 165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30-564x1024.jpeg 564w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-1 Flow Chart</p>
<p>Table 7-1 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Sub-step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Batch Activate</p>
<p>Devices</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>Batch activate online devices on the same Local Area Network (LAN) with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs, and assign IP addresses for the activated devices. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch Activate Devices and</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Batch Link Channels to NVR/DVR</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>If the activated devices include NVR or DVR, link channels to NVR or DVR. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"> <strong><em>Batch Link Channels to</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"><strong><em>NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Batch Set Device Parameters</td>
<td>Manually Set Parameters for a Device</td>
<td>Select an activated device and set its parameters manually. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create Template</td>
<td>Created a template based on the manually configured device. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configure Parameters for Devices via Template</td>
<td>Batch configure parameters for multiple devices via a selected template. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"> <strong><em>Batch Set Parameters for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"><strong><em>Devices via Template</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device(s) to Site</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>If required, add the activated and configured device(s) to a Site. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark114"></a> Batch Activate Devices and Assign IP Addresses for Them</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Portal can detect available devices connected to the same network with the Portal, and then you can activate devices and assign IP address for them.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark116"></a> Click <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ On-Site Config </strong>to enter the batch device configuration page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="453" class="wp-image-1997" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 31" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31-768x393.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-2 Batch Device Configuration</p>
<p>2. Select the detected online devices to be activated.</p>
<p>3. Click Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP to open the Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP window.</p>
<p>4. Enter the device admin password and confirm the password.</p>
<p>5. Click Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP.</p>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The unactivated device and the activated device but not be assigned with IP address will be displayed as <strong>Not Obtained </strong>in the <strong>Device Name </strong>column.</li>
<li>For the activated device and be assigned with IP address, if you hover the mouse on the IP address, <strong>Auto </strong>will be displayed to remind you the IP address is automatically assigned.</li>
</ul>
<p>The devices are activated, and the device IP address are assigned by the Portal.</p>
<p>The time of the computer will be synchronized to the activated devices.</p>
<p><strong>6. Optional: </strong>After the devices are activated, you can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Device Network Parameters</strong></td>
<td>Click to edit the device network parameters, including IP address, device port, HTTP port, subnet mask, gateway, device admin password and then click <strong>OK</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reset Device Admin Password</strong></td>
<td>Click to reset the admin password of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Unbind Device</strong></td>
<td>Click and then enter the device password and verification code to unbind the device from its current account. After unbound, the device can be added to another account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>After activating the devices, you should batch add channels to NVR or DVR. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"><strong><em>Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark117"></a> Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If there are online NVR, DVR, and network camera on the same LAN, you can batch link the network camera to the NVR and DVR as channels. After linking, you can manage the linked channels according to your need.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated the NVR, DVR, and network cameras. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch Activate Devices</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>and Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If there is no online NVR or DVR on the same LAN, skip this task.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Link Channel page, select an NVR or DVR on the left.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have not logged in to the device, enter the password to log in.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Channels that have been linked will be displayed in the middle.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="333" class="wp-image-1998" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 32" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32-768x288.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-3 Channels on the Same LAN</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark119"></a> If a linked channel is offline, (p will be displayed beside the channel name. Hover the cursor on the icon to view the reason for being offline. You can click <strong>Set Parameters </strong>to change channel parameters to try again.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Link Channel </strong>to open the Link Channel panel.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select a device and click to log in to the device and get device information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>+ </strong>to link the device.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit NVR/DVR/Channel Name</strong></td>
<td>Click to edit the NVR/DVR/channel name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sort Channels</strong></td>
<td>Click ]&#8217; or to sort the channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Replace Device</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Replace Device </strong>to unlink this channel and link a new device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Unlink Device</strong></td>
<td>Click ~ to unlink channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>to batch set parameters for devices. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"> <strong><em>Batch Set Parameters for Devices via Template</em></strong></a> for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark120"></a> Create Template for Setting Parameters</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Before batch configuring parameters for devices, you should create a template. After creating a template, you can batch apply it to devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated devices and linked channels to NVR and DVR (if any). See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>Activate Devices and Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"> <strong><em>Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a device name or <strong>Set Parameters </strong>to enter the remote configuration page.</li>
<li>On the remote configuration page, set parameters for the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save as Template </strong>on the top right.</li>
<li>Set a template name and check the parameters you want to save in the template.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the parameters as a template.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Add a new template based on device with configured parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Manage Template ^ + </strong>.</li>
<li>Enter template name.</li>
<li>Select device type.</li>
<li>In the template content field, select a device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark122"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="410" class="wp-image-1999" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 33" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33-768x355.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-4 Add Template</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click ® to delete a template.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark123"></a> Batch Set Parameters for Devices via Template</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>To configure devices with high efficiency, you can batch apply parameters in an existing template to devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have created at least one template for setting parameters. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"><strong><em>Setting Parameters</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Check device(s) and click <strong>Set Parameters by Template</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Before setting parameters for an NVR or DVR, you can tap <strong>Format </strong>to format the disk of the selected device. Batch formatting is not supported.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark125"></a> Select a template.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="426" class="wp-image-2000" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 34" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34-768x369.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-5 Set Parameters</p>
<p>3. Click Apply Parameters to apply the configured parameters to devices.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="886" class="wp-image-2001" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 35" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35.jpeg 524w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35-177x300.jpeg 177w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /> The application process and application results will be displayed.</p>
<p>Figure 7-6 Set Parameters by Template</p>
<p><strong>4. Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</p>
<p>Add devices to Sites. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Add Device to Site</strong></p>
<p><strong>Manage Template</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edit NVR or Channel Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Synchronize Computer Time to Device</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Manage Template </strong>to add new template or delete template.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Rename </strong>to edit name(s) of NVR or channels of NVR.</p>
<p>Check device(s) and click <strong>Synchronize Time to Device</strong>. And then check devices and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark126"></a> 7.2 Add Device</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro accesses devices by two modes: Hik-Connect (P2P) and Device IP Address/Domain Name. The former provides securer data communication (between Hik-Partner Pro and devices) and full access to features based on the Hik-Connect service, such as device handover and exception notification; the latter provides faster data communication but no access to the features based on Hik-Connect service.</p>
<p>The table below shows the device adding methods for the two access modes respectively.</p>
<p>Table 7-2 Device Adding Methods</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Access Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Adding Method</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect (P2P)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>The last method in this table cell is for devices which do NOT support the Hik-Connect service. In this method, you can add them via the proxy of Hik-ProConnect Box to allow them to get full access to the features based on the Hik-Connect service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device IP Address/Domain Name</td>
<td>• <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong></a></p>
<p>•<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark128"></a> Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After batch configuring devices, you can add the device(s) to the existing site or a new site.</p>
<p>Select one of the following ways to enter the Add Device page.</p>
<ul>
<li>After batch configuring device(s), click <strong>Add Device </strong>in the prompt box.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about batch configuring devices, refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>On the Home page, click <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
</ul>
<p>o Click <strong>Add Device </strong>on the top of the site list.</p>
<p>o Click — in the Operation column of the site list.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark130"></a> o Click the site name to enter the site details page, and then go to <strong>Device ^ Add Device </strong>. Select <strong>Scan for Devices on LAN</strong>, <strong>Enter Serial No.</strong>, <strong>Enter IP Address / Domain</strong>, <strong>Batch Import</strong>, or <strong>Synchronize devices from the Hik-Connect </strong>as the adding method.</p>
<p>Select the device(s) to be added, and perform one of the following two ways to add the device(s) to the site.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Existing Site </strong>and then click the site in the drop-down list.</li>
<li>Select <strong>New Site </strong>and edit the following parameters to create a new site.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Name</strong></p>
<p>The name of the site, which can describe the site location, function, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Time Zone</strong></p>
<p>Select the time zone in the drop-down list according to the location the site belongs to.</p>
<p><strong>Scene</strong></p>
<p>Select the scene of the site in the drop-down list according to the usage scene, such as house, department, villa, and store.</p>
<p><strong>Site Address</strong></p>
<p>Enter the site address, such as street and number, apartment suite, unit, building, floor, etc.</p>
<p><strong>City</strong></p>
<p>Enter the city of the site.</p>
<p><strong>State/Province/Region</strong></p>
<p>Enter the state, province or region of the site.</p>
<p><strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device</strong></p>
<p>After checked, the time and time zone will be synchronized to the device from the site.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>and perform the operations according to the prompts on the page. For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark131"></a> Add Detected Online Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Portal can detect available devices connected to the same network with the Portal, which makes the devices&#8217; information about themselves (e.g., IP address) recognized by the Portal. Based on the information, you can add the devices quickly.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</li>
<li>You can add up to 15 detected online devices simultaneously.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark133"></a> On the Add Device page, click <strong>Scan for Devices on LAN</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to enter Add Device page, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The device(s) connected to the same LAN with the Portal will be displayed on the device list. You can view information including device serial No., device IP address, activation status (activated or not), Hik-Connect status (connected to Hik-Connect service or not), etc.</p>
<p>Check the online device(s) to be added and click <strong>Next</strong>. Perform part or all of the following 4 steps based on the status of the selected devices before you can add them.</p>
<p>After you add an AX PRO device to Hik-Partner Pro, you will be able to log into the AX PRO by your Hik-Partner Pro account (i.e., Installer account or Installer Admin account) to configure and manage the device; if you delete the AX PRO device from Hik-Partner Pro, you can no longer log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<p>After your customer authorizes a Site with AX PRO devices to you, you can log into these AX PRO devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account to configure and manage the device. In this case, if you are an Installer, the Installer Admin can also log into these AX PRO devices by her/his Hik-Partner Pro account; if you are the Installer Admin, your employees (i.e., Installers) have no permission to log into these devices by their Hik-Partner Pro accounts.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Device</td>
<td>If there are device(s) not activated, activate them. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"><strong><em>Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>HZXlNote</strong></p>
<p>If a device is activated, the platform will automatically assign a fixed IP address for it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter Device Password</td>
<td>Enter admin password of the device. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"> <strong><em>Enter Device Password</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatically Connect to Hik- Connect Service</td>
<td>Connect device(s) to the Hik-Connect service. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"> <strong><em>Connect to</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Hik-Connect Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Device Verification Code</td>
<td>If a device is connected to the Hik-Connect service successfully, the platform will automatically get device verification code from device.</p>
<p>If not, you need to set verification code for it.</p>
<p>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Set Device Verification Code</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 7-3 Step Description</p>
<p>•</p>
<ul>
<li>After you hand over a Site with AX PRO devices to your customer, your customer will be able to log into these devices by her/his Hik-Connect account, and you will no longer have the permission to log into these devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik- Partner Pro.</li>
</ul>
<p>After adding devices to the Portal, you can perform the following operations if required.</p>
<p>Table 7-4 Available Operations after Adding Devices</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Device</td>
<td>Click the device name to edit it. Or move the cursor to the device and then click / to edit device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configure Linkage Rule</td>
<td>Click [jj to configure linkage rule for the device.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark164"><strong><em>Add Custom Linkage Rule</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Health Monitoring Service</td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page.</p>
<p>Or hover the cursor onto S on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about Health Monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Device</td>
<td>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 to delete the device.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the site is authorized.</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik-Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device Firmware</td>
<td>When device adding completes, the platform will start detecting whether the device firmware version is compatible. Some functions (including health monitoring, linkage rule, and remote</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>configuration) are unavailable if the device is not compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>For devices incompatible with the Hik-Partner Pro, you need to upgrade them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Upgrade to Compatible Version </strong>on the <strong>Upgrade or Not </strong>column, and click <strong>Add and Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter device user name and password to add and upgrade the device.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Type for Unknown Device</td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Unbind Device from Its Current</p>
<p>Account</td>
<td>If the adding result page shows that a device fails to be added and has been added to another account, you can click to unbind it. When the device is unbound, you can add it to your account. For details about unbinding device, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Unbind a</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Device from Its Current Account</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Activate Device</p>
<p>If there are inactivated device(s) in the selected devices, create a device admin password for all the inactivated device(s) on the pop-up window to activated them.</p>
<p><strong>LJilNote</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Enter Device Password</p>
<p>For devices which are activated but not connected to the Hik-Connect service, you should enter its admin password on the pop-up window. The admin password is created when you activate the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark134"></a> If multiple devices share the same password, enable <strong>Batch Enter admin Password </strong>to enter the password for all the devices in a batch. If any devices&#8217; passwords are incorrect, a notification will prompt showing these device(s) for you to enter the correct password(s).</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Before entering admin password, you should make sure that no repeated device IP address exists, or one of the devices with the same IP address will fail to be added. You can click <em>£_</em> in the Operation column, and then edit the device IP address.</p>
<p>Connect to Hik-Connect Service</p>
<p>After entering device admin passwords, the platform will automatically start connecting the device(s) to the Hik-Connect service. Devices that are failed to be connected to the Hik-Connect service cannot be added.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that no repeated device IP address exists and that the IP addresses of the to-be- connected devices are in the same network segment with the PC running Hik-Partner Pro, or connection exception will occur. You can click .£ in the Operation column, and then edit the device IP address.</p>
<p>Set Device Verification Code</p>
<ul>
<li>If a device is connected to the Hik-Connect service successfully, the platform will automatically get device verification code from device. If the platform failed to get the verification codes from any devices, you need to manually enter their verification codes.</li>
</ul>
<p>If multiple devices share the same verification code, enable <strong>Batch Enter Verification Code </strong>and enter the verification code for all of them.</p>
<ul>
<li>If device(s) failed to be connected to the Hik-Connect service, you need to set a shared device verification code for multiple devices, or set verification codes for each device. After you complete device verification settings, the device(s) will be connected the Hik-Connect service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>For EZVIZ devices, admin password is not required, and device verification code is required.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark135"></a> 7.2.3 Add Device by Entering Serial No.</p>
<p>If a device is connected to Hik-Connect service, you can manually add it to a site by entering the device serial number and device verification code.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</li>
<li>Make sure the device has been activated and connected to Hik-Connect service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark137"></a> On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site ^ Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Enter Serial No. </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Enter the device serial number and device verification code.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>The device serial number and the default device verification code are usually on the device label. If no device verification code found, enter the verification code you created when enabling Hik- Connect service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro will start detecting whether the device firmware version is compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro. Some functions (including health monitoring, linkage, and remote configuration) cannot be used if the device is not compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro. Firmware version detection will not happen if a site is authorized. For devices incompatible with the Hik- Partner Pro, you need to upgrade them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Upgrade to Compatible Version </strong>on the <strong>Upgrade or Not </strong>column, and click <strong>Add and Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter device user name and password to add and upgrade the device.</li>
<li>Check the device(s) to be added.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After you add an AX PRO device to Hik-Partner Pro, you will be able to log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account (i.e., Installer account or Installer Admin account) to configure and manage the device; if you delete the AX PRO device from Hik-Partner Pro, you can no longer log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>After your customer authorizes a Site with AX PRO devices to you, you can log into these AX PRO devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account to configure and manage the device. In this case, if you are an Installer, the Installer Admin can also log into these AX PRO devices by her/his Hik-Partner Pro account; if you are the Installer Admin, your employees (i.e., Installers) have no permission to log into these devices by their Hik-Partner Pro accounts.</li>
<li>After you hand over a Site with AX PRO devices to your customer, your customer will be able to log into these devices by her/his Hik-Connect account, and you will no longer have the permission to log into these devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding device(s).</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td>Click the device name to edit it.</p>
<p>Or move the cursor to the device and then click to edit it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 .</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the Site is authorized to you.</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik- Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Upgrade Device</strong></td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View DDNS</strong></p>
<p><strong>Status</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>a * </strong>« and hover the cursor on “§■ . See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong></a> for details about configuring device DDNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page.</p>
<p>Or hover the cursor onto <strong>Fl </strong>on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Configure Cloud</strong></p>
<p><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>For the Hik-Partner Pro box, DVR that supports cloud storage, and NVR that supports cloud storage, you can click <strong>Cloud Storage Service </strong>to configure Cloud Storage settings. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Set</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Cloud Storage for DVR</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>How to enable cloud storage for an NVR that</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>supports cloud storage?</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark138"></a> 7.2.4 Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark140"></a> If you know the IP address or domain name of a device, you can add it to Hik-Partner Pro by specifying its IP address/domain name, user name, password, etc. Once a device is added in this way, Hik-Partner Pro will generate a QR code containing the device information. After completing device setup, you can share the QR code to your customer. And then your customer can scan the QR code via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to add the device to her/his Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Devices added in this mode do NOT support the device handover process. If you need to hand over a device to your customer after completing the device setup work, please add it in one of following two methods: <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Only encoding devices mapped in WAN support this function.</li>
<li>Ask your customers to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Enter IP Address / Domain </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Enter the device&#8217;s name, IP address/domain name, port number, user name, and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>/t\ <strong>Caution</strong></p>
<p>The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the installer and/or end-user.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>A QR code containing the device information will be generated and displayed in the device card on the site details page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="258" class="wp-image-2002" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 36" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36-300x87.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36-768x224.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Figure 7-7 The QR Code of the Added Device</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>6. Optional: Perform the following operations if you need.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Encrypt Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>QR Code</strong></td>
<td>It is highly recommended that you encrypt the device QR code for security reasons.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to display the QR code.</li>
<li>Create a password to encrypt the QR code, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View and Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Information</strong></td>
<td>Click the device&#8217;s IP address or domain name to view the device basic information. If the device&#8217;s information changed, or a network exception occurs, you can edit its information accordingly.</p>
<p>Select a device, and click « * • <strong>^ </strong>to edit the device&#8217;s name, IP address/domain name, port number, user name, and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto <strong>Fl </strong>on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click • * « <strong>^ </strong>.</p>
<p>QU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/Domain) is not supported if the site is authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark141"></a> 7.2.5 Batch Add Devices</p>
<p>You can batch add multiple devices to the client by entering the device parameters in a predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The devices added in this mode cannot be handed over to your customer. If you need to hand over a device to your customer after completing the device setup work, please add it by Hik- Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>No.</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Only encoding devices mapped in WAN support this function.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Batch Import </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>to save the predefined template (CSV file) in your PC.</li>
<li>Open the downloaded template file and enter the required information of the devices to be added in the corresponding column.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload Template </strong>to upload the edited template to Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding the devices.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Encrypt Device</strong></td>
<td>A QR code will be generated and displayed in the device information area</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>QR Code</strong></td>
<td>If an end user did not add the device to his/her Hik-Connect account, he/she can add it to the Hik-Connect account by scanning this QR code using Hik-Connect.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to display the QR code.</li>
<li>Enter a password to encrypt the QR code, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto nn on the device card on the site details page, and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark143"></a><strong>Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about Health Monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View and Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Information</strong></td>
<td>Click the device&#8217;s IP address or domain name to view the device basic information. If the device&#8217;s information changed, or a network exception occurs, you can edit its information accordingly.</p>
<p>Select a device, and click <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-2" href="#post-1966-footnote-2">[1]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-3" href="#post-1966-footnote-3">[2]</a></sup> * * <strong>^ </strong>to edit the device&#8217;s name, IP address/ domain name, port number, user name, and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click * * * <strong>^ </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the site is authorized .</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik- Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>If an Installer hands over the site with this AX Pro to an end user, the end user&#8217;s Hik-Connect account will also become an account of the AX Pro, while the Installer&#8217;s account will be deleted from the AX Pro. This is also applicable to an Installer Admin.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik-Partner Pro.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can synchronize devices in your Hik-Connect account with devices in the Hik-Partner Pro account. After synchronization, the devices are still managed in your Hik-Connect account and you can continue to use Hik-Connect service.</p>
<p>In the following two cases, you need to synchronize devices in the Hik-Connect account with devices in the Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Case 1</strong>: Before using Hik-Partner Pro, you managed the devices for the customer by the Hik- Connect Mobile Client after the customer shares her/his devices to your Hik-Connect account.</li>
<li><strong>Case 2</strong>: Before using Hik-Partner Pro, you already have a Hik-Connect account and have added device(s) to it.</li>
</ul>
<p>Under the above two circumstances, you can synchronize these devices (including the ones the customers shared to you, or the ones added in your Hik-Connect account) with the Hik-Partner Pro account for quick and convenient devices adding and better device management and maintenance.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="410" class="wp-image-2003" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 37" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37.jpeg 577w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark144"></a> Figure 7-9 Synchronize Devices With Hik-Connect Account</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark146"></a> There are three entries.</p>
<ul>
<li>On the Customer Site page, click <strong>Synchronize Devices from Hik-Connect </strong>on the top of the site list.</li>
<li>On the Add Device page, click <strong>Synchronize Devices from Hik-Connect</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the user name in the upper-right corner, click <strong>Link with Hik-Connect Account </strong>in the drop­down menu, and click <strong>Link with Account</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Log into Hik-Connect</p>
<p>First, you need to log into <strong>Hik-Connect </strong>by entering your account or by scanning QR code. (Optional): Check <strong>Get Your Account and Device Information </strong>to allow Hik-Partner Pro to get these information.</p>
<p>Check <strong>Authorize Automatic Device Synchronization from Your Account to the Current Hik-Partner Pro Account </strong>to authorize automatic device synchronization. After authorization, devices newly added to Hik-Connect will be automatically synchronized to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Select Device for Synchronization</p>
<p>Secondly, you need to select the devices for synchronization.</p>
<p>After login, the devices added to your Hik-Connect account, as well as the ones others shared to you, will be displayed in the device list.</p>
<p>You can filter the devices by selecting <strong>Show All Devices</strong>, <strong>Show My Devices Only </strong>(the devices added to your Hik-Connect account), or <strong>Show Others&#8217; Devices Only </strong>(the devices shared to your Hik- Connect account from the customer) in the drop-down list.</p>
<p>Select the devices you want to synchronize with Hik-Partner Pro account, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>Configure Site for My Devices</p>
<p>Thirdly, you need to set the site information in Hik-Partner Pro for your devices to be synchronized. For the devices added in your Hik-Connect account (displayed in My Devices list), you can add them to different sites or to the same site according to your actual needs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="371" class="wp-image-2004" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 38" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1366" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38-768x328.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>You have site authorization, configuration, and live view permission by default.</p>
<p>Figure 7-10 Configure Site for My Devices</p>
<p><strong>Apply for Permission</strong></p>
<p>You have site authorization, configuration, and live view permission by default.</p>
<p><strong>Add to Different Sites</strong></p>
<p>If your devices are shared to different customers, select this option and you can add them to different sites.</p>
<p>For the devices which have been shared to the customers, the system will automatically create sites by the user names of the customers, and then add the devices to these sites. If there already exists a site the site owner of which is the customer, the information of this site (site name and time zone) will be displayed and the corresponding devices will be added to this site automatically.</p>
<p>For the devices which are not shared to anyone, the system will automatically create a site named after your Hik-Connect account user name, and then assign them to this site.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p><strong>Add to the Same Site</strong></p>
<p>You can also add these devices to the same site. The system will automatically create a site named after your Hik-Connect account user name, and then add all these selected devices to this site.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p>By default, after synchronization, you will have site authorization permission of the automatically created site(s), and configuration as well as live view permission of the devices in My Devices list.</p>
<p>Configure Site and Permissions for Others&#8217; Devices</p>
<p>Fourthly, you need to set the site information in Hik-Partner Pro and set the device permission for the devices shared to you.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="476" class="wp-image-2005" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 39" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-11 Configure Site and Permissions for Others&#8217; Devices</p>
<p>For the devices shared to you by others, usually customers, (displayed in Others&#8217; Devices list), they will be added to different sites. The system will automatically create sites named after the user names of the customers, and then add all these selected devices to this site. If there already exists a site the site Owner of which is the customer, the information of this site (site name and time zone) will be displayed and the corresponding devices will be added to this site automatically.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p>In the Apply for Permission list, you need to select the permissions that you want to apply from the customers for the devices. By default, you will have site authorization permission of the automatically created site(s). After synchronization, the customers will receive a notification on Hik-Connect Mobile Client. After authorization by the customers, you can manage the devices on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Set Time Zone</p>
<p>Fifthly, you can set the time zone of the devices if needed.</p>
<p>You can set the time zone for each device, or you can select a time zone in the <strong>Set Time Zone </strong>drop­down list at the upper-left corner to set a time zone for the devices in a batch.</p>
<p>Start Synchronization</p>
<p>Finally, start device synchronization.</p>
<p>After setting the sites and device permissions, select the devices in the My Devices and Others&#8217; Devices list, and click <strong>Synchronize </strong>to start synchronization.</p>
<p>For devices shared from the customers in Others&#8217; Devices list, the system will send a request to the customers. After the customers approving the authorization request, the devices will be synchronized successfully.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Continue </strong>to select other devices for synchronization, or click <strong>Finish and View </strong>to view the devices synchronized after creating sites in the site list.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark147"></a> Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Some devices do not support the Hik-Connect service, and therefore they cannot be accessed by Hik-Partner Pro via Hik-Connect (P2P). If they are accessed via device IP address/domain name, some features (such as health monitoring, exception rule, and remote configuration) will be unavailable. To solve this issue, you can add these devices to Hik-Partner Pro via the proxy of Hik- Partner Pro Boxes. In this way, the originally unavailable features will be available.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that you have added Hik-Partner Pro Boxes to Hik-Partner Pro. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Currently only some encoding devices and access control devices can be proxied by Hik-Partner Pro Boxes. For detailed device models, see <em>Hik-Partner Pro Device Compatibility List</em>.</li>
<li>The proxied devices do not support features including ARC service, cloud attendance service, temperature screening service, people counting service, and ISAPI alarm. For the proxied encoding device, in addition to the above-mentioned features, linkage rule is not supported as well.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Click the name of a site with Hik-Partner Pro Boxes added.</li>
</ol>
<p>You enter the site details page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click a Hik-Partner Pro Box to show its details panel, and then select <strong>Proxied Device ^ Add To­Be-Proxied Device </strong>to enter the following page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="422" class="wp-image-2006" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 40" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40-768x366.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-12 Add To-Be-Proxied Devices</p>
<ol>
<li>Add devices in one of the following two ways.</li>
</ol>
<p>Table 7-5 Add Devices</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Way</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Online Device</td>
<td>Add devices on the same LAN with the Portal.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select devices, and then click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>Select all devices, and then click <strong>Batch Verification </strong>to set a user name and a password shared by all devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or enter the device user name and password for each device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Adding</td>
<td>Add a device manually.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the Manual Adding window, select the target Site, and then enter the device IP address and device port No.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>and the device will be displayed in the device list.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enter user name and password. </strong>in the User Name/ Password column to enter the device user name and password.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Way</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also add multiple devices first, and then click <strong>Batch Verification </strong>to set a user name and a password shared by all these devices.</p>
<p>d. Click <strong>Next</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The adding result page shows.</p>
<ol>
<li>If adding failures exist, you can view the failure reasons on the adding result page and do corresponding operations (e.g., entering password again if the failure is caused by incorrect password).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>If there are encoding devices, enable proxy for channels of encoding devices before you can view live video and video footage of these channels.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enable Proxy </strong>in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Select channels and then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Complete</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>View the proxy information on the device details page of the Hik-Partner Pro Box.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark149"></a> 7.3 Move Devices</p>
<p>You can use the Device Movement feature to move devices from one Site to another. By distributing devices to different Sites, you can manage both the Sites and devices more efficiently.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>• The feature is only supported by a device matches the following conditions:</p>
<ul>
<li>The original Site where the device belongs to needs to have been authorized to you.</li>
<li>The device needs to be added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The devices added by IP address / domain name are not supported.</li>
<li>The original Site and the target Site should belong to the same Site Owner.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Once a device is moved from its original Site, you need to configure the device again because all the original device configurations will be invalid. In addition, device related configurations including the linkage rules, exception rules, ARC settings, network switch settings, people counting service, temperature screening service, cloud storage service, and cloud attendance service, etc., will be affected. You need to configure these related configurations again also.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click the name of an authorized Site to enter its details page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Move Device </strong>to open the Move Device pane.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Select Device to Move</strong>, select device(s), and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="438" height="591" class="wp-image-2007" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 41" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1369" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41.jpeg 438w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41-222x300.jpeg 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-13 Select Device</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a Site.</li>
</ol>
<p>Qi] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>New Site: </strong>If you select <strong>New Site</strong>, you need to create a name for the Site and set its time zone.</li>
<li><strong>Existing Site: </strong>If you select <strong>Existing Site</strong>, you need to select a Site that shares the same Site Owner with the current one.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="591" class="wp-image-2008" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 42" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42.jpeg 436w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42-221x300.jpeg 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-14 Select Site</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Application</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application will expire if not handled within 7 days.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>On the Move Device pane, click <strong>View Device Movement Record </strong>to enter the Device Movement Record page, and perform the following operation(s) if needed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Apply Again</strong></p>
<p><strong>View Details</strong></p>
<p><strong>Move More</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply Again </strong>to send an application for device movement again if the former one has been rejected or expired.</p>
<p>Click an application record to enter its details page to see the details.</p>
<p>Click an approved or sent application, and then click <strong>Move More </strong>to move more devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark151"></a> Manage Device Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By handing over the site and applying for site authorization, you have already acquired some device permissions. You can still apply for additional device permissions afterward or release device permissions if needed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark153"></a> Apply for Device Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After handing over a Site to the end user, and if you need to view the live view/recorded videos of devices added to the Site or configure the devices added to the Site, you can apply for the permission accordingly from the end user.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the name of a Site to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Device </strong>tab, click <strong>Apply for Permission ^ Apply for Configuration Permission/Apply for Live View Permission/Apply for Playback Permission </strong>.</li>
<li>Check device(s) you want to apply for permission, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Validity Period </strong>drop-down list, select a validity period for the permission.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>You can select <strong>Permanent</strong>, <strong>1 Hour</strong>, <strong>2 Hours</strong>, <strong>4 Hours</strong>, or <strong>8 Hours </strong>as the validity period.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the remarks for the permission.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to apply for the permission from end user.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the end user approves your application, you will get corresponding permission(s).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark155"></a> Release the Permission for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you do not need the permissions of configuration and live view for devices, or you finish the device configuration task earlier than the planned time, you can release the permissions manually.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site of the devices has been handed over to you.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a site in the site list to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Click a device to show the device details page.</li>
<li>In the Permission section, select a permission, and click <strong>^ OK </strong>to release the permission.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>djNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After releasing, the permission will be unavailable for you. You need to apply for it again if needed.</li>
<li>You do not have to release permission if the permission validity is <strong>Permanent</strong>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark157"></a> Linkage Rule and Exception Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark159"></a> You can set up a linkage rule to trigger certain device actions when the triggering event occurs. You can configure an exception rule to specify how, when, and where you want to receive exception notifications of a device or channel.</p>
<p><strong>□3 Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have enabled the Notification functionality of the source device of the linkage/ exception rule. If the function is disabled, events detected by the device cannot be reported and thus the linkage/exception rule cannot be triggered.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark160"></a> Add Linkage Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>A linkage (see the picture below for reference) refers to the process in which an event detected by resource A triggers actions of resource B, resource C, resource D, etc. You can add a rule using the predefined template or customize a rule to define such a linkage.</p>
<p>The rule contains five elements, including Source (resource A), Triggering Event (the event detected by resource A), Linked Resources (resource B, resource C, resource D&#8230; ), Linkage Actions (actions of resource B, resource C, resource D&#8230; ), and Linkage Schedule (the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated). The linkages can be used for purposes such as notifying security personnel, upgrading security level, and saving evidence, when specific events happen.</p>
<p>The picture below shows the process of the linkage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="325" class="wp-image-2009" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 43" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1371" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43.jpeg 435w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="181" height="438" class="wp-image-2010" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 44" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1372" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44.jpeg 181w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44-124x300.jpeg 124w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 181px) 100vw, 181px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="61" class="wp-image-2011" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 45" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1373"></p>
<p>Figure 7-15 Linkage</p>
<p><em>Linked Resources</em></p>
<p><em>Linkage Actions</em></p>
<p>Recording</p>
<p>Remain Closed</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Other Actions&#8230;</p>
<p>Door Linked to Access Control Device</p>
<p>Alarm Output Device</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>Sample Application</p>
<p>Assume that the end user is the manager of a jewelry store, and the store needs to upgrade security level during non-work hours. And the store has been installed with a PIR detector linked to a security control panel, a sounder linked to the security control panel, and several network cameras.</p>
<p>In this case, you can set a linkage rule for him/her to trigger alarm output and recording in the store when object(s) in motion are detected in the store during non-work hours. The following elements need to be defined in the linkage rule:</p>
<ul>
<li>Source: The PIR detector in the store.</li>
<li>Triggering Event: Motion detection event.</li>
<li>Linked Resources: The alarm output (the sounder in this case) and the network cameras in the store.</li>
<li>Linkage Actions:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For sounder: The sounder sends out audible alarm.</p>
<p>° For network cameras: The network cameras starts recording.</p>
<ul>
<li>Linkage Schedule: Non-work hours every day.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark162"></a> Add Custom Linkage Rule</p>
<p>If the pre-defined templates cannot meet your needs, you can customize linkage rules as desired.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for the configuration of the devices. Or you should apply for the permission first. For details about applying for the permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>The Source and the Linked Resource cannot be the same resource.</li>
<li>You cannot configure two totally same linkage rules. In other words, you cannot configure two rules with the same Source, Triggering Event, Linked Resource, and Linkage Action.</li>
<li>If the Source or Linked Resource is an AX security control panel, when EN50131 Compliant mode is enabled on the device, make sure that you have done authentication by entering the device password, otherwise the configuration of linkage rule will fail.</li>
<li>When the Source is a device added by IP/domain, the device added by Hik-Connect cannot be set as the Linked Resource for triggering capture.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page.</li>
<li>Open the Add Linkage Rule panel.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a site and click <strong>^ </strong>[jj in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Linkage Rule ^ Add Linkage Rule </strong>.</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then select a device and click [jj .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Linkage Rule Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a linkage rule name.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark164"></a> Define the trigger for the linkage action.</p>
<p><strong>Select Source</strong></p>
<p>Select a resource as the Source.</p>
<p><strong>Set Triggering Event</strong></p>
<p>Select an event as the triggering event.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the triggering event has been configured on the selected device. For details about configuring event on device, see the user manual of the device.</p>
<p>Table 7-6 Available Triggering Events for Different Resource Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Triggering Event</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Motion Detection</li>
<li>Face Detection</li>
<li>Intrusion</li>
<li>Line Crossing Detection</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Control Device</td>
<td>• Tampering Alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Linked to Access</p>
<p>Control Device</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Door Opened Normally</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Capture or Recording cannot be set as the linkage action for the triggering event Door Opened Normally.</p>
<ul>
<li>Door Opened Abnormally</li>
<li>Tampering Alarm</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Station</td>
<td>• Calling</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Area of Security Control Panel</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Away Arming</li>
<li>Disarmed</li>
<li>Stay Arming</li>
<li>Alarm, such as Instant Zone Alarm, 24-Hour Annunciating Zone Alarm, and Delayed Zone Alarm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zone (Detector) Linked to Security Control Panel</td>
<td>• Alarm, such as Triggering Alarm, such as Instant Zone Alarm, 24-Hour Annunciating Zone Alarm, and Delayed Zone Alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Doorbell</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Calling</li>
<li>PIR Detection</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Linkage</p>
<p>Click Add to select Linkage Action(s) and Linked Resource(s).</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After selecting a Linkage Action, the resource(s) available to be set as Linked Resource(s) will appear.</li>
<li>Up to 128 Linkage Actions or 10 Linked Resources can be selected.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Linkage Action</strong></p>
<p>Select linkage action(s).</p>
<p>Table 7-7 Linkage Action Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Camera (Channel)</td>
<td>Capture</td>
<td>The camera will capture a picture when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording</td>
<td>The camera will record video footage when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p><strong>CH Note</strong></p>
<p>The recorded video footage starts from 5 s before the detection of the Triggering Event, and lasts 30 s.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Preset</td>
<td>Select a preset from the Preset drop-down list to specify it as the preset which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A preset is a predefined image position which contains configuration parameters for pan, tilt, zoom, focus and other parameters. By calling a preset, the PTZ camera will move to the predefined image position.</p>
<p><strong>[dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured presets for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Patrol</td>
<td>Select a patrol from the Patrol drop-down list to specify it as the patrol which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A patrol is a predefined PTZ movement path consisted of a series of key points (i.e., presets) that have their own designated sequence. By calling a patrol, the PTZ camera</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6"></td>
<td></td>
<td>will travels to all the key points in set speed so as to provide a dynamic view.</p>
<p><strong>0X1 Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured patrols for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Pattern</td>
<td>Select a pattern from the Pattern drop-down list tot specify it as the pattern which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A pattern is a predefined PTZ movement path with a certain dwell-time configured for a certain position. By calling a pattern, the PTZ camera moves according the predefined path.</p>
<p><strong>nXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured patterns for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Arm</td>
<td>The camera will be armed and hence the events related to the camera will be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm</td>
<td>The camera will be disarmed and hence the events related to the camera will not be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</p>
<p>Privacy Mask</td>
<td>Privacy mask will be displayed on the live images of the camera when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured privacy mask for the camera. For details, see the user manual of the camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disable</p>
<p>Privacy Mask</td>
<td>Privacy mask will NOT be displayed on the live images of the camera when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>The alarm output of the Linked Resource will be triggered when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Area of Security Control Panel</td>
<td>Stay Arm</td>
<td>The arming status of the area of the security control panel will switch to Stay when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm</td>
<td>The arming status of the area of the security control panel will switch to Away when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm</td>
<td>The area of the security control panel will be disarmed when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Door Linked to Access Control Device</td>
<td>Open Door</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will be opened when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remain Open</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will remain open when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remain</p>
<p>Closed</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will remain closed when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Station</td>
<td>Open Door</td>
<td>The door linked to the door station will be automatically opened when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Alarm Input</td>
<td>Arm Alarm Input</td>
<td>The alarm input will be armed and hence events related to it will be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm Alarm</p>
<p>Input</td>
<td>The alarm input will be disarmed and hence events related to it will NOT be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Linked Resource</p>
<p>Select resource(s) as the trigger source of the Linkage Action.</p>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<p>For configuring Linkage Actions for a same Source, if its Linked Resources are cameras (i.e., channels), you can set at most four Linkage Actions. For example, if you have set capturing picture and recording (the two are considered as two Linkage Actions) as the Linkage Actions for camera 1, you can only set two more Linkage Actions, i.e., capturing picture and recording for camera 2, or capturing picture for channel 2 and recording for channel 3, or recording for channel 2 and capturing picture for channel 3.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2012" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 46" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1374"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>After selecting Linkage Action(s) and Linked Resource(s), you can check the check-box(es) and then click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected Linked Action(s) and Linkage Resource(s).</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated.</p>
<p><strong>All Days</strong></p>
<p>The external linkage action is always activated from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Select date(s) within a week and then specify the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The date(s) marked blue is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The linkage rule will appear on the Linkage Rule list.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required after adding linkage rules.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Linkage Rule </strong>Click ^ / to edit the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Delete Linkage Rule </strong>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 to delete the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Disable Linkage Rule </strong>Set to to disable the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>If you have enabled the linkage rule, make sure the Notification functionality of the Source is enabled. For details about enabling the functionality, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OZlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the Notification functionality of the Source is disabled, the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not.</li>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to him/her that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page of Portal to them.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark165"></a> Add Linkage Rule Based on Pre-defined Template</p>
<p>You can use six pre-defined templates to add linkage rules, including Intrusion, Forced Entry Alarm, Back to Home/Office, Away, Visitor Calling, and Perimeter Zone Alarm. Each of the six templates is designed for a typical applications (see the table below) of linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission for the configuration of the devices. If not, you need to apply for the permissions first. For details about applying for permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Table 7-8 Template Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Template</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Intrusion</td>
<td>The Intrusion Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, and alarm output, when the intrusion event (people, vehicles, or other objects enter a pre­defined area) occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Forced Entry Alarm</td>
<td>The Forced Entry Alarm Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, remaining door closed, alarm output, and calling preset when a door is opened abnormally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Back to Home/Office</td>
<td>The Back to Home/Office Template: Used for lowering the security level and enabling privacy protection by triggering the linkage actions including disarming and enabling privacy mask, when you are back to home or office.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away</td>
<td>The Away Template: Used for improving security level and canceling privacy protection by triggering the linkage actions including arming and disabling privacy mask when you leave your home or office.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Visitor Calling</td>
<td>The Visitor Calling Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture and recording when visitor(s) are calling from the door station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Perimeter Zone Alarm</td>
<td>The Perimeter Zone Alarm Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, calling preset, alarm output, and remaining door closed, if people or other objects are detected in all accesses (including doors, windows, cellar doors, etc.) to a property.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<p>Due to the similarity of adding linkage rules based on different templates, here we only introduce how to add a linkage rule based on the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Linkage Rule panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page and select the <strong>Linkage Rule </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template in the Linkage Template area.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^ </strong>[ji in the Operation column, and then select the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template from the left side of the Add Linkage Rule panel.</p>
<p>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, click <strong>Add Linkage Rule </strong>and then select the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template from the left side of the Add Linkage Rule panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="616" height="590" class="wp-image-2013" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 47" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1375" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47.jpeg 616w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47-300x287.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 616px) 100vw, 616px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-16 Add Linkage Rule by Template</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Linkage Rule Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a linkage rule name.</p>
<p><strong>When</strong></p>
<p>Select a resource as the Source for detecting line crossing event from the drop-down list.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger the Following Actions</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Select </strong>to select the Linked Resources used for triggering the linkage actions, and then click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set only one linkage action.</li>
<li>For details about the linkage actions, see <strong><em>Table 7-7</em></strong> .</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Linkage Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated.</p>
<p><strong>All Days</strong></p>
<p>The linkage action is always activated from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Select date(s) within a week and then specify the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The date(s) marked blue is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The added linkage rule will be displayed in the linkage rule list.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set &lt;3 to to disable the linkage rule.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>If you have enabled the linkage rule, make sure the Notification functionality of the Source is enabled. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the Notification functionality of the Source is disabled, the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not.</li>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to him/her that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark167"></a> Video Tutorial</p>
<p>The following video shows that what is a linkage rule and how to set a linkage rule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark169"></a> 7.5.2 Add Exception Rule</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark171"></a> An exception rule is used to monitor the status of managed resources in real time. When the resource is exceptional, the resource will push a notification to the Hik-Partner Pro to notify the specified Installer(s) about this exception. Currently, the exceptions include two types: device exceptions and channel exceptions.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for configuration of the device. For applying configuration permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Make sure you have enabled the device to send notifications to the system (if the device supports). For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add a rule to define such a notification. The rule contains five elements, including <strong>Source </strong>(device A or channel A), <strong>Exception </strong>(the exception occurred on device A or channel A), <strong>Received by </strong>(the source pushes a notification to notify the recipient via certain ways), <strong>Recipient </strong>(who can receive the notification), as well as <strong>Schedule </strong>(when the recipient can receive the notification).</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the solar camera.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Exception</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The exception rules of all the devices added in this site are displayed by default.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Unfold Channels </strong>to display all the channels of the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>For security control panels, all the zones and alarm outputs are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the types of exceptions which can trigger the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Exception </strong>field of the device or channel and click</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>( ■ )</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</p>
<p>1 (</td>
<td>Exception Received by Recipient Schedule</p>
<p>All Exceptions</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Site Manager All Days</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera 01</td>
<td>All Exceptions</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Figure 7-17 Edit Exception</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Check the exception type(s) that you want to set exception rules for.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For <strong>Offline </strong>exception, you can set the threshold of offline duration. When the device or channel is offline for longer than this threshold, an offline exception will be triggered.</li>
<li>The threshold of offline duration should be between 5 and 120 minutes.</li>
<li>For network switch, you can set exception rules for the following: PoE Port Power Off, SFP Port Disconnected, RJ45 Port Disconnected, Port Blocked, Port Busy, and PoE Power Exceeds Limit.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set where the notifications will be sent.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Received by </strong>field and click — .</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the receiving mode(s) according to actual needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Portal</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Portal in real time.</p>
<p>The Portal is checked by default and you cannot edit it.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>For checking the received notification in Portal, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Hik-Partner Pro App</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client in real time.</p>
<p><strong>Email</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Partner Pro, and the system will send an email with the exception details to the email address(es) of the recipient(s) in real time.</p>
<p><strong>Hik-Connect App (Site Owner)</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, used by your customer in real time.</p>
<p>CU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For alarm devices, this option is enabled by default and you cannot disabled it.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set who will receive the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Recipient </strong>field and click &#8216; .</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Site Manager </strong>or <strong>Installer Admin</strong>. The recipient can receive the notification when the exception is detected in real time.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The Site Manager is checked by default and you cannot edit it.</li>
<li>If you select <strong>Hik-Connect App (Site Owner) </strong>in the previous step, your customer will receive the exception notifications.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set when the recipient can receive the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Schedule </strong>field and click — .</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the schedule.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>All Day</strong></p>
<p>The recipient can always receive the notification from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Customize the days and time period on the selected days according to the actual needs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set or edit the exception rules of the devices in the site in a batch.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Check the devices or channels you want to set the exception rules.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click — in the bottom to set/edit the exception types, receiving mode, recipient, and notification time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="440" class="wp-image-2014" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 48" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48-768x382.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-18 Batch Set/Edit Exception Rules</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After setting one rule, you can copy the rule settings to other devices or channels for quick settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy to</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Copy Exception Settings from </strong>field, select device(s) or channel(s) as the sources.</li>
<li>In the <strong>To </strong>field, select the target resources of the same type as the selected sources.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the rule settings of the sources to the target resources and back to the exception rule list. Or you can click <strong>Copy and Continue </strong>to copy the rule settings and continue to copy other settings.</li>
<li>After setting the exception rule, you need to set the <strong>Enable </strong>switch in the upper-right corner of the rule to on to enable the device&#8217;s exception rule, or set the <strong>Enable All </strong>switch to on to enable the all the devices&#8217; exception rules in the site.</li>
</ol>
<p>After enabling the rule, it will be active and when an exception occurs, the device will push a notification according to the settings in the rule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark172"></a> 7.5.3 Enable Device to Send Notifications</p>
<p>After adding and enabling a linkage rule or exception rule, you should make sure the Notification functionality of the Source device is enabled so that the events detected by the device can be uploaded to the Hik-Partner Pro system and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which is the prerequisite to trigger the linkage actions and exception rules defined in the Source-device-related linkage rule(s) and exception rule(s) respectively.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The device should support this functionality. If you have activated the health monitoring service for the device, the Notification function of the device is enabled by default. For details about activating the health monitoring service, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click a site in the site list to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark174"></a> Click <strong>&#8211; ^ </strong>A to open the Notification Settings window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="549" class="wp-image-2015" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 49" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49-300x279.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-19 Notification Settings</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notification</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the functionality is enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Notification Schedule</strong></p>
<p>After enabling the Notification functionality, set a time schedule for uploading the events detected by the Source to the Hik-Partner Pro system and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>You can select date(s) and then set the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CU Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to her/him that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark175"></a> Reset Device Password</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can reset the password of a device when you and the Site Owner both lost the password. Two methods of resetting device password are available: resetting password offsite (when you are not at the site) and resetting password onsite (when you are at the site).</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Resetting password via the Hik-Partner Pro platform is not supported by every device type/ model. For example, AX PRO does not support this function.</li>
<li>Make sure that the device is authorized by the Site Owner to you before resetting device password. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark92"><strong><em>Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page.</p>
<p>Select the device and click « * • <strong>^ Reset Device admin Password </strong>. There are two methods to reset password.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Reset Password Offsite: </strong>You needn&#8217;t go to the site where the device is located to reset the device password. This method can be used when you are not at the site.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that Hik-Connect (the Mobile Client for your customers) and the device are on the same LAN and that the version of Hik-Connect is V 4.15.0 or later.</p>
<p>Refer to the flow chart below for resetting the password offsite.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="690" height="886" class="wp-image-2016" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 50" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1378" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50.jpeg 690w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 690px) 100vw, 690px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-20 Flow Chart of Resetting Device Password Offsite</p>
<p>• Reset Password Onsite: You need to go to the site where the device is located. This method can be used when you are at the site.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that Hik-Partner Pro (the Installer platform) and the device are on the same LAN.</p>
<p>Refer to the flow chart below for resetting the password onsite.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="892" class="wp-image-2017" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 51" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1379" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51.jpeg 736w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51-248x300.jpeg 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-21 Flow Chart of Resetting Device Password Onsite</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark177"></a> Enable Remote Log Collection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Remote Log Collection is for getting device logs. When this function is enabled, the technical support can collect device logs remotely for troubleshooting. You can set the validity period for collecting remote logs as needed, and this function will be automatically disabled when the validity period expires.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added the device which supports remote log collection to the site, and the site has not been handed over to the end user. If the site has been handed over to the end user, you should contact with the end user to enable the Remote Log Collection function on Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the site list page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter the site details page.</li>
</ol>
<p>The devices added in the current site are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Find the device in the device list, and click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>; or click the device to enter its details page, and click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="16" class="wp-image-2018" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 52" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1380"></p>
<p><strong>• Online ©Activated</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Serial No.: C</strong></p>
<p>Device Type: Alarm Device</p>
<p><strong>£°3 Remote Configuration Add Linkage Rule I Remote Log Collection</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-22 First Entry to Remote Log Collection</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="591" class="wp-image-2019" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 53" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1381" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53.jpeg 540w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53-274x300.jpeg 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-23 Second Entry to Remote Log Collection</p>
<p>The Remote Log Collection window pops up.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Authorize</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the validity period from the drop-down list.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The function of remote log collection will be automatically disabled when the validity period expires.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Enable </strong>to enable the function.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Remote Log Collection icon turns from k to .</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Disable the function.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Deauthorize </strong>in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark179"></a> 7.8 Manage Security Control Panel</p>
<p>You can add and manage AX PRO, AX HUB, AX HYBRID, and AX HYBIRD PRO security control panels on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The following chapter introduces functionality supported by AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO security control panel (hereinafter referred to as &#8220;AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO device&#8221;), including batch arming/disarming and batch device configuration by template.</li>
<li>AX HUB or AX HYBRID security control panel does not support the functionality introduced in the following chapter. AX HUB and AX HYBRID support generic device management, such as enabling ARC service, running health monitoring, setting rules for linkage or exception reporting, and configuring parameters remotely. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"> <strong><em>Enable ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Monitoring</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"> <strong><em>Linkage Rule and Exception Rule</em></strong></a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark219"><strong><em>Remote Configuration</em></strong> </a>respectively.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark181"></a> Control AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform operations including arming/disarming area, clearing alarm, and bypassing zone.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>or <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page, and then click the name of a site to enter site details page.</p>
<p>Click the AX PRO or AX HYBIRD PRO device to open the operation panel. You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stay Arm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Stay Arming </strong>to stay arm the area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab and then click <strong>Away Arming</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab and then click <strong>Disarm</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark183"></a> Stay Arm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click ft .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click ft .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarms of Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click □ .</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the AX HYBIRD PRO device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter Peripheral Device by Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab. Click v and select an area to only display the peripheral devices linked to the selected area, or select <strong>All </strong>to display all peripheral devices linked to all the areas.</p>
<p>CH] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The AX HYBIRD PRO device only supports adding keyfobs as the peripheral device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bypass Zone</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab. Select a zone (i.e., detector) and turn on the <strong>Bypass </strong>switch to bypass the zone.</p>
<p><strong>JNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the AX HYBIRD PRO device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="591" class="wp-image-2020" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 54" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1382" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54.jpeg 485w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54-246x300.jpeg 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-24 Operation Panel of AX PRO</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark184"></a> Configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can remotely configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO device parameters, apply for PIN (required for upgrading firmware), and switch the language of the device.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>or <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page, and then click the name of a site to enter site details page.</p>
<p>Remotely Configure AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO</p>
<p>You can click @ <strong>Remote Configuration </strong>to enter the web page of the device to configure its parameters.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about remote configuration, see the user manual of the device.</p>
<p>Apply for a PIN</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark186"></a> You can click • * « <strong>^ </strong>gj <strong>Apply for a PIN </strong>to get a PIN code for verification.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="379" class="wp-image-2021" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 55" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1383" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-25 Apply for a PIN</p>
<p>Switch Language</p>
<p>You can click * * * <strong>^ </strong><em>-l</em><strong> Language </strong>and set the device language. After you click <strong>OK</strong>, a pop-up window will ask you if you need to reset the names of the device and its areas. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to switch the device language and switch the names to the default names in the switched language; click <strong>Cancel </strong>to switch the device language only.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2022" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-56.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 56" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1384"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>A PIN code is required for switching language.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="398" class="wp-image-2023" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 57" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1385" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-26 Language Window</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark187"></a> Batch Configure AX PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch configure parameters for the added AX PRO devices by creating templates. You can also batch upgrade the firmware of multiple AX PRO devices.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only AX PRO devices (Version 1.1.0 and later) and AX HYBRID PRO devices are supported.</li>
<li>The function is only supported in certain countries and regions.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark189"></a> Create a Template</p>
<p>You can create a template for batch configuring parameters of AX PRO devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config ^ Manage Template </strong>to enter Manage Template page.</li>
<li>Add a template.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Add Template </strong>for adding a template for the first time.</li>
<li>If not, click .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Edit the template by configuring parameters as needed, and these configured parameters can be batch applied to AX PRO devices later. See the following for the detailed parameters explanations.</li>
</ol>
<p>Arming Schedule</p>
<p><strong>Enable auto Arm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the arming start time. The area will be automatically armed according to the configured time.</p>
<p><strong>Enable auto Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the disarming start time. The area will be automatically disarmed according to the configured time.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The auto arming time and the auto disarming time cannot be the same.</p>
<p><strong>Late to Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the device to push a notification to the phone or tablet to remind the user to disarm the area when the area is still armed after a specific time point.</p>
<p><strong>Weekend Exception</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and the area will not be armed or disarmed on the weekend.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark191"></a><strong>Holiday Exception</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the holiday schedule. The area will not be armed or disarmed on the holiday.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can set up to 12 holiday groups.</p>
<p><strong>Panel Alarm Duration</strong></p>
<p>The time duration of the panel alarm.</p>
<p>Alarm Receiving Center</p>
<p><strong>Protocol Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>ADM-CID</strong>, <strong>ISUP</strong>, <strong>SIA-DCS</strong>, <strong>*SIA-DCS</strong>, <strong>*ADM-CID</strong>, <strong>CSV-IP</strong>, <strong>FSK Module</strong>, <strong>RDC Module </strong>and <strong>IDS Module </strong>as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>When selecting <strong>*SIA-DCS </strong>or <strong>*ADM-CID</strong>, you should configure the Encryption Arithmetic and Secret Key.</p>
<p><strong>Address Type (Alarm Receiver Server)</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>IP </strong>or <strong>Domain Name </strong>as the address type, and enter the IP address or domain name of the alarm receiver server accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Port No. (Alarm Receiver Server)</strong></p>
<p>Enter the port No., of the alarm receiver server.</p>
<p><strong>Account Code</strong></p>
<p>Enter the assigned account provided by the alarm receiving center.</p>
<p><strong>Transmission Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>TCP </strong>or <strong>UDP </strong>as the transmission mode from.</p>
<p><strong>Impulse Counting Time</strong></p>
<p>Set the timeout period waiting for the receiver to respond. Re-transmission will be arranged if the transceiver of receiving center is timed out.</p>
<p><strong>Attempts</strong></p>
<p>Set the maximum number that re-transmission will be tried.</p>
<p><strong>Polling Rate</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the interval between 2 live polling.</p>
<p>Event Types Notification (Alarm Receiving Center)</p>
<p>Select which alarm receiving center to receive event notifications and the corresponding event types, including alarms and tampers, life safety alarms, maintenance and faults, zone alarm/lid opened, etc.</p>
<p>Notification by Email</p>
<p>Enable the function of sending video verification event and configure the related parameters including the sender&#8217;s name and email address, the SMTP server&#8217;s IP address and port No., and the receiver&#8217;s name and email address, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Server Authentication</strong></p>
<p>If enabled, you should enter the sender&#8217;s user name and password.</p>
<p>FTP Settings</p>
<p><strong>Address Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>IP </strong>or <strong>Domain Name </strong>as the address type, and enter the IP address or domain name of the FTP server accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Port No.</strong></p>
<p>Enter the port No. of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>FTP </strong>or <strong>SFTP </strong>as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>User Name</strong></p>
<p>Enter the user name of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Enter the password of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Enable Anonymity</strong></p>
<p>If enabled, you do not need to enter the user name and password of the FTP server.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available when selecting FTP as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>Directory Structure</strong></p>
<p>The saving path of snapshots in the FTP server.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark192"></a> Batch Configure AX PRO by Template</p>
<p>You can batch configure parameters for AX PRO devices by the predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config </strong>.</li>
<li>Select multiple AX PRO devices to be configured.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Set Parameters by Template</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>A window of Set Parameters by Template pops up on the right side.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a template from the list.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="42" class="wp-image-2024" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-58.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 58" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1386"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>If you have not added a template, you should click <strong>Manage Template </strong>to enter Manage Template page and add a template for AX PRO devices. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Create a</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>Template</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can view the general template content on the lower side.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Details </strong>to view the details of the template.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to start applying parameters to the devices.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>View the applying results. If applying failed, you can view the failure reasons.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark194"></a> Batch Upgrade AX PRO</p>
<p>You can batch upgrade the firmware of multiple AX PRO devices to ensure the proper functioning of these devices. If the firmware version of an AX PRO device is too old, some features might be unavailable.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config </strong>to enter the page shown below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="251" class="wp-image-2025" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 59" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1387" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59-768x218.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-27 Remote Batch Configuration</p>
<ol>
<li>Select AX PRO devices and then click <strong>Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Upgrade Device </strong>window will pop up.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply for a PIN </strong>to get one.</li>
</ol>
<p>The PIN code will be automatically entered.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Update</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark196"></a> 7.8.4 Batch Arm/Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark198"></a> You can batch arm or disarm multiple AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices on multiple sites by grouping the devices. For example, assume that your customer needs to have her office building cleaned in the period from 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m. everyday, you can add all the AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices in the building to a group and then disarm the group in the period everyday to avoid the nuisance of false alarms triggered by the cleaning.</p>
<p>Follow the steps to create a group of AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices and then control the group.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available in some countries/regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Batch Arm/Disarm </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="357" class="wp-image-2026" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 60" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60-768x309.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-28 Batch Arm/Disarm Page</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add Group</strong>.</li>
<li>Create a name for the group.</li>
<li>Add devices to the group.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>and select the devices in different Sites.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only devices of which you have the <strong>Configuration </strong>permission can be added.</li>
<li>Up to 500 devices can be added to one group.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select devices and click <strong>Delete </strong>to remove them from the group.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="892" class="wp-image-2027" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 61" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1389" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61.jpeg 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61-236x300.jpeg 236w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-29 Add Group for Batch Arming Control</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform further operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>View Group </strong>Click on the group to view its details, including devices in the group and their</p>
<p><strong>Details </strong>arming/disarming status.</p>
<p><strong>Arm/ </strong>Click <strong>Stay Arm </strong>or <strong>Away Arm </strong>to arm all devices in the group. Or click <strong>Disarm </strong>to <strong>Disarm </strong>disarm the group.</p>
<p><strong>Group</strong></p>
<p><strong>□3 Note</strong></p>
<p>•</p>
<p>If you leave the page after starting arming/disarming, you can click in the upper-right corner to go back. When the arming/disarming process is completed, a notice of result will pop up. Click <strong>Details </strong>to check full result.</p>
<p>• You will also be notified on the Mobile Client when the arming/disarming process is completed.</p>
<p><strong>Batch Arm/Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Stay arming Building B completed. Armed device&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-30 Notice on the Mobile Client</strong></p>
<p><strong>Check Last </strong>Click <strong>Last Arming Control Record </strong>to check the last arming/disarming results. If <strong>Result </strong>there are devices that failed to be armed/disarmed, you can check the failure reasons and arm/disarm the failed ones again.</p>
<p><strong>Edit Group </strong>Click a <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-4" href="#post-1966-footnote-4">[3]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-5" href="#post-1966-footnote-5">[4]</a></sup> <strong>* ^ Edit </strong>to edit group name or edit devices in the group.</p>
<p><strong>Delete </strong>Click * * * <strong>-&gt; Delete </strong>to delete the group.</p>
<p><strong>Group</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark199"></a> View Video</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the live video and the recorded video footage of the added encoding device(s).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark201"></a> View Live Video</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By viewing live view of managed cameras, you can check whether the camera is installed and located properly by capturing pictures, recording, PTZ control, etc.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Encoding Device </strong>on the top of the Site Detail page to show all the encoding devices of the site. Select an encoding device and click D to start live view. The live view will work for up to five minutes. When the live view ends, you can still start a new live view.</p>
<p>Hover the cursor on the live view window and click icons on the tool bar to start recording, conduct digital zoom and PTZ control, capture a picture, switch image quality, and turn on/off audio. Double-click the live view image to enter the full-screen mode, and double-click the image again to exit full-screen mode. the device verification code, ask the end user for it. For details about Image and Video Encryption, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
<li>Make sure the device is online, otherwise the function cannot be used.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark203"></a> Play Back Video Footage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video playback shows what happens when emergencies occur. If an end user approves your application for device playback permission, you will be able to play back the recorded video footage stored on the device.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure your account has the permission for playback. Otherwise, you cannot enter the playback page. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"> <strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>for details about applying device permission.</li>
<li>This function needs to be supported by device.</li>
<li>Make sure you have configured recording schedule for the device and there is video footage stored in the device.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Device tab page, select a device and click . to enter the playback page. You can select a date and time on the calendar to view the playback during a certain time range.</p>
<p>You can select channels from the drop-down list on the top right. Drag the time bar at the bottom to jump to different video footage. Hover the cursor on the time bar and zoom in the time bar to select a more accurate time. Hover the cursor on a playback window and click icons on the tool bar to capture a picture, clip video footage, perform digital zoom, download video footage, and turn on the audio.</p>
<p>For devices (including the added online devices) added by Hik-Connect Service without configuring DDNS, the playback will work for up to five minutes; for devices added by IP/Domain Name, and devices (including the added online devices) added by Hik-Connect Service with DDNS configured, the playback duration is not limited.</p>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<p>Up to four playback windows are supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark205"></a> Other Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark207"></a> You can perform more operations for device management, including upgrading device firmware, unbinding device from its current account, configuring DDNS for devices added by Hik-Connect service, and remotely configure parameters for devices such as encoding devices and security control devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark208"></a> Upgrade Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the device list page, O will appear beside the name of a device if it is upgradable. You can upgrade the device to make it compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The function is supported by devices such as security control panels (including AX PRO), doorbells, and certain models of network cameras, Hik-Partner Pro boxs, and DVRs/NVRs that support cloud storage.</li>
<li>The system supports upgrading encoding device, some access control devices and video intercom devices connected to the same LAN with the PC where the platform runs.</li>
<li>You can also upgrade devices in the Health Monitoring module. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Monitoring</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can also upgrade devices when you add them. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click a site name to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Hover over 0 , click <strong>Upgrade Device </strong>and then select upgradable device(s).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If there are devices which have enabled EN50131 Compliant mode, enter the device passwords and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Once started, the upgrade cannot be stopped. Make sure a power failure or network disconnection does not happen during the upgrade.</li>
<li>You can enable EN50131 Compliant mode on device configuration page via the Web Client. See device user manual for details.</li>
<li>For the device failed to be upgraded, you can click a to download the upgrade firmware package, and then upgrade the device on the remote configuration page of device or via other upgrade tools.</li>
</ul>
<p>A window will pop up showing the upgrade progress. If there are devices failed to be upgraded, the causes will be displayed on the window.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch upgrade devices (security control panels, encoding devices, doorbells, etc.) on the same LAN to make the devices compatible with Hik-Partner Pro, if there are new firmware versions of the devices.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark211"></a> Click <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ On-Site Batch Upgrade </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>A video tutorial about how to use search tool for important firmware update on Hik-Partner Pro Portal will pop up in the lower-right corner of the page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select device(s) that need to be upgraded.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upgrade Online </strong>or <strong>Upgrade by Local File </strong>to upgrade the selected device(s).
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark212"></a> Unbind a Device from Its Current Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you add detected online device(s), if the adding result page shows that a device has been added to another account, you need to unbind it first before you can add it to your account. The device unbinding functionality is useful when you need to add a device to a new account but have no access to delete it from the old account (e.g., if you forgot the password of the old account).</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding detected online device, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you checked <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service </strong>when handing over a Site to your customer, you cannot unbind the devices added to this Site. For details about Site handover, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the adding result page, click in the Operation column, and then enter the device password and click <strong>OK </strong>to unbind it from its current account. When the device is unbound, you can click in the Operation column to add the device to your account.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the device firmware does not support device unbinding, you are required to enter a CAPTCHA code after entering device password.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark214"></a> Configure DDNS for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For devices with invalid or old firmware version, you can configure DDNS for them to make sure they can be managed by Hik-Partner Pro properly.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Only encoding devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P) support this function.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page.</li>
<li>Select a device, and click &lt; * * ^ ~ to open the DDNS Settings window.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark216"></a> Switch <strong>Enable DDNS </strong>on to show the DDNS parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>How to set port? </strong>to learn the configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Port Mapping Mode</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Auto</strong></p>
<p>In this mode, the service port and HTTP port are obtained automatically, and you cannot edit them after obtaining them.</p>
<p><strong>Manual</strong></p>
<p>You enter the service port and HTTP port manually.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the device&#8217;s domain name.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Caution</strong></p>
<p>The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the installer and/or end-user.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark217"></a> Remote Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You can perform device remote configuration if you need.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>Only site manager can perform the following operations and configurations of a site. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Assign</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Site to Installer</em></strong> </a>for details about assigning site.</p>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page. Click a site&#8217;s name to enter the site&#8217;s page.</p>
<p>And then click <strong>Device </strong>tab to show the site&#8217;s devices.</p>
<p>Click @ to open the remote configuration page of the device and set the device&#8217;s parameters.</p>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only doorbells, encoding devices, indoor stations, and security control panels support remote configuration.</li>
<li>Make sure the device is online, otherwise the function cannot be used.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark219"></a> For doorbells, you don&#8217;t need to enter the device user name and password before accessing the remote configuration page.</li>
<li>For encoding devices, if you have already entered the device&#8217;s user name and password when adding it, you do not need to enter these information before remote configuration. For NVR and DVR, operations including rebooting, HDD formatting, and network settings are supported.</li>
<li>For security control devices:</li>
</ul>
<p>° If the security control device is in the same LAN with the Portal, you need to enter the user name and password before accessing the remote configuration page.</p>
<p>° If the AX Hub device and AX Hybrid device are not in the same LAN and EN50131 Compliant mode is enabled, you need to enter the devices&#8217; admin passwords for verification first. After that, you can enter their remote configuration page after entering password of setter account.</p>
<ul>
<li>For encoding devices and security control devices, if the device is not in the same local area network with the Portal, some operations in the remote configuration (such as device account management, enabling Hik-Connect, and restoring device, etc.) are not available.</li>
<li>See device user manual for details about remote configuration.</li>
<li>If you have changed device parameters by other software or client (such as device page, Hik- Partner Pro Mobile Client, iVMS-4200, , HikCentral Professional, etc.), and the parameters on the Portal&#8217;s remote configuration page are not updated to the latest, you can click <strong>Clear Cache </strong>in the drop-down list on the top right of the remote configuration page to update the device parameters.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark220"></a> Chapter 8 Health Monitoring</p>
<p>The Health Status module provides near-real-time information about the status of the devices added to the sites. If you have added network switches to a site, you can view the device status and link status in a visualized way via network topology. The status information, which is of importance for the maintenance of devices managed across the Hik-Partner Pro platform as a whole, helps you locate the source of exceptions and determine troubleshooting methods in time.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A video tutorial on how to check device health status will pop up in the lower-right corner of the page when you enter the Health Status module.</li>
<li>For Installer, you can only view the status information of devices on the site assigned to you. For Installer Admin, you can view the status information of devices on all sites.</li>
<li>When any exception occurs during health monitoring, the notification will appear in the</li>
</ul>
<p>Exception Center under the Notification Center module. See details in<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark222"></a> View Status of Devices in All Sites</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For Installer, you can view the status of each device type in all the sites which has been assigned to you. For Installer Admin, you can view the status of each device type in all the sites.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>on the Navigation panel to enter the Health Monitoring page, and then select <strong>All Sites </strong>from the site list.</p>
<p>You can view the total number of devices and the number of abnormal devices of each device type.</p>
<p>Refer to the following table to get to the device description and operations.</p>
<p>Table 8-1 Links of Different Device Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Encoding Device</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"> <strong><em>Encoding Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Control Device</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark225"><strong><em>Access Control Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Device</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark226"><strong><em>Alarm Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Intercom Device</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark227"> <strong><em>Video Intercom Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Doorbell</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark228"> <strong><em>Doorbell</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-ProConnect Box</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark229"><strong><em>Hik-ProConnect Box</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark224"></a> Network Switch</td>
<td>Refer to <strong><em>Network Switch</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Encoding Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, the number of offline linked cameras, storage status, HDD usage, last inspected time, overwritten recording status, etc.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For analog camera, you can view the status if video loss occurs.</p>
<p><strong>Offline Cameras</strong></p>
<p>The number on the left of the slash represents the number of offline/total cameras linked to the device.</p>
<p><strong>Offline Duration</strong></p>
<p>The column displays offline duration of devices in the format of &#8220;x Day(s) x Hour(s) x Minute(s)&#8221;. If the offline duration is less than one day, the duration will be displayed as &#8220;x Hour(s) x Minute(s) x Second(s)&#8221;. You can click<strong>Offline Duration </strong>to sort devices by offline duration.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click ¡§j in the Operation column to remotely configure the device parameters. For details, see the device user manual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Encoding Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all the encoding devices in all sites.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Encoding Device</td>
<td>Click c in the Operation column to inspect the selected encoding device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Camera Status</td>
<td>Click &gt; to show the cameras linked to the device, and then you can view the online/offline status of each camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View HDD Information of DVR</td>
<td>Click &gt; to show the HDD information of the DVR, including self-inspection evaluation result, overall evaluation result, running status,</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>running time, HDD temperature, and S.M.A.R.T information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the Site Owner and Site Manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View</td>
<td>Click Bi in the Operation column and then select camera(s) to view live video(s).</p>
<p>CH <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a selected camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter the device verification code before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the device to the Hik- Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>0 appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it, the IP address/domain set for the device is invalid, or DDNS is invalid. You can hover the cursor on the icon, and then apply for the permission from the end user, reconfigure its IP address/domain, or reconfigure DDNS respectively based on the prompts.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about configuring device IP address/domain, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Address or Domain Name</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about configuring DDNS, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Access Control Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, door number, last inspected time, etc.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Access Control Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all access control devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Access Control Device</td>
<td>Click c in the Operation column to inspect the selected access control device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the Site Owner and Site Manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark225"></a> Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>0 appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, remaining battery power, ARC ID, number of abnormal peripheral devices, etc.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2028" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-62.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 62" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1390"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>Displaying peripheral device&#8217;s remaining power is not supported.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click in the Operation column to remotely configure the device parameters. For details, see the device user manual.</p>
<p><strong>HZXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Remote configuration is not supported if the device is armed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Access Control Device</td>
<td>Click c to inspect access control devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</p>
<p>After <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>is checked, you can check different exceptions (offline, low battery, lid opened, etc.) to display abnormal devices with different exceptions accordingly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark226"></a> Export Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Export Abnormal Devices </strong>and the Export Abnormal Alarm Devices page will pop up on the right side. You can export the file to the local PC in Excel or CSV format.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices whose configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device</td>
<td>If 0 appears beside the device name, hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>on the pop-up dialog to upgrade the device. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authenticate or Apply for Permission</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that EN50131 Compliant mode has been enabled on the device, or that you have no configuration permission for it. For the former situation, you should hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Authenticate </strong>on the pop-up dialog for authentication before you can view the device status; For the latter situation, you can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Zone and Peripheral Device Status</td>
<td>Click &gt; to view the status of the zones and peripheral devices linked to the security control panel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Detailed Exceptions</td>
<td>You can hover the cursor over a specific zone to view its detailed exceptions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the site owner and site manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Alarm Device</td>
<td>Click o in the Operation column to inspect the selected alarm device manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Video Intercom Device</p>
<p>You can view the status such as network status and last inspected time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark227"></a> You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Video Intercom Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all video intercom devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Video Intercom Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p><strong>CENote</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Doorbell</p>
<p>You can view the information including device model, network status, SD card status, last checked time, etc.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Doorbells</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all doorbells.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Doorbell</td>
<td>Click o in the Operation column to inspect the selected doorbell manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark228"></a> Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices whose configuration permission has been authorized to you only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click $ in the Operation column to remotely configure parameters of the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View</td>
<td>Click Bi in the Operation column and then select camera(s) to view live video(s).</p>
<p>CH <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a selected camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter the device verification code before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the device to the Hik- Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device</td>
<td>If © appears beside the device name, hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>on the pop-up dialog to upgrade the device. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Hik-ProConnect Box</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark229"></a> View information including network status of the box, number of offline channels (cameras) added to the box, and the latest time when the device was inspected.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device and Channel Information</td>
<td>Click to view the basic information (e.g., device serial number and device model) and the detailed list of online and offline channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click $ in the Operation column to remotely configure parameters of the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Network Switch</p>
<p>View information including network status of the switch (online/offline), the number of online ports of the switch, and the latest time when the device was inspected.</p>
<p>You can also perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Reboot Device</td>
<td>Click § in the Operation column to reboot the network switch remotely.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Typology</td>
<td>Click 5 in the Operation column to view the topology of this switch. For details about topology, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark237"><strong><em>Network Topology</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Switch Details</td>
<td>Click &gt; to view the detailed information of the switch, including the memory usage, CPU usage, POE power, peak POE power, working duration, port status (alarm, normal, not connected).</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Working duration refers to the time from when the switch is turned on till the current moment. If the switch is turned off, its working duration will be recounted when turned on again.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="348" class="wp-image-2029" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 63" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1391" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63-768x301.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 8-1 Switch Details</p>
<p>On the Switch Details page, You can perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Enlarged Port Picture</td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto the switch picture to view the enlarged picture of the ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarm</td>
<td>For port with alarm(s), click <strong>^ Clear Alarm </strong>to clear the alarm(s) of this port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restart Port</td>
<td>For the abnormal port, click <strong>^ Restart Port </strong>to restart this port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extend Port Transmission Range</td>
<td>Click <strong>^ Enable Extend Mode/Disable Extend Mode </strong>to extend the transmission range of this port or not.</p>
<p><strong>1’Note</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, the transmission range of the port will be extended from 200 to 300 m. Meanwhile, its bandwidth will be limited within 10 Mbps.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark230"></a> View Status of Devices in a Specific Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the status of devices in a specific site which has been assigned to you.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark232"></a> Click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>on the Navigation panel to enter the Health Status page.</li>
<li>Select a specific site from the site list.</li>
</ol>
<p>The status of the devices in the site will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Filter Data</strong></td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal device(s) only.</p>
<p>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the device(s) of which configuration permission has been authorized to you only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Upgrade Device Firmware</strong></td>
<td>If there are device(s) available for upgrade, a number in red will be displayed on <strong>Upgrade </strong>showing the number of upgradable device(s). You can click <strong>Upgrade</strong>, select the upgradable device(s), and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>to upgrade them.</p>
<p>Select a device to view its basic information. If the device firmware is upgradable, you can click <strong>Upgrade </strong>in the Firmware Version field to upgrade it.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Diagnose Devices of the Site</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Health Check </strong>to open the Health Check window, and click <strong>Check Now </strong>to diagnose the devices of the site.</p>
<p>When the checking completed, you can view the status of each device in the site.</p>
<p>For AX PRO security control panel, NVR, and DVR, you can click <strong>View Report </strong>to export the diagnostics report as a PDF file to the local PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Owner Information</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Site Owner </strong>to view the Site Owner information, including name, email address, and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Manager Information</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Site Manager </strong>to view the Site Manager information, including name, email address and phone number. Up to 100 site managers can be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Inspect Devices in the Sites</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all the devices in the site.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Remote</strong></p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></td>
<td>Select a device and then click <strong>Remote Configuration </strong>to remotely configure the parameters of the device.</p>
<p>El® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The device should be online, or remote configuration will be unavailable.</li>
<li>For details, see the user manual of the device.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Inspect a Single</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></td>
<td>Select a device and then click to inspect it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reconfigure IP/</strong></p>
<p><strong>Domain of Encoding Device</strong></td>
<td>Move the cursor to , and then click <strong>Edit IP/Domain </strong>to reconfigure the device&#8217;s IP/domain. For details about configuring IP/Domain, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reconfigure DDNS</strong></td>
<td>Move the cursor to © , and then click <strong>Configure DDNS </strong>to reconfigure the device&#8217;s DDNS. For details about configuring DDNS, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>DDNS for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Encoding Device Details</strong></td>
<td>You can view the network status, storage status, HDD usage, and overwritten recording status, etc.</p>
<p>You also click the encoding device to view its details, including basic information such as device type and serial No., and the network status of each camera linked to it. You can click □ and select linked cameras, and then click to view live videos.</p>
<p>If the encoding device is a DVR, you can also view its HDD information, including self-inspection evaluation result, overall evaluation result, running status, running time, HDD temperature, and S.M.A.R.T information.</p>
<p>For analog camera, you can view if video loss occurs.</p>
<p>□J <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter its device verification code in the pop-up window before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the camera to the Hik-Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Access</strong></p>
<p><strong>Control Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click an access control device to view its details, including basic information such as device type and serial No., and the device status including network status and the number of its linked doors.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Security Control Panel Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a security control panel to view its details, including the basic information of the security control panel, and status of the zones, the linked peripheral devices, and the linked cameras.</p>
<p>The following list shows the description of each status icon.</p>
<ul>
<li>J : Sufficient battery power.</li>
<li><strong>ii </strong>: Insufficient battery power.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>O : Normal strength of the communication signals between the peripheral device and the security control panel.</li>
<li>© : Weak strength of the communication signals between the peripheral device and the security control panel.</li>
<li>j&gt; : Alarm triggered.</li>
<li><em>S</em> : Device tampered.</li>
<li>À : Zone bypassed.</li>
<li>A : Trigger exception.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>Intercom Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a video intercom device to view its basic information and its network status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Doorbell Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a doorbell to view its basic information (including device model, device type, and device serial No.)</p>
<p>If the camera(s) are linked to the doorbell, you can also click a linked camera to view the live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Hik- ProConnect Box Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a Hik-ProConnect box to view its basic information and the channel(s) added to it.</p>
<p>You can also view the online status of the added channel(s).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Network</strong></p>
<p><strong>Switch Details</strong></td>
<td>The network switches are displayed by card.</p>
<p>Click a switch to view its information, including the device model, device type, device serial No., the time of last inspection, network status, memory usage, CPU usage, PoE Power, peak PoE power in latest 70 days, working duration, port status (alarm, normal, not connected).</p>
<p>□J <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Working duration refers to the time from when the switch is turned on till the current moment. If the switch is turned off, its working duration will be recounted when turned on again.</p>
<p>Hover the cursor onto the picture of switch to view the enlarged picture of the switch.</p>
<p>Click &#8216;E <strong>Topology </strong>at the top of the page to view the topology of this switch. For details about topology, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark237"><strong><em>Network Topology</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click in the Operation column to inspect the device manually.</p>
<p>For port with alarm(s), click <strong>^ Clear Alarm </strong>to clear the alarm(s) of this port.</p>
<p>For the abnormal port, click <strong>^ Restart Port </strong>to restart this port.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^ Enable Extend Mode/Disable Extend Mode </strong>to extend the transmission range of this port or not.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>CE Note</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, the transmission range of the port will be extended to 200 to 300 m. Meanwhile, its bandwidth will be limited within 10 Mbps.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark233"></a> Send Report Regularly</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can set up schedules for the platform to generate and send device health check reports to the specified email addresses automatically, so that the recipients can get regular updates on the health status of important devices and compare the report of each period.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated the Health Monitoring service.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Scheduled Report </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>All sites available for this feature are shown on the page automatically.</li>
<li>The platform only supports automatically sending health check reports of encoding devices and AX PRO security control panels on authorized sites.</li>
<li>Sites without the above-mentioned types of devices or sites that are not authorized to you will NOT be shown on the page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the editing mode.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To configure the report sending schedule for a single site, click <strong>Edit </strong>on the right side of a site.</li>
<li>To configure the report sending schedule for multiple sites, click <strong>Batch Configure </strong>and then select the sites you want to configure.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Configure the report sending settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p>Select the device(s) to be health-checked and included in the report.</p>
<p><strong>Send At</strong></p>
<p>Specify the frequency, date, and time of sending the reports. You can set the frequency to Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly, Semiannually, or Annually.</p>
<p><strong>Recipient Email Address</strong></p>
<p>Add and edit the email addresses of the recipients.</p>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can check <strong>Site Owner&#8217;s Email </strong>to send a copy of the report to your customer.</li>
<li>Up to 4 email addresses can be added.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Report Language</strong></p>
<p>Choose a language for the report. The report is now available in 39 languages.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To enable the settings for one site, switch on <strong>Enable </strong>for the site.</li>
<li>To enable the settings for all sites, switch on <strong>Enable All </strong>in the upper-right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p>The platform will generate and send reports according to the settings.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If there are more than three site owners, only the first three can be displayed on the report while the others will be displayed as &#8220;&#8230;&#8221;.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark235"></a> Network Topology</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you have added network switch(es) to a site and connected devices to the network switch(es), you can view these devices&#8217; network topology. Network topology displays the network links between devices and shows the link exceptions and abnormal devices, which helps you to locate exception source and troubleshoot faults in a visualized way.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the configuration permission of the network switch, otherwise network topology will be unavailable. For details about applying for the configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you have not activated the health monitoring service for the network switch, some topology functions (e.g., viewing device status on the topology) will be unavailable. For details about activating the heath monitoring service for devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can enter the network topology page in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter the Site page, and then click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>View Topology</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have NOT enabled the Health Monitoring service for the network switch, you can enter the network topology page in this way only.</p>
<ul>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>, select <strong>All Sites </strong>from the site list, and then select <strong>Network Switch</strong>, and then click ?, in the Operation column in the network switch list.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark237"></a> On the navigation pane, click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>, select a site from the site list to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Topology</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Figure 8-2 Network Topology</p>
<p>The following table shows the descriptions of the available operations on network topology.</p>
<p><strong>Table 8-2 Available Operations</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">View Legend</td>
<td>Network Cable</td>
<td>You can click y next to <strong>More </strong>to view the legends.</p>
<p>= Optical Fiber ™ Normal ™ Busy ■ Blocked Disconnected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Type fcffj Network Switch</p>
<p>Security Control P</td>
<td>fcvr? Virtual Network Switch <strong>Li-B </strong>Video Intercom Device Access Control Device <strong>FT </strong>Thermal Camera Speed Dome © N</p>
<p>inel Doorbell Hik-ProConnect Box <strong>Iffil </strong>DVR/NVR Unknown Device Type</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Status</p>
<p>Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx</p>
<p><strong>XXX.XXX.XXX.KXX</strong></p>
<p>Normal</td>
<td><strong>TiMR</strong></p>
<p>Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx</p>
<p>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</p>
<p>Abnormal Offline Devices not Under the Site</p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-3 Legend</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Edit Root Node</td>
<td>When multiple network switches are added to a site, the platform will randomly select one of them as the root node by default for</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>îtwork Camera</p>
<p>More</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="555" class="wp-image-2030" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 64" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1392" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">the network topology. If the randomly-selected network switch is not the real root node, you can hover the cursor over the current root node, and then click g to select a network switch as the root node.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>£ll£&amp; )</p>
<p>10 18m</td>
<td>E</p>
<p>E84</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Figure 8-4 Edit Root Node</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the topology structure.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>The device status will not be refreshed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display in Cards</td>
<td colspan="3">If you want to view more device status information of all the devices connected to the network switch(es), click <strong>Display in Cards </strong>to display device information in cards.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Move Network Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">Drag the network topology to move it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom In/Out</td>
<td colspan="3">You can click &#8211; / in the upper left corner to zoom in/out the topology.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adjust Topology Size</td>
<td colspan="3">You can click •&gt; in the upper left corner to fit the topology size into the display window.</p>
<p>You can click : : in the upper left corner to display the topology in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Thumbnail</td>
<td colspan="3">If you have zoomed in the topology to a large scale, you can click æ to show the thumbnail which shows the current cursor location on the topology.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search Devices in Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">You can enter the keyword of a device to search for it on the topology. Once the device is found, the topology will pan and zoom automatically to display the found device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>mjHj</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Link Information</td>
<td>You can view link information based on the legends shown in the figure below.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Netw</td>
<td>&gt;rk Cable = Optical Fiber ■ Normal ■■ Busy ™ Blocked (X) Dis</td>
<td>connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Figure 8-5 Link Information Legend</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Link Details</td>
<td></td>
<td>You can hover the cursor over a specific link to view its details, such as the upstream, downstream, port name, and port status.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Apply for Configuration Permission</td>
<td>If you don&#8217;t have the permission to configure a device, a prompt will pop up asking you to apply for the permission first. You can click <strong>Apply for Permission </strong>to apply for it.</p>
<p><strong>0@Note</strong></p>
<p>If you don&#8217;t have the permission, the position of the device in the network topology might be incorrect.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Network Switch Details and Control It</td>
<td>You can click a network switch on the topology to view the information about the network switch, including basic information, device status, and port status.</p>
<p>You can also perform operations such as rebooting the network switch and restarting the port. For details, see <strong><em>Network Switch </em></strong>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"> <strong><em>View Status of Devices in a Specific Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>03 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot view details of a virtual network switch.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Another Device&#8217;s Details and Configure It</td>
<td>If an online device is connected to the network switch and added to the same site with the network switch, its device icon and device serial number will be displayed. And you can click the device to view its information including the basic information (e.g., device model) and device status (e.g., network status).</p>
<p>You can also click » to configure device parameters.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>• If an unknown device (e.g., a PC) is connected to the network</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>• . 1 • , •III 1» 1 1 J™.«™™-™ Al ■ • • ■</p>
<p>switch, it will be displayed as —— . And you cannot view its information.</p>
<p>• If an online device is connected to the network switch but is NOT added to the same site with the network switch, its serial number displayed will be a randomly-generated virtual serial number. And you cannot view its information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark238"></a> Create a Maintenance Quotation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can create a quotation for providing the device maintenance service for your customer. Thus, you can standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand your business.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure your company is authenticated. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Maintenance Quotation </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Create Quotation</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the quotation information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Quotation Details</strong></p>
<p>Enter a name for the quotation, and if needed, edit the quotation No. which is generated automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Customer Information</strong></p>
<p>Set the customer information including the name, email, phone number, and address. Enter the information manually, or click <strong>Get from Site </strong>and then select a site from the drop-down list to automatically synchronize the customer (site owner) information.</p>
<p><strong>Item</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Item </strong>to set the quotation items. Add default items (remote maintenance, health check report, on-site maintenance (annual), on-site maintenance (additional), etc.) or custom items. After adding the items, set the device model, unit price, and quantity. The quotation tool will automatically add up the prices of all set items to calculate the total price.</p>
<p><strong>Set Discount</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark240"></a> If needed, enable <strong>Set Discount </strong>and enter the discount percentage to give your customer a discount.</p>
<p><strong>Set VAT Rate</strong></p>
<p>If needed, enable <strong>Set VAT Rate </strong>and enter the VAT rate to include the value-added tax.</p>
<p><strong>Service Provider Information</strong></p>
<p>The service provider information, including the name, email, phone number, address, and company logo, is automatically set according to your company information. Edit the information (except for the company logo) if needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Preview/Export </strong>to see how the quotation will be presented and to export it as a PDF file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can create no more than 10 quotations if co-branding is enabled; otherwise, you can only create 3 quotations.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after creating the quotation.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit a quotation.</p>
<p><strong>Delete a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>^ Delete </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Preview/Export a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>Preview/Export</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark241"></a> Search Operation Log</li>
</ol>
<p>All operations information (including operator, operating time, site, operation target and result, etc.) of the employees (referring to Installer Admin and Installers) will be recorded so that you can search the operation log(s) of any employee to make sure what makes the sites wrong.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This feature is not available to authenticated channel partner.</p>
<p>Click <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Operation Log </strong>to display the employee list and all the operation logs. You can search logs by employee, site, and time.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Logs of all accounts are available for accounts with the permission for managing account and role. For accounts without permission for managing account and role, they can only view their own logs.</li>
<li>Logs of all sites are available for accounts with the permission for managing all sites. For accounts without permission for managing all sites, they can only view the logs of assigned site.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="500" class="wp-image-2031" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 65" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 9-1 Search Operation Logs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark243"></a> Notification Center</li>
</ol>
<p>The Notification Center module shows all the history business notifications (including device management invitations, site sharing notifications, and notifications about device installation work orders) and notifications of device/channel exceptions, which help you take reactions in time for the smooth running of the devices. The module also keeps you informed about the new features of the system messages and the latest deals and offers.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark245"></a> Business Notifications</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the Business Notification module, you can receive the device management invitations from Hik- Connect users for device management on Hik-Partner Pro. You can also receive the notifications concerning site sharing with the Maintenance Service Partner (MSP).</p>
<p>Device Management Invitations</p>
<p>Besides receiving the device management invitation from Hik-Connect users through an email, you can also receive it in the Business Notification on Hik-Partner Pro. After accepting the invitation, you will be able to manage the device on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>For details about accepting the invitation, refer to <strong><em>Accept a Device Management Invitation from a Hik-Connect User</em></strong> .</p>
<p>Site Sharing Notifications</p>
<p>Both the Installer and the MSP can view the notifications concerning site sharing. For Installers, you can receive site sharing notifications involving the customers and/or the MSP. For example, when the MSP accepts or cancels the site sharing, the customer cancels the site sharing authorization to you and/or the MSP, or the customer modifies your and/or the MSP&#8217;s device management permissions.</p>
<p>For MSPs, you can receive site sharing notifications involving the Installer and/or the customers. For example, when the Installer accepts or cancels the site sharing, the Installer shares a site with you and modifies your device management permissions, the customer cancels the site sharing authorization to you and/or the Installer, or the customer modifies your and/or the Installer&#8217;s device management permissions.</p>
<p>For details about accepting site sharing, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark106"><strong><em>Accept Site Sharing</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Notifications about Work Order for Device Installation</p>
<p>If ARC from HikCentral ReGuard assigns a work order for device installation to the Installer, the message will be displayed in <strong>Notification Center ^ Business Notification </strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark247"></a> The message shows work order name, person who created it, and telephone number. You can handle the work on the Mobile Client.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark248"></a> Exception Center</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Exception Center shows all the history notifications of device exceptions and channel exceptions.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For Installer Admin, you can view all the exceptions of the devices in all the added sites. For Installers, you can view the exceptions of the devices in the site which has been assigned to you.</li>
<li>Device exception messages can be preserved for up to 90 days.</li>
<li>You need to set the exception rule first. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark171"><strong><em>Add Exception Rule</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>Notification Center </strong>page. Click <strong>Exception Center </strong>to enter the Exception Center page.</p>
<p>Filter the Exceptions</p>
<p>You can filter the exceptions according to your actual needs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a site in the site list to view the exceptions of the devices in this site. You can also select a device or a channel to view the exceptions occurred on the device or channel.</li>
<li>Set the time period. The exceptions received during this time period will be displayed.</li>
<li>Set the handling result from <strong>All Status</strong>, <strong>Not Handled</strong>, <strong>Solved</strong>, <strong>False Alarm</strong>, and <strong>To Be Checked</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the exception types that you want to check. The exception types include alarm, exception, and operation.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can switch on <strong>Auto-Update </strong>so that the latest exceptions received by the Portal will be displayed in the table in real time.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The auto-update will be invalid when viewing history records (including records after page 1 and records received before today).</p>
<p>Handle an Exception</p>
<p>When you have solved an exception or you want to mark it for further examinations, you can select the handling result on Hik-Partner Pro. By handling the exceptions, you can better sort the exception list and avoid leaving some exceptions unattended. Your customer (the Site Owner) will also be informed of the handling result on Hik-Connect.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to handle an exception.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark250"></a> 1. Click <strong>Handle </strong>in the Operation column to show the Handle Exception pop-up window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="571" class="wp-image-2032" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 66" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1394" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66-300x290.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 10-1 Handle Exception</p>
<p>2. Select a handling result in Result. You can select from Solved, To Be Checked, and False Alarm.</p>
<p>3. Click OK to save the changes.</p>
<p>Batch Handle Exceptions</p>
<p>If the handling results of several devices are the same, you can select multiple exception items and click <strong>Batch Handle </strong>to batch handle them.</p>
<p>Jump to Device Health Monitoring</p>
<p>Click <sub>:</sub> v| in the Operation column to jump to the device&#8217;s health monitoring page to troubleshoot the exceptions.</p>
<p>Export Exception Records</p>
<p>After filtering the exceptions, click <strong>Export </strong>and select the format of the file to export these exception records to your local PC.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently, the supported formats of the exported file include CSV, Excel, and PDF.</p>
<p>Open in New Window</p>
<p>Click <strong>Open in New Window </strong>in the upper-right corner to open a new window of the browser to view the Exception Center. With this function, you can view the Exception Center and other pages at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark251"></a> System Messages</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Notification Center supports displaying system messages to keep you informed of any system- related information, including the latest version of the system, newly added features, and successful company authentication. You can view basic information of the messages in the list, including the message type, title, time when it was generated, the read/unread status, and the content (in the form of texts or images).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="235" class="wp-image-2033" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 67" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1395" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67-300x80.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67-768x204.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 10-2 System Messages</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Authentication status includes authentication application submitted, failed, and succeeded only for the way of manual authentication. (Displaying status is not supported for the way of using authentication code.)</li>
</ul>
<p>Only company administrations can receive the status change notifications.</p>
<ul>
<li>Supports receiving notifications about work order changes. The changes include when the work order is replied, when the request of closing the work order is initiated, when 7 days passed after the closing request was initiated, and when the work order is automatically closed because 14 days passed after the closing request was initiated.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark253"></a> Deals and Offers</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Notification Center supports displaying notifications of the latest deals and offers (e.g., complimentary service packages). You can view basic information of the notifications in the notification list, including the notification type, title, time when it was generated, the read/unread status, and the notification content (in the form of texts or images).</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark255"></a> Project</li>
</ol>
<p>After you register your projects on Hik-Partner Pro, you can not only receive special pricing on essential components, but also receive technical support for your projects.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark257"></a> Create a Project</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Projects can be created by distributors or system integrators/installers. A project contains project information, information about who creates the project, end user information, support information, product information, and project document.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Project </strong>on the top of the page after login.</li>
<li>Click <strong>New Project</strong>.</li>
<li>Fill in the blanks.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If you are a distributor, enter project information, system integrator / installer information, end user information, support information, and product selection. Then upload the project document if there is any.</li>
<li>If you are a system integrator / installer, enter project information, distributor information, end user information, support type, support information, and product selection. Then upload the project document if there is any.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="891" height="559" class="wp-image-2034" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 68" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1396" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68.jpeg 891w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-768x482.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 891px) 100vw, 891px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="218" height="218" class="wp-image-2035" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 69" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1397" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69.jpeg 218w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 218px) 100vw, 218px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="218" height="218" class="wp-image-2036" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 70" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1398" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70.jpeg 218w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 218px) 100vw, 218px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2037" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-71.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 71" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1399"></p>
<p>Figure 11-1 Add Project</p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>For product selection, click <strong>Add ^ </strong>, select products and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
<li>When you select products, you can click y&lt;: to compare products. For details about comparing products, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"> <strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Save &amp; Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The project will be displayed on the Project History page, and the <strong>Status </strong>will be <strong>Waiting for supporter</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>For further operations, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark264"> <strong><em>View Project History</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark259"></a> Compare Products</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you select products, you can add multiple products and compare them with their same specifications hidden. In this way, different specifications will be directly displayed and you can choose products as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="42" class="wp-image-2038" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-72.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 72" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1400"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark261"></a> Only products of the same category and subcategory can be compared.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Project ^ New Project </strong>, and in the Product Selection part, click to start compare products. You can also click at the right bottom, and add products to compare them.</p>
<p>To start to compare products, select at least two but no more than four products from the comparison list. On the comparison result page, fields that are different are highlighted with a background color. You can switch on <strong>Hide the Same </strong>on the top left to hide parts that are the same and focus only on the differences.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="33" class="wp-image-2039" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-73.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 73" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1401"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="68" class="wp-image-2040" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-74.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 74" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1402"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="117" height="90" class="wp-image-2041" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-75.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 75" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1403"></p>
<p><strong>Product Comparison</strong></p>
<p>Hide the same</p>
<p>External interface</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USB</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VGA</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data</td>
<td>4, 1000M Ethernet interface, exten&#8230;</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management</td>
<td>1,100M Ethernet interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>COM</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1, for HyperTerminal or UPS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data network interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>4, 1000M Ethernet interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MiniSAS interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Controller Parameters</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>SAS Interface (Upper-level)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDMI</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management network interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>1, 100M Ethernet interface</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 11-2 Compare Products</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark262"></a> View Project History</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark264"></a> You can view all projects on the Project History page. You can check the information and perform further operations.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Project </strong>on the top of the page after login.</p>
<p>For Distributors</p>
<p>There are three tabs <strong>All</strong>, <strong>Project Supported by Hikvision</strong>, and <strong>Project Supported by Me</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>All</strong></p>
<p>All projects will be displayed under this tab. FW means the project is forwarded to you. S means the project is shared to you. For shared projects, you can only check the information but not quote.</p>
<p><strong>Project Supported by Hikvision</strong></p>
<p>It includes projects submitted by you and projects shared to you.</p>
<p><strong>Project Supported by Me</strong></p>
<p>It includes projects forwarded to you. You can click <strong>Go to Quote</strong>, enter distributor prices, and click <strong>Save&amp;Send Quote to Customer </strong>to generate a quote and send it to the customer.</p>
<p>Project History</p>
<p><strong>All Project Supported by Hikvision Project Supported by Me</strong></p>
<p>Project Name Status y Registration Number H1K Project Number SI End User Project Suppo&#8230; <strong>0 </strong>Hikvision Sales Operation</p>
<p>12 Draft EP-PRJ-ASIA-10012&#8230; Clone Details Edit</p>
<p><strong>Figure 11-3 Project History for Distributors</strong></p>
<p>For System Integrators / Installers</p>
<p>You can view all projects that you created. In the Operation column, you can click <strong>Quote </strong>and click the document in the Download column of the pop-up window to check the quote list.</p>
<p>Further Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter Projects by Status</td>
<td>Click Y in the Status column to filter projects by their status.</p>
<p>Here are some project status types.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Draft: The project is only saved but not submitted.</li>
<li>Waiting for supporter: The project is submitted but not yet processed.</li>
<li>Processing: The project is currently being processed by Hikvision.</li>
<li>Approved: It is only available in some countries and regions. It suggests that the project be approved.</li>
<li>More Info Required: Hikvision needs more information to decide whether to approve the project.</li>
<li>Ineligible: The project is rejected by Hikvision. You can check the comments for why the project is rejected.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Project</td>
<td>Click <strong>Close Project </strong>and select among <strong>Close Won</strong>, <strong>Close Lost</strong>, and <strong>Closed Canceled</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Closed Won: It means the project is closed won, and you can enter Closed Won Amount and upload Purchase Order Document to accept the quote and close the project.</li>
<li>Closed Lost: It means the quote of the project is rejected, and you can select reasons, enter comments and close the project.</li>
<li>Closed Canceled: It means the project is canceled and closed, and you can select reasons, enter comments and close the project.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Copy Project</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the project.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Project</td>
<td>If the status turns to More Info Required or the project is only saved but not submitted, you can click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit the project.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Details</td>
<td>Click <strong>Details </strong>to view the project details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark265"></a> Case</li>
</ol>
<p>If you have any issues related to hardware, software, device password reset, etc., you can get professional help from our technical support via Case. On the Case page, you can submit cases to report your issues to us and follow up on the cases you submitted.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This feature is only available for some countries and regions.</li>
<li>This feature is available only if your company is authenticated.</li>
<li>All employee accounts of an authenticated company have the permission to use this feature.</li>
</ul>
<p>The methods to access Case are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Support ^ Case </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Case </strong>on the right side of the dashboard.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Case page will be opened in a new tab page.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark267"></a> Submit Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter different information for submitting Hardware Product Case, Software Product Case, Hik- Partner Pro Case, and Dedicated Customer Service Case.</p>
<p>Submit different types of cases as needed.</p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware Product Case, Software Product Case, and Hik-Partner Pro Case are only available to some countries and regions.</li>
<li>For device password reset, please submit cases on the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Some installers can submit Dedicated Customer Service Case for focused troubleshooting from technical support.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Submit Hardware Product Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit hardware product cases for issues related to operations, configurations, or faults.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Hardware Products </strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark270"></a> Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="497" class="wp-image-2042" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 76" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1404" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-1 Submit Hardware Product Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Device Serial No.</strong></p>
<p>Enter the device serial No. You can click to see where to find the serial No.</p>
<p><strong>Firmware Version</strong></p>
<p>Enter the version number and build number. You can click to see where to find the firmware version.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p><strong>E2@Note</strong></p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add Details </strong>to add issue details (software name, software version, network type, etc.) to your description as needed.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format.</li>
<li>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</li>
<li>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Information</strong></p>
<p>This field is filled with your account information by default. You can edit it as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the statement in the end.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Submit Software Product Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit software product cases for issues related to Hik-Connect and iVMS-4200.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Software Products </strong>, and select Hik-Connect/iVMS-4200 as the software name.</li>
<li>Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="529" class="wp-image-2043" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 77" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1405" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77-768x455.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-2 Submit Software Product Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Software Name</strong></p>
<p>The software name is predefined and cannot be edited.</p>
<p><strong>Software Version</strong></p>
<p>Enter the software version. You can click to see where to find the software version.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add Details </strong>to add issue details to your description as needed.</p>
<p><strong>How did it occur?</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 500 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Phone/PC Operating System and Version</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 72 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Information About the Related Hikvision Devices</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 500 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format. No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed. The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Information</strong></p>
<p>This field is filled with your account information by default. You can edit it as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the statement in the end.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark272"></a> Submit Hik-Partner Pro Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit Hik-Partner Pro cases for issues related to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Hik-Partner Pro </strong>, and select an issue type from the supported ones.</li>
<li>Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="557" class="wp-image-2044" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 78" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1406" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-3 Submit Hik-Partner Pro Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Authorization Code</strong></p>
<p>The after-sales authorization code is exclusive to Hikvision&#8217;s technicians for troubleshooting only. You can give your authorization code to the technicians when it is necessary for them to log in to your account for troubleshooting.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>This field is not available for the following issue types: Code Scanning and Reward Point Market, Solution and Project, and Others.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format.</p>
<p>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</p>
<p>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Other Contacts</strong></p>
<p>Enter the email address of other contacts.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 5 contacts can be added.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark274"></a> Submit Dedicated Customer Service Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can report the issues found when using Hik-Partner Pro to us by submitting dedicated customer service cases. We will respond to your case and provide support according to your case severity and language. Submitting dedicated customer service cases is only available for some installers, for focused troubleshooting from technical support.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>HE Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have more function-related requirements or improvement suggestions, you can give your feedback. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark62"><strong><em>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HE Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Case </strong>on the left.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="562" class="wp-image-2045" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 79" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1407" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-768x484.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-4 Submit Dedicated Customer Service Case</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter a title for your case.</li>
<li>Select the language.</li>
</ol>
<p>The language options vary according to the country/region of your account.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the case severity.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Critical Business Down</strong></p>
<p>Main functions which are critical to your business, such as logging in to the platform, creating sites, adding devices, receiving alarms, and handing over sites, are unavailable.</p>
<p><strong>Business Impaired</strong></p>
<p>Main functions work properly, but there are other function-related issues such as batch LAN configuration not working, probabilistic failure of remote configuration, and connection failure of some devices.</p>
<p><strong>Functional Defects</strong></p>
<p>There are some functional defects which do not affect your business or only affect your business slightly, such as wrong words on the page and high response latency.</p>
<p>To get our rapid response when you have an urgent issue, select the case severity objectively.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the issue description.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You&#8217;re recommended to refer to the items listed on the page to describe the issue in detail. If the issue is difficult to describe with words, you can put links to related videos in the issue description and attach pictures below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set whether to provide the authorization code for the technical support staff for troubleshooting.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about the authorization code, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark62"><strong><em>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click to upload screenshots or error information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, DOCX, XLS, XLSX, and TXT format.</p>
<p>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</p>
<p>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the link for accessing files on network disk.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select Case or Phone Number as Contact Information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If you select the latter, select the country/region code and enter the contact number.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the email addresses of other contacts.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 5 contacts can be added.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark276"></a> 12.2 View and Handle Case Records</p>
<p>You can view cases you submitted on the Case Records page, view replies to a case, reply to a case, and close a case.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark278"></a> Go to the Case page and click <strong>Case Records </strong>on the left.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Table 12-1 Available Operations on Case Records Page</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View All Submitted Cases</td>
<td>You can view cases you submitted on the Case Records page, including the case ID, created time, case title, case type, and case status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Case Details</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page to view the case creator, issue description, replies from technical support, request from the technical support for closing the case, case status updates, and so on.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>You will be notified via emails and push notifications on the Mobile Client if there are new replies or updates of case status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reply to Case</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page. Click <strong>Reply </strong>on the bottom right corner, enter the reply content, and add attachments in the Reply section. Click <strong>Confirm </strong>to submit your reply to the current case.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Case</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page, and click <strong>Close Case </strong>on the bottom right corner to close the case after your issue is solved. You can rate our services and give your comment when closing the case.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The case will be closed automatically if you do not reply within 14 days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark279"></a> Return Materials Authorization</li>
</ol>
<p>Return material authorization (RMA) is an arrangement in which you can ship an item back for an exchange or repair due to a product defect or malfunction. The process is firstly Installers can initiate RMA applications, and distributors can repair the defected products after receiving applications. Finally the products will be returned after they are repaired and debugged.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark281"></a> Submit RMA Request</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can register an RMA request for exchanging or repairing goods. After registration, you can check real-time status of the requests.</p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Support ^ RMA </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add products.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>You can input the serial number of the products of interest, click <strong>Add</strong>, and enter fault description and reference. Click <strong>Add Attachment </strong>to add attachments if there are any.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Download Template</strong>, enter information of multiple products, and click <strong>Upload Serial List </strong>to batch upload products.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>It should be a Hikvision product sold in the current country or region.</p>
<ol>
<li>After all products are added, click <strong>Next </strong>to select shipping information.</li>
<li>Select shipping information.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>For countries and regions that support cross-distributor repair, if the distributor is identified according to the serial number, the distributor will be automatically selected. If not identified, you need to click <strong>Change Shipping Address </strong>to choose a distributor by yourself. After choosing a distributor, the distributor and product information will show up in the list.</li>
</ul>
<p>By default, the selected repair station is the nearest one. You can also select among all stations of all distributors in the country.</p>
<ul>
<li>For countries and regions that do not support cross-distributor repair, the system will identify the distributor according to the serial number. The default choice is the nearest location of the distributor. If the distributor can not be identified according to the serial number, then the product can not be added.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark283"></a> Check the information in the list, and click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Whether your application is submitted successfully or not is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Operation </strong>Description</p>
<p><strong>Download Document </strong>Click RMA number to download document.</p>
<p><strong>Back to Menu </strong>Click <strong>Back to Menu </strong>to check details and track status.</p>
<p><strong>Create More </strong>Click <strong>Create More </strong>to add more applications.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark284"></a> View RMA Request</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After an RMA application is submitted, you can view its status and perform further operations.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Support ^ RMA </strong>, and the successfully submitted applications are displayed in the list.</p>
<p>You can perform the operations as needed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search for RMA Applications</td>
<td>You can search for an application by its Reference Number, RMA Number, Date, Application Number, and Serial Number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter by Status</td>
<td>Click v , and select among Saved, Unreceived, In Repair, Waiting For Customer Response, Ready for Shipment, and Completed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Details</td>
<td>Click <strong>Detail </strong>to view application details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Download Document</td>
<td>Click <strong>Download Document </strong>to download the application file.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark286"></a> Order &amp; Promotion</li>
</ol>
<p>The Order &amp; Promotion module supports viewing information of regular products, hot products, and promotional products that are discounted or are put on clearance. You can search for and select products to place an order or submit your product order by uploading a predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The module is only available to authenticated channel partners.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark288"></a> View and Search for Products</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search for products and view detailed product information, including the product picture, description, stock availability, and other related parameters.</p>
<p>Under the B2B tab of the Order &amp; Promotion module, you can view information of hot products and the products you have recently viewed. You can also view information of the regular products or promotional products (e.g., discount products, clearance products, etc.) by selecting the corresponding tabs under the navigation bar. You can filter the products by product category and search for specific products by product name or model.</p>
<p>Click a product to view its detailed information, including the product picture, description, stock availability, and other related parameters. If needed, you can add a product to Favorites by hovering over it and clicking .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="553" class="wp-image-2046" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 80" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1408" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-1 Product Information Details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2047" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-81.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 81" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1409"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can find the products you have added to Favorites later in <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Favorite ^ B2B Product </strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark290"></a> Create an Order</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can place an order by adding products to the shopping cart, selecting the products you need for checkout, and entering the required shipping information.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark292"></a> Besides adding products to the shopping cart, you can also submit an order by uploading information (material code, quantity, etc.) of products with a predefined template via <strong>Order Upload</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="350" class="wp-image-2048" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 82" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1410" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-2 Ways for Accessing Order Upload</p>
<ol>
<li>View or search for the products to be ordered.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <strong><em>View and Search for Products</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>Hover over a product of interest, set the quantity to be ordered, and click <strong>Add to Cart</strong>. Repeat this step to add multiple products to your shopping cart as needed.</li>
<li>Click J<sup>1</sup> on the right to go to your shopping cart.</li>
<li>Select the products to be ordered, adjust the quantity for each product if needed, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>On the Check Order Information page, enter your shipping/billing address, select a preferred shipping method, and confirm the order details (quantity to be ordered, total cost, etc.).</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can also set a preferred future date of delivery and upload a project register form if needed.</li>
<li>If you have entered a shipping/billing address before, check whether the address information displayed on the page is correct.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can track the status of the submitted order via <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Order ^ My Order </strong>. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"> <strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark293"></a> View My Orders</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After submitting an order, you can track the status of your order, perform operations such as canceling or reordering as needed, and view related information such as invoices and transaction records.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark295"></a> The following order related information can be accessed via <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Order </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="393" class="wp-image-2049" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 83" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1411" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83-768x338.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-3 Order Related Information of Your Company</p>
<p>My Order Page</p>
<p>On the My Order page, you can view your orders by different status (e.g., In Review, Confirmed, Fully Delivered, Completed, etc.) and click an order to view the order details, including the products selected, total cost, and shipping related information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2050" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-84.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 84" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1412"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>The My Order page can also be accessed via the In Review and Undelivered Order tabs displayed on the B2B page of the Order &amp; Promotion module.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="339" class="wp-image-2051" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 85" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1413" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85-768x294.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-4 Another Way for Accessing the My Order Page</p>
<p>If needed, you can click <strong>Export </strong>to export the list of orders to your local PC, click <strong>Order Upload </strong>to submit an order using a predefined template, click &#8212; next to an order No. to copy the order No., or click to reorder the same products of an order. To cancel ordering a product, click an order to enter the order details page, and click <strong>Cancel </strong>next to the product.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The ordering of products that are fully delivered or the stock clearance / combo discount products are not allowed to be canceled.</p>
<p>My Invoice Page</p>
<p>On the My Invoice page, you can search for and view invoices of your past orders and export the list of invoices if needed.</p>
<p>My E-Wallet Page</p>
<p>On the My E-Wallet page, you can view your E-Wallet balance and transaction records, and search for specific records as needed.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also click the E-Wallet balance displayed on the B2B page of the Order &amp; Promotion module to access your E-Wallet.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="341" class="wp-image-2052" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 86" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1414" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86-768x295.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-5 Another Way for Accessing the My E-Wallet Page</p>
<p>Financial Report Page</p>
<p>On the Financial Report page, you can view details of your credit status, account payable balance, and basic information of the invoices.</p>
<p>Stock List Page</p>
<p>On the Stock List page, you can view and search for stock related information of your products and export the full stock list or specific search results to the local PC as needed.</p>
<p>Price List Page</p>
<p>On the Price List page, you can view and search for price related information of all products and export the full price list or specific search results to the local PC as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark296"></a> Value-Added Services</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides multiple value-added services for you to better serve your customers, including the health monitoring service, cloud attendance service, cloud storage service, people counting service, temperature screening service, alarm receiving center service, HikCentral Connect service, co-branding service, and employee account add-on.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Most of value-added services are only available in certain countries and regions. For more information, refer to the after sales or local distributor.</li>
<li>Only the cloud storage service is supported by the solar camera.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark298"></a> Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers a free package containing a series of basic features such as viewing device online status once you complete account registration. In some cases, for the capacity and functionality limitation of the free package, these basic features are insufficient for you to satisfy higher level needs of your customers (i.e., end users), such as their need for the maintenance of a large number of devices.</p>
<p>Compared with the free package, the health monitoring package not only allows you to add more devices to Hik-Partner Pro, but also monitor the health status of your customers&#8217; devices and configure other value-added features. You can access the health monitoring service by purchasing health monitoring packages in the Service Market.</p>
<p>The following table shows the differences between the free package and the health monitoring package.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For the countries and regions where the health monitoring service is currently free, the details of the health monitoring package might be different from the information displayed in the table below. Refer to the distributors or after-sales in these countries and regions for details.</p>
<p>Table 15-1 Differences Between Free Package and Health Monitoring Package</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functionality</strong></td>
<td><strong>Free Package</strong></td>
<td><strong>Health Monitoring Package</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adding Devices</td>
<td rowspan="5">• Supported</p>
<p>• Manageable Devices: 1024</td>
<td rowspan="5">
<ul>
<li>Supported</li>
<li>Manageable Devices: More than 1024 based on the package you purchase.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site &amp; Device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Applying for Authorization</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Viewing Device Online Status</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark300"></a> Remote Configuration</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functionality</strong></td>
<td><strong>Free Package</strong></td>
<td><strong>Health Monitoring Package</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View/Playback/ Downloading Video</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Firmware Remote Upgrade</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Monitoring</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Exception Rule</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Linkage Rule</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Employee Management</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Employees Accounts: 4</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;iNote</strong></p>
<p>You can get 4 employee accounts for free only when purchasing the health monitoring service for the first time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Role/Permission Management</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Searching Operation Logs of Employees</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark301"></a> Purchase Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can purchase the health monitoring service packages online in the Service Market in Hik- Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the health monitoring service packages by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Purchasing the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark303"></a> In the Health Monitoring Package area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Health Monitoring Package page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select service packages and set the number of service packages that you want to purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package</strong></p>
<p>An All-Type Device Monthly Package can be used to activate the service for a device of nearly any type. And the activated service lasts one month.</p>
<p>&#8220;All-Type Device&#8221; here means that the service package is applicable to nearly all device types, including DVR, NVR, network cameras, PTZ cameras, access control devices, alarm devices, video intercom devices, doorbells, Hik-Partner Pro Boxes, thermal devices, and network switches.</p>
<p>&#8220;Monthly&#8221; here means that the service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 All-Type Device Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 All-Type Device Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package</strong></p>
<p>An All-Type Device Annual Package can be used to activate the service for a device of nearly any type. And the activated service lasts one year.</p>
<p>&#8220;All-Type Device&#8221; here means that the service package is applicable to nearly all device types, including DVR, NVR, network cameras, PTZ cameras, access control devices, alarm devices, video intercom devices, doorbells, Hik-Partner Pro Boxes, thermal devices, and network switches.</p>
<p>&#8220;Annual&#8221; here means that the service term is one year. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 All-Type Device Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 All-Type Device Annual Package sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package</strong></p>
<p>A Network Camera Monthly Package can be used to activate the service for a network camera. And the activated service lasts one month.</p>
<p>&#8220;Network Camera&#8221; here means that the service package is only applicable to network cameras.</p>
<p>&#8220;Monthly&#8221; here means that the service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 Network Camera Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 Network Camera Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annual Package</strong></p>
<p>A Network Camera Annual Package can be used to activate the service for a network camera. And the activated service lasts one year.</p>
<p>&#8220;Network Camera&#8221; here means that the service package is only applicable to network cameras.</p>
<p>&#8220;Annual&#8221; here means that the service term is one year. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annal Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 Network Camera Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annual Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 Network Camera Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>to view your health monitoring packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark309"><strong><em>Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark304"></a> Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After purchasing health monitoring packages, you can use them to activate the health monitoring service for specific devices. Once the service is activated, features such as device health monitoring and device exception notifications will be available for these devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have purchased health monitoring packages. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark306"></a><a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the firmware version of a device is obsolete, or its device type cannot be recognized by Hik- Partner Pro, activating health monitoring service for the device is not supported</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Activate Health Monitoring Service page in one of the following ways.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Choice 1: Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ All Services </strong>, and then click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Choice 2: Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>, and then click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Choice 3: Go to the site details page, and then hover the cursor onto n on the device card, and then click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the pop-up dialog.</li>
<li>Choice 4: Go to the site details page, and then click a device to show the device details panel, and then hover the cursor onto Fl on the panel and click <strong>Activate Service</strong></li>
<li>Choice 5: Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page after adding detected online devices or adding a device by Hik-Connect (P2P). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Activate Health Monitoring Service page will be displayed as one of the following two figures show.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="456" class="wp-image-2053" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 87" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-1 Select Devices to Activate Health Monitoring Service</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="561" class="wp-image-2054" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 88" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1416" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88-300x285.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-2 Activate Health Monitoring Service for One Selected Device</p>
<ol>
<li>Select devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Skip this step if you enter the Activate Health Monitoring Service page as <a href="#post-1966-bookmark307"><strong><em>Figure 15-2</em></strong> </a>shows.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the activation type.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The number you set represents the number of months/years that the service lasts for each selected device.</li>
<li>If service packages are insufficient, you can click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>or <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase more. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Use All Device Package Only</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, you can only select All Device Packages (All Device Monthly Package and All Device Annual Package) for network cameras to activate the service for them.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Renewal</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark307"></a> When enabled, if the service for a device expires, the service will be automatically renewed using the same service package in previous activation. For example, assume that you activated a 1-month health monitoring service for a NVR using an All Device Monthly Package on 5/14/2021, the 1-month service will be automatically renewed using another All Device Monthly Package on 6/14/2021.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>After the health monitoring service is activated for devices, the notifications of all exceptions will be enabled by default.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to the site details page, and then click a device with the service activated to show the device details panel, and then perform the following operations if needed.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Renew the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Renew </strong>to renew the service for the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Transfer the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Transfer </strong>to open the Transfer Health Monitoring Service window, and then select a device to transfer the remaining service time from the current device to the selected device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable Auto Renewing the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Auto Renewal </strong>to Open the Auto Renew window, switch on <strong>Auto Renewal</strong>, and then select a type of service packages for auto renewal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your health monitoring service. The available features for the management include viewing remaining service packages, service activation, service renewal, service transfer, service auto renewal, and so on.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>to enter the health monitoring service page (as the figure below shows).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="401" class="wp-image-2055" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 89" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1417" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89-768x347.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-3 Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark309"></a> On the page, the following features are available.</p>
<p>Table 15-2 Available Features</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>View Remaining Packages &amp; Purchase More</td>
<td>View used number and remaining number of each type of heath monitoring packages.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>or <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"> <strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>View Expiration and Auto Renewal Information</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Expires in 30 Days</strong>: The number of devices whose health monitoring services expire in 30 days.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Expires in 30 Days </strong>to view these devices in the device list below.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Expired</strong>: The number the devices whose health monitoring services have expired.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Expired </strong>to view these devices in the device list below.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Devices with Auto Renewal</strong>: The number of devices for which you have enabled service auto-renewal.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Devices with Auto Renewal </strong>to view these devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Filter Devices or Search by Keywords</td>
<td>Select a Site from the site list on the left, and then select a filter type (All, Expire in 30 Days, or Expired) from the drop-down list to filter devices.</p>
<p>Or enter key words to search for matched devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Activate Service</td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service </strong>to activate the heath monitoring service for specific devices. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Batch Renew Service for Devices</td>
<td>Select devices and then click <strong>Batch Renew </strong>to renew the service for the selected devices.</p>
<p>The process of renewing the service is similar to that of activating the service. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Renew Service for a Device</td>
<td>Click O in the Operation column to renew service for a device.</p>
<p>The process of renewing the service is similar to that of activating the service. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Transfer Service</td>
<td>Click £ in the Operation column to transfer the remaining service time from the current device to another.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Enable Service Auto Renewal</td>
<td>Click (si in the Operation column to open the Auto Renew window, switch on <strong>Auto Renewal</strong>, and then select a type of service packages for auto renewing the health monitoring service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark310"></a> 15.2 Purchase Employee Account Add-On</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers only one Installer Admin account for your company to manage resources in the system. Although sometimes, several employee accounts will be given as gifts to you in some activities, it may still not meet your requirements. So if you want to invite more employees to join Hik-Partner Pro to work collaboratively for providing better service for your customers, you can purchase the employee account add-on online in the Service Market in Hik-Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the employee account add-on by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li>In the Employee Account Add-On area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Employee Account Add-On page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>d@Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark312"></a> If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="531" class="wp-image-2056" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 90" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1418" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-4 Purchase Employee Account Add-On</p>
<p>3. Select type(s) of add-on and set the number of employee accounts that you want to purchase.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>An <strong>1/Year</strong>, <strong>5/Year</strong>, or <strong>25/Year </strong>add-on can be used to invite 1, 5, or 25 employee accounts which will expire after one year.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Check your purchasing information and click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>15.3 Cloud Attendance Service</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark313"></a> The cloud attendance service provides a cloud-based and all-in-one solution for access control and attendance management in various businesses. You can create cloud attendance systems for your customers, so that your customers, such as managers of small organizations or human resource director, can configure the system on the Hik-Connect portal ( <strong><em><a href="http://www.hik-connect.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.hik-connect.com</a></em></strong> ) and use it to manage the attendance of the employees.</p>
<p>Employees of your customers can check in or check out via the devices configured in the cloud attendance system. With the Hik-Connect Mobile Client V4.13.0 or later, the employees can control doors and check attendance records on their mobile phones.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The cloud attendance service is only supported in some countries and regions currently. You might fail to find related functionality due to its unavailability in your country or region. If you need related functionality, please feel free to contact the local distributor or our branch office.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark315"></a> Flow Chart for Setting the Cloud Attendance Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting cloud attendance service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="515" height="886" class="wp-image-2057" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 91" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1419" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91.jpeg 515w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91-174x300.jpeg 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-5 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-3 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add MinMoe Access Control Devices to Hik-Partner Pro</td>
<td>Add MinMoe access control devices to site(s) which are owned by the same customer. For details about adding devices to Hik- Partner Pro, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Cloud Attendance System to a Site</td>
<td>Add a cloud attendance system to a specific site. The cloud attendance system is used for grouping and managing MinMoe</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>access control devices. For details about adding the system, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</td>
<td>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Cloud Attendance Service</td>
<td>Activate the cloud attendance service for the system. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Cloud Attendance Devices to the System</td>
<td>Add MinMoe access control devices to the system. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After completing the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer and so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover and approving activating the cloud attendance service on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later), they will be able to set access levels and attendance rules for their employees via the Hik- Connect Portal ( <strong><em><a href="http://www.hik-connect.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.hik-connect.com</a></em></strong> ), and their employees will be able to use the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to check their attendance records.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark317"></a> Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can purchase the cloud attendance service packages online in the Service Market in Hik- Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the cloud attendance service packages by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the left navigation, click <strong>Service ^ Service Market </strong>to enter the Service Market page.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark319"></a> In the Cloud Attendance area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Cloud Attendance Package page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the service packages (purchase by month or by year), and set the number of service packages that you want to purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Cloud Attendance Package (Monthly)</strong></p>
<p>The service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>12 * Cloud Attendance Package (Monthly)</strong></p>
<p>12 Cloud Attendance Packages sold as a batch.</p>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The price of the package changes when you purchase different numbers of packages.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to enter the VAT number, and click to confirm.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ Cloud Attendance Service </strong>to view your cloud attendance packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark325"><strong><em>Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark320"></a> 15.3.3 Add Cloud Attendance System</p>
<p>You can add a cloud attendance system for a site to set up the basic attendance management environment for the Site Owner.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Select the site where you want to add the cloud attendance system.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Cloud Attendance </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Cloud Attendance System</strong>.</li>
<li>Create a name for the system.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The service is inactivated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Activate the cloud attendance service for the site.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark322"></a> Click <strong>Free Trial</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm </strong>in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2058" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-92.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 92" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1420"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can view the trial capacity of the service (25 persons) and the expiry date.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you need to expand and renew the service, click <strong>Expand &amp; Renew</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="532" class="wp-image-2059" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 93" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1421" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-6 Cloud Attendance Service Expansion &amp; Renewal</p>
<p>1) Set the number of person(s) to be added.</p>
<p>2) Set the month(s) to be renewed.</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of cloud attendance service packages needed after the service is expanded and renewed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If service packages are insufficient, you can click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>or <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>in the upper-right corner to purchase more.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Device </strong>or <strong>Edit </strong>to add access control devices to the cloud attendance system or edit the devices.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To add the devices in the current site to the system, click <strong>Add</strong>, select the devices, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>To add the devices in the other sites that belong to the same Site Owner, click <strong>Add Other Sites&#8217; Devices</strong>, select the devices, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure to switch on <strong>Cloud Attendance </strong>for the devices.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Hand over the site to the Site Owner and inform the Site Owner to accept the cloud attendance service permission application. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark323"></a> 15.3.4 Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</p>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your cloud attendance service. The available features for the management include viewing remaining service packages, service activation, service renewal, and so on.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Attendance Service </strong>to enter the cloud attendance service page (as the figure below shows).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="334" class="wp-image-2060" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 94" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94-768x289.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-7 Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</p>
<p>On the page, the following features are available.</p>
<p>Table 15-4 Available Features</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>View Remaining Packages &amp; Purchase More</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>View used number and remaining number of each type of cloud attendance packages.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>or <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark325"></a> 2</td>
<td>View Expiration Information</td>
<td>• <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expires in 30 Days</strong>: The number of cloud attendance systems that expire in 30 days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>You can click <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expires in 30 Days </strong>to view these cloud attendance systems in the list below.</p>
<p>• <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expired</strong>: The number of cloud attendance systems that expired.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expired </strong>to view these cloud attendance systems in the list below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Filter Cloud Attendance Systems or Search by Keywords</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select a Site from the site list on the left, and then select a filter type (All, Expire in 30 Days, Expired, or Trial) from the drop-down list to filter cloud attendance systems.</li>
<li>Enter keywords (of cloud attendance system name, site name, or site owner name) to search for the matched cloud attendance systems.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Renew Service</td>
<td>Click O in the Operation column to renew the service.</p>
<p>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark326"></a> 15.4 Cloud Storage Service</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers cloud storage solution for the event-related video footage, which refers to the video footage recorded when a pre-defined event is detected by the channel of an encoding device.</p>
<p>After you add a cloud storage device to the platform and complete cloud storage settings, the device will function as the transmission medium by uploading the event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud. The uploaded video footage will be retained for 7 days, 30 days, 90 days, 180 days, or 365 days on the cloud, basing on the types of the cloud storage service packages purchased from the service market.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark328"></a> Flow Chart for Setting Cloud Storage Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark330"></a> The flow charts below shows the recommended procedures for using cloud storage service by Hik- Partner Pro box, DVR that supports cloud storage, NVR that supports cloud storage, and solar camera.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your DVR/NVR does not support cloud storage, you should use a Hik-Partner Pro box to help the DVR/NVR upload footage to the cloud, and the flow chart is the same as that for the Hik-Partner Pro box.</p>
<p>Flow Chart for Hik-Partner Pro Box</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="1024" class="wp-image-2061" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 95" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95-173x300.jpeg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-5 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Cameras/NVRs/DVRs to a Site</td>
<td>Add cameras, NVRs, or DVRs to a site. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Hik-Partner Pro Box to the Same Site</td>
<td>Add a Hik-Partner Pro box to the same site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>QU Note</strong></p>
<p>For the Hik-Partner Pro box added by IP/Domain name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the Hik-Partner Pro. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Add Channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro Box: Add channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro box to allow the latter to get video footage data from the channel(s).</li>
<li>Set Resolution and Event: Set resolution for the channels, and set the event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Œ Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="925" class="wp-image-2062" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 96" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1424" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-8 Flow Chart for DVR That Supports Cloud Storage</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-6 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a DVR That Supports Cloud Storage to a Site</td>
<td>Add a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the DVR that supports cloud storage is added by IP/Domain Name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the DVR that supports cloud storage. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for DVR</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel(s): Enable cloud storage for the channel(s) of the DVR that supports cloud storage.</li>
<li>Set Stream Type and Event: Set stream type (main-stream or sub-stream) for the channel(s). And set event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="925" class="wp-image-2063" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 97" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-9 Flow Chart for NVR That Supports Cloud Storage</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-7 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add an NVR That Supports Cloud Storage to a Site</td>
<td>Add an NVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the NVR that supports cloud storage is added by IP/Domain Name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the NVR that supports cloud storage. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>How to enable</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>cloud storage for an NVR that supports cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>storage?</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel(s): Enable cloud storage for the channel(s) of the NVR that supports cloud storage.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>° If Smart H.264+ / H.265+ encoding is enabled for the channel with cloud storage enabled, the quality of the footage on cloud will be affected. The platform will notify you to disable Smart H.264+ / H. 265+ encoding.</p>
<p>° If stream encryption is not enabled for an encoding device linked to an NVR that supports cloud storage, you cannot enable cloud storage for the channels of the encoding device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Set Resolution and Event: Set resolution for the channels, and set the event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<p>• Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="925" class="wp-image-2064" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 98" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1426" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98-192x300.jpeg 192w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-10 Flow Chart for Solar Camera</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-8 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Solar Camera to a Site</td>
<td>Add a solar camera to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the solar camera is added by IP address / domain name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the solar camera. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark344"><strong><em>Set Cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark344"><strong><em>Storage for Solar Camera</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Set Stream Type and Event: Set stream type (main stream or sub-stream) for the channel. And set the event that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently only motion detection is supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel: Enable cloud storage for the channel of the solar camera.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel: Activate cloud storage service for the channel using the purchased cloud storage service package(s). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>There are seven types of cloud storage service packages, namely, 7-Day Monthly Package, 7-Day Annual Package, 30-Day Monthly Package, 30-Day Annual Package, 90-Day Annual Package, 180- Day Annual Package, and 365-Day Annual Package. You should purchase the cloud storage service from the service market before using it.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark331"></a> The cloud storage service is available for purchase only if your company is authenticated.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>under <strong>Value-Added Services</strong>.</li>
<li>In the Cloud Storage area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the purchasing page.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the seven types of cloud storage service packages and their corresponding prices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click /x or manually enter a number to define the number of the packages to be purchased.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can purchase one or more packages at a time. The validity period of the service is one year after purchase, and thus you should activate the service within the validity period.</li>
<li>The number before &#8220;Day&#8221; (e.g. 7-Day, 30-Day, 90-Day, etc.) refers to the retention period of the event-related video footage on the cloud. <strong>Monthly </strong>and <strong>Annual </strong>refer to how long the service will last after activation.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>For example, if you select <strong>7-Day Monthly Package</strong>, the video footage can be saved on the cloud storage for 7 days, and it will be covered by new video footage from the 8th day. After activation, the service will last for a month.</p>
<p>The selected service package(s) will be displayed on the right side of the page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to enter the VAT number, and click to confirm.</li>
</ol>
<p>OU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Storage Service </strong>to view the service package(s) you have purchased.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark333"></a> Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you complete adding a Hik-Partner Pro box to a site, the result page will show the entry for setting cloud storage. You can skip the settings, but it is recommended that you click the entry to start the settings, including network test (optional), adding channels, channel resolution settings, event settings, and activating cloud storage service. When you complete all these settings, the Hik- Partner Pro box will be able to upload event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>d@Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark335"></a> If you skip the cloud storage settings when completing adding the Hik-Partner Pro box, you can click the device in the device list to open its settings panel to set cloud storage for it later.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a Hik-Partner Pro box to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding the Hik-Partner Pro box, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you add the Hik-Partner Pro box by IP/Domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you complete adding the device, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will enter the Network Test page.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Add Channel </strong>when test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Add Channel window will pop up.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="976" class="wp-image-2065" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 99" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99-272x300.jpeg 272w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99-768x846.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-11 Add Channel Window</p>
<p>4. Add channel(s) to Hik-Partner Pro box to enable cloud storage functionality for them.</p>
<p>1) Select a device (e.g., NVR and network camera) from the drop-down list on the Add Channel window.</p>
<p>The channels of the device will be displayed. And you can click Device Information to view or edit the device information, including device IP address, port No., device user name, and password.</p>
<p>Mil <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The IP addresses of the devices and the Hik-Partner Pro box should be on the same LAN.</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on the switch(es) to add specific channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro box so as to enable their cloud storage functionality.</li>
<li>Enter the information of the device to which the channel belongs, including IP address, port No., user name, and password.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will enter the Cloud Storage Settings page, which displays the channel(s) already added to the Hik-Partner Pro box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="432" class="wp-image-2066" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 100" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100-768x374.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-12 Cloud Storage Settings Page</p>
<p>5. Set resolution of the footage to be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<p>&#8211; Select Standard Definition or High Definition from the drop-down list according to the recommended resolution displayed on the Cloud Storage Settings page (if you have done network test).</p>
<p><strong>CilNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the number of standard definition channel(s) or high definition channel(s) is no more than the recommended upper-limit displayed on the Add Channel window (if you have tested your network).</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Click Z , and then select a resolution (1080P, <em>720P,</em> 4CIF, or CIF) from the drop-down list in the pop-up window, and then set the bit rate according to the recommendation shown on the pop-up window.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the event(s) that will trigger video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The events that support such a trigger include motion detection, intrusion, and line crossing. For the settings of different events are similar, here we only briefly introduce how to set motion detection. For details about settings of other events, see the user manual of the channel (camera).</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record event-related video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Edit or delete a specific channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit a Channel </strong>Click • * • <strong>^ </strong>to edit the settings of the channel.</p>
<p><strong>Delete a Channel </strong>Click « * * ^ ® to delete the channel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The event related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click * * * <strong>^ </strong>to switch channel to use the activated service.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark336"></a> 15.4.4 Set Cloud Storage for NVR</p>
<p>You can enable and set up cloud storage for an NVR and its linked channels. When you complete the settings, the NVR will be able to upload event-related footage of its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p>Do I need a Hik-Partner Pro Box to enable cloud storage function for an NVR?</p>
<ul>
<li>If your NVR supports cloud storage, there is no need for a Hik-Partner Pro Box.</li>
</ul>
<p>This feature requires device capability. Refer to the <em>Hik-Partner Pro Compatibility List</em> for a complete list of supported models.</p>
<p>See the next section for instructions.</p>
<ul>
<li>If your NVR does not support cloud storage, you can use a Hik-Partner Pro Box to help the NVR upload footage to the cloud.</li>
</ul>
<p>See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>How to enable cloud storage for an NVR that supports cloud storage?</p>
<p>Select the NVR&#8217;s site, and then select the <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>tab. Click <strong>Enable Cloud Storage Service </strong>to</p>
<p>set up cloud storage for the NVR and its channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="396" class="wp-image-2067" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 101" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1429" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101-768x341.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-13 Cloud Storage</p>
<p>When setting up the cloud storage, you need to read and follow the recommendations for the resolution, bit rate, and number of the channels at the top of the page.</p>
<p>(T) 1, Based on the cunent network condition, it is recommended that you set no more than 7 cloud storage channel(s) with the resolution of 1920’1080, or set no more than 9 cloud storage channel(s) with the resolution of 1280’720, or set no more than 15 cloud storage channels) with the resolution of 704’576</p>
<ol>
<li>To use the cloud storage service, set the events for the channel according to your needs, including motion detection, intrusion detection, and line crossing detection, and then enable Notify Surveillance Center.</li>
<li>After enabling uploading video to cloud storage, the device will not support H.264+, H.265+, or network camera connection (except those accessed by disabling analog channels). The resolution cannot be 8 MP,</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="509" height="122" class="wp-image-2068" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 102" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102.jpeg 509w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102-300x72.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 509px) 100vw, 509px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="20" class="wp-image-2069" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-103.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 103" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1431"></p>
<p>Max. Channels: 2 Cloud Storage Enabled: 1</p>
<p>Available Bandwidth (Latest Tested) 7888 kbps Bandwidth Required (Estimated)256 kbps</p>
<p>Cloud Storage Service: Not Enabled</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-14 Cloud Storage Settings</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark338"></a> The steps are similar to those of setting up cloud storage for a Hik-Partner Pro Box. You can refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>for information on the video resolution, event settings, and service activation.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If Smart H.264+ / H.265+ encoding is enabled for the channel with cloud storage enabled, the quality of the footage on cloud will be affected. The platform will notify you to disable Smart H. 264+ / H.265+ encoding.</li>
<li>If stream encryption is not enabled for an encoding device linked to an NVR that supports cloud storage, you cannot enable cloud storage for the channels of the encoding device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark339"></a> 15.4.5 Set Cloud Storage for DVR</p>
<p>When you complete adding a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site, the result page will show the entry for setting cloud storage. You can skip the settings, but it is recommended that you click the entry to start the settings, including network test (optional), event settings, stream type settings, enabling cloud storage for the channels of the DVR that supports cloud storage, and activating cloud storage service for the channels. When you complete all these settings, the DVR that supports cloud storage will be able to upload event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If your DVR does not support cloud storage, you can use a Hik-Partner Pro box to help the DVR upload footage to the cloud. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you skip the cloud storage settings when completing adding the DVR that supports cloud storage, you can click the device in the device list to open its settings panel to set cloud storage for it later.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding a DVR that supports cloud storage, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you add the DVR that supports cloud storage by IP/Domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you completes adding the device, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>You enter the Network Test page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark341"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Next </strong>when the test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<p>You enter the Cloud Storage Settings page, on which all the channels of the DVR that supports cloud storage are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Main Stream </strong>or <strong>Sub Stream </strong>from the drop-down list as the stream type for the channel. <strong>dlNote</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The video definition of main stream and sub stream are displayed below the drop-down list. Make sure the number of standard definition channel(s) or high definition channel(s) is no more than the recommended upper-limit displayed on the Add Channel window (if you have tested your network).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the events that will trigger video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The events that support such a trigger include motion detection, intrusion, and line crossing. For the settings of different events are similar, here we only briefly introduce how to set motion detection. For details about settings of other events, see the user manual of the channel (camera).</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>to enable cloud storage functionality for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>If it is the first time you enable cloud storage for a channel of the DVR that supports cloud storage, the DVR will be automatically rebooted. Please wait patiently until it completes rebooting and then open its settings panel to complete the steps below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The DVR that supports cloud storage will automatically reboot. After that, the event related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>When cloud storage service is activated for the channel, you cannot turn off <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for the channel by default.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click the DVR that supports cloud storage in the device list to open its settings panel, and then click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit the settings of its channels.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you turn off <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for all of its channels, the DVR that supports cloud storage will automatically reboot itself.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark342"></a> 15.4.6 Set Cloud Storage for Solar Camera</p>
<p>You can enable and set up cloud storage for a solar camera when adding the solar camera to a site. When you complete the settings, the solar camera will be able to upload event-related footage of its channel to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you skip the cloud storage settings when adding a solar camera, you can go to the site to which the solar camera is added to set cloud storage for it later.</li>
<li>For a complete list of supported solar camera models, refer to the <em>Hik-Partner Pro Compatibility List</em>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add a solar camera to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding solar cameras, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If the solar camera is added by IP address / domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you complete adding the solar camera, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark344"></a> Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting the cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>A pop-up window indicating the time remaining for waking up the solar camera will appear before entering the Cloud Storage Settings page, on which the channel of the solar camera is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>On the Network Test page, click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Next </strong>when the test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Main Stream </strong>or <strong>Sub-Stream </strong>from the drop-down list as the stream type for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The video definition of main stream and sub-stream are displayed next to the drop-down list.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the event that will trigger the video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently only motion detection is supported by solar cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Switch on <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>to enable cloud storage for the channel.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>After the cloud storage service is activated for the channel, you will not be able to disable cloud storage for the channel.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The event-related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark345"></a> Network Test</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When your network bandwidth is limited, you can only enable cloud storage for a limited number of channels, otherwise video loss may occur. To avoid such a risk, you can perform network test. Based on your network conditions, the result of network test shows the maximum number of channel(s) with cloud storage enabled and the recommended resolution setting for each channel, helping you to set cloud storage in the way that utilize the limited network bandwidth to the largest extent.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>It takes about one minute to test the network.</p>
<p>You can click the cloud storage device in the device list to open the device settings panel, and then click <strong>^ Start </strong>to start network test.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark347"></a> Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the cloud storage service page for a site, you can view the service status of channels of the cloud storage device(s) added to the site. If cloud storage service is not activated for a certain channel, you need to activate the service before using the feature. If the service activated for a channel is about to expire or has already expired, you can renew the service for the channel.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added cloud storage device(s) to the site. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>For a device which doesn&#8217;t support the Hik-Connect service, you need to add it to Hik-Partner Pro via the proxy of a Hik-Partner Pro Box first, and then activate the cloud storage service for channels of the device. See <strong><em>Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</em></strong> for details about how to add this type of devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Open the Activate / Renew Cloud Storage Service window.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If cloud storage service is not enabled for any of the channels of the cloud storage device, click <strong>Enable Cloud Storage Service </strong>first, select an online device from the list, enable <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for a device channel, and click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark349"></a> If a cloud storage device has at least one channel with cloud storage service enabled, its linked channels and their service status will be displayed on the page. In the Operation column of a channel, click <strong>Activate Service </strong>to activate the service for the channel, or click <strong>Renew Service </strong>to renew the service for the channel.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="1106" class="wp-image-2070" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 104" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1432" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-240x300.jpeg 240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-820x1024.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-768x959.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-15 Activate Cloud Storage Service Window</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the available packages which you have purchased. You can also click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages if needed. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Activate or renew the cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Service Package</strong>, select a package type, and click /x (or manually enter a number) to set the number of package(s) to be used.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key</strong>, and enter the 16-character service key.</li>
</ul>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ol>
<li>Finish activating or renewing the cloud storage service.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>For activating cloud storage service, click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</li>
<li>For renewing cloud storage service, click <strong>Renew</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>After activating or renewing the service, you can view the package type and expiry date of the service activated for each channel.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark350"></a> 15.4.9 View Cloud Storage Details</p>
<p>You can view details of the cloud storage service, including the number of used and remaining service packages and the details (such as the expiry date and status) of service activated for channels of the cloud storage devices. You can also perform operations such as renewing the service for further use.</p>
<p>You can enter the cloud storage details page via the following two methods:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click the <strong>Hik-ProConnect </strong>tab. On the navigation pane, select <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Storage Service </strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Hik-ProConnect </strong>tab. On the navigation pane, select <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ All Services </strong>, find the cloud storage service block, and click <strong>Details</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="372" class="wp-image-2071" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 105" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1433" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105-300x126.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105-768x322.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-16 Cloud Storage Service Details Page</p>
<p>On the cloud storage details page, you can have an overall view of the cloud storage service packages that you have purchased and used, view the status of the service activated for different channels, and perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Filter: </strong>Click to filter the channels of cloud storage devices according to the service status (expire soon or expired).</li>
<li><strong>Search: </strong>Enter a keyword (name of device, site, or site owner) in the search box to search for and view the service status of specific channels.</li>
<li><strong>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package: </strong>Click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>on the upper right corner of the page to purchase more cloud storage service packages as needed. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Renew Cloud Storage Service: </strong>For the service that will expire soon, click <strong>Renew </strong>to renew the cloud storage service. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark352"></a> 15.5 HCC Services</p>
<p>HCC services refer to the enterprise-user services offered by the HikCentral Connect (HCC) system, which provides a Video Security as a Service (VSaaS) solution for enterprise users. An HCC system includes three subsystems, namely the Video Management System (VMS), on-board monitoring system, and alarm detection system, offering video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service respectively.</p>
<p>See the following sections for more information about HCC services.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark354"><strong><em>Relationship Between Hik-Partner Pro and HCC</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark355"><strong><em>Introduction to the Services of HCC</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark356"><strong><em>HCC System User Types</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark354"></a><a href="#post-1966-bookmark356"><strong><em>Clients for Accessing HCC</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Relationship Between Hik-Partner Pro and HCC</p>
<p>HCC systems can be created on Hik-Partner Pro by installers like you and handed over to an enterprise user of HCC. To hand over a system, an email containing a super user account and an initial password will be sent to your customer for logging in to the HCC system. If there are devices added to the HCC system, the devices will be handed over together with the system. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"><strong><em>Create HCC Systems</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark374"> <strong><em>Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="531" class="wp-image-2072" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 106" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1434" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-17 How an HCC System Is Created on Hik-Partner Pro and Handed Over</p>
<p>HCC systems can also be created by the self-registered HCC users themselves and added to Hik- Partner Pro for installers like you to purchase/activate value-added services for them. To complete the account linking process, HCC super users will need to give their account information (i.e., email address of the system owner) to you, who can then send an account linking request to them using the information. Refer to <em>Link with HCC Account</em> for details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="468" class="wp-image-2073" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 107" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1435" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107-768x406.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-18 How an HCC System Is Created and Added to Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>Introduction to the Services of HCC</p>
<p>Table 15-9 Services of HCC</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Management Service</td>
<td>The video management service provides video monitoring features such as live view, playback, and cloud storage. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</p>
<ul>
<li>Easy-to-use Portal and Mobile Client for centralized management of video resources.</li>
<li>Centralized monitoring anywhere anytime via the live view in 64- window division mode.</li>
<li>Convenient evidence search via simultaneous playback of up to 16 channels.</li>
<li>Receiving multiple types of alarm notifications and handling/marking important ones.</li>
<li>Flexible creation of sub accounts for different persons such as operators and IT managers.</li>
<li>Convenient event backtrack via detailed logs.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark355"></a> On-Board Monitoring Service</td>
<td>The on-board monitoring service provides features such as vehicle management, real-time vehicle locating, and driving monitoring. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Easy-to-use Portal and Mobile Client for centralized management of vehicles after connecting them to the cloud.</li>
<li>Viewing real-time locations of vehicles via GPS positioning.</li>
<li>Live view and playback via cameras mounted in/on vehicles.</li>
<li>Playing back vehicle tracks and viewing related footage.</li>
<li>Flexible creation of sub accounts for different persons such as operators and IT managers.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Detection Service</td>
<td>The alarm detection service provides features such as real-time monitoring of partition (area) status and resource arming controls. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</p>
<ul>
<li>Professional security services with the use of security control devices.</li>
<li>Multiple ways of arming/disarming partitions (areas).</li>
<li>Assigning different operation permissions for better teamwork.</li>
<li>Handling alarms from partitions (areas) and zones directly on the map.</li>
<li>Linkage between alarms and videos for you to check the situation in time.</li>
<li>Features for maintenance which help you to manage alarm detection systems easily.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>HCC System User Types</p>
<p>Table 15-10 User Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>User Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Super User</td>
<td>The enterprise user who accepts a ready-to-use HCC system handed over from installers like you or self-registers an HCC account and plays the role of the initial administrator of HCC. The super user has full access to the resources and features of HCC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Normal User</td>
<td>All other users of HCC except the super user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Clients for Accessing HCC</p>
<p>Table 15-11 Portal and Mobile Client</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark356"></a> Portal</td>
<td>Portal for the super user and normal users to log in to HCC to manage resources and perform related configurations and operations. All the video management features, on-board</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>monitoring features, and alarm detection features are available on the Portal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for the super user and normal users to log in to HCC to use the video management features, on-board monitoring features, and alarm detection features such as live view, playback, driving monitoring, track playback, and arming control of security control partitions (areas) or zones.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark357"></a> Purchase HCC Services</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the service market, you can either purchase HCC service packages online or activate the services by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact a local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market </strong>.</li>
<li>In the Value-Added Services area, click <strong>HikCentral Connect Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Purchase</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country/region supports activating by service key and you have purchased a service key from a distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to activate the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the number of the service packages to be purchased.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Each type of services (video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection) is offered in both monthly and annual packages.</li>
<li>You can also purchase cloud storage service packages along with the video management service packages for enabling cloud storage service for your video management channels. To do so, check the checkbox displayed under each type of video management service packages and set the number of each type of packages according to your needs.</li>
<li>The number set for each type of service packages and the total price (tax included) will be displayed on the right under <strong>Currently Selected </strong>for you to confirm before checkout.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed on the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and complete your payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ HikCentral Connect Service </strong>to view your HCC service packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark361"><strong><em>Manage Your HCCServices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark359"></a> Manage Your HCC Services</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your HCC services including the video management service, on­board monitoring service, and alarm detection service.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>You can go to the HikCentral Connect service details page by clicking <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral Connect Service </strong>.</p>
<p>On the HikCentral Connect service details page, you can view the number of services that have expired and are about to expire within 30 days. You can also click <strong>All Systems </strong>or a specific system to view the following information: the number of resources (e.g., channels, vehicles, zones) added for each service, the service expiry time, and the service status (normal, expire soon, expired, trial, free, inactivated).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="371" class="wp-image-2074" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 108" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1436" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108-768x321.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark361"></a> Figure 15-19 HikCentral Connect Services</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark362"></a> Create HCC Systems</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Hik-Partner Pro Portal, you can create HCC systems which contain the video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service. After you hand an HCC system over to a customer, the customer becomes the system owner and can log in to HCC with the given account and use the above-mentioned services to manage devices and perform monitoring tasks. You can still monitor the HCC system on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal, including the capacity and the status of the services activated for the system.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C0Note</strong></p>
<p>HCC systems can also be created by the self-registered HCC users themselves. To add their self­created HCC systems to Hik-Partner Pro and offer them value-added services, you need to link with their self-registered accounts. Refer to <strong><em>Link with HCCAccount</em></strong> for more details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Create HikCentral Connect System </strong>to open the Create HikCentral Connect System pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="432" class="wp-image-2075" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 109" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109-768x374.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-20 Create HikCentral Connect System</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a name for the HCC system.</li>
<li>Select a time zone for the HCC system.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the address of your customer.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the remarks.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark364"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations as needed.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View System Details</strong></td>
<td>Click the name of an HCC system to view its details, including the validity period of the video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service, whether the system has been handed over, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Hand Over</strong></p>
<p><strong>System</strong></td>
<td>Click in the Operation column to hand over a system, or click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page and click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on the right. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark374"><strong><em>Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></p>
<p><strong>System(s)</strong></td>
<td>Select system(s), and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected system(s).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark365"></a> Add Devices to an HCC System</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add devices to an HCC system before handing it over to a customer.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</li>
<li>The systems created by HCC users themselves and added to Hik-Partner Pro via account linking do not support the device adding.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add devices to an HCC system via one of the three following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices on HCC System List Page</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices on HCC System Details Page</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark368"><strong><em>Add Devices After You Finish On-Site Config</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>After entering the Add Device page, refer to the hints displayed on the right of the page or the step descriptions in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>respectively for details about adding devices. You can create a new HCC system or select an existing HCC system (not handed over) for adding devices to.</p>
<p>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark369"> <strong><em>Device Status and Further Operations</em></strong> </a>for more details about the status of added devices and what operations you can further perform.</p>
<p>Add Devices on HCC System List Page</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark367"></a> Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>and click <strong>Add Device </strong>at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="137" class="wp-image-2076" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 110" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1438" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110-768x118.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-21 Add Devices on HCC System List Page</p>
<p>Add Devices on HCC System Details Page</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>and click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page. If there are no devices added to the system, you can click <strong>Add Device </strong>below the descriptions of each service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="387" class="wp-image-2077" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 111" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1439" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111-768x335.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-22 Add Devices on HCC System Details Page (First Time Adding)</p>
<p>If you have added devices to the system before and want to add more, click Add Device next to Hand Over Now to add more devices before handing these over.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="35" class="wp-image-2078" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 112" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1440" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112.jpeg 354w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112-300x30.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></p>
<p>Devices to Be Handed Over (4)</p>
<p>DS-&#8216;</p>
<p>Device Serial No, •</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>îgî Remote Configuration EM Live View *►} Playback</p>
<p>îgî Remote Configuration EM Live View Playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="14" class="wp-image-2079" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-113.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 113" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1441"></p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: Network Camera</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>£gî Remote Configuration EM Live View **)• Playback</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-23 Add Devices on HCC System Details Page (Add More)</strong></p>
<p>Add Devices After You Finish On-Site Config</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark368"></a> After batch configuring devices via On-Site Config (refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details), click <strong>Add Device </strong>on the prompt window to enter the Add Device page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="392" class="wp-image-2080" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 114" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1442" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114-768x339.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-24 Prompt Window After Finishing On-Site Config</p>
<p>Device Status and Further Operations</p>
<p>After the devices are added via one of the above ways, you can click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>to hand over the devices right away to a customer along with the HCC system, or click <strong>Continue Adding Devices </strong>to add more. The added devices will be displayed on the details page of the HCC system below the service plan details.</p>
<p>Devices to Be Handed Over (4)</p>
<p><strong>Hand Over Now</strong></p>
<p>+ Add Device</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>DS-•</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Sgî Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>Device Serial No, •</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Remote Configuration E Live View Playback</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: Network Camera</p>
<p>Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Remote Configuration E Live View Playback</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-25 Device List of an HCC System</strong></p>
<p>If the system is not handed over to a customer, the devices will be in the &#8220;to be handed over&#8221; status, and you can perform operations such as remote device configuration, deleting devices, and editing the device names.</p>
<p>Once you have initiated a handover attempt, the status of the devices will be changed to &#8220;to be accepted&#8221;. For devices to be accepted, you can only view the device list and cannot perform any other operations.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark369"></a> The devices handed over successfully (i.e., accepted by your customer on HCC) will not be displayed on Hik-Partner Pro anymore. Those failed to be handed over will be shown on the page for you to check and notify your customer of the (partial) handover failure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="211" class="wp-image-2081" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 115" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1443" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115-300x107.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-26 Device(s) Failed to Be Handed Over</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark370"></a> Link with HCC Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can link with the self-registered users of HCC, or HCC users whose systems are created by other Hik-Partner Pro users, to add their HCC systems to your Hik-Partner Pro and offer value-added services for them.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>The self-registered HCC users can create an HCC system on their own and start using the video management service and/or on-boarding monitoring service of HCC on free service plans. However, if they want to use the alarm detection service, upgrade the free service plans to trial plans, or enjoy the service features without limitations, they need to link with installers like you to purchase/activate the services for them.</p>
<p>To complete the linking process, you can go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>, click <strong>Link with HikCentral Connect Account </strong>at the top, and enter the account information (i.e., email address) given by the self-registered users for you to send them the account linking request.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="418" class="wp-image-2082" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 116" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1444" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-27 Link with HikCentral Connect Account</p>
<p>After a linking request is approved, the HCC system whose system owner is this HCC account will be added to your HikCentral Connect system management page for you to manage, such as performing service plan upgrades and service activations.</p>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>An HCC account can only be linked with one installer at a time. If your customer has already linked with another installer, you can still send a linking request. After the request is approved, you can start managing your customer&#8217;s HCC system and the services already activated by the previous installer will not take up your service package inventory.</li>
<li>For linking with an HCC account (system) created by another installer, once your customer approves your linking request, the HCC system is deleted from the other installer&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account and added to yours.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark372"></a> Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you create an HCC system, you can hand it over to a customer together with the devices added to it. As a result, the customer becomes the system owner and is able to use the services of HCC (i.e., video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection service) to manage the corresponding devices and perform monitoring tasks. You can still monitor the HCC system on Hik- Partner Pro after the system handover.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark374"></a> Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>The systems added to Hik-Partner Pro via account linking do not support device adding and handover.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>.</li>
<li>Choose from the followings to start the handover process.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click _i in the Operation column of a system to be handed over.</li>
<li>Click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page. On the page, click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on the system details pane, or click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>next to <strong>Devices to Be Handed Over </strong>(if there are devices added to the system).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>on the success page after you add devices to an HCC system. For details about adding devices to an HCC system, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices to an HCCSystem</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>A window may pop up to remind you that you will not be able to add devices to the system after handing it over to your customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="358" class="wp-image-2083" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 117" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1445" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-28 Device Adding Reminder for System Handover</p>
<p>3. Optional: On the pop-up window, click OK to go to the device adding page to add devices, or click Cancel to proceed with the handover process.</p>
<p>4. On the Hand Over System pane, enter the email address, first name, and last name of your customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="886" class="wp-image-2084" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 118" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1446" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118.jpeg 605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118-205x300.jpeg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-29 Hand Over System</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The status of the system and the devices added to it (if any) will be changed to &#8220;to be accepted&#8221;. An email will be sent to your customer to provide them the account information. After successfully logging in to their system, your customer will receive another email notifying them of the device handover attempt.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Contact the customer to log in to the HCC system and accept the devices.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark375"></a> 15.5.7 HCC Authorization Code</p>
<p>You can access your customers&#8217; HCC systems using the authorization code created by them on HCC to provide them maintenance services within a set period of time.</p>
<p>03 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>If your customer needs maintenance services from you, they can create an authorization code on HCC for you to access their HCC system directly without the need to log in using their account name and password.</p>
<p>To do so, you can go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>, click <strong>HikCentral Connect Authorization Code </strong>at the top, and enter the authorization code given to you by your customer. To access their HCC system, confirm that the system information (system name and account information) displayed after you enter the code is correct and click <strong>Access HikCentral Connect</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="418" class="wp-image-2085" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 119" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1447" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-30 Enter HikCentral Connect Authorization Code</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark377"></a> 15.6 People Counting Service</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers people counting service to help your customers to resolve issues related to people flow control. After adding people counting cameras to specific Sites managed via this platform and activating this service for your customers, you can integrate people counting capabilities to of these cameras with the platform so as to monitor in real time the people densities of specific areas in these Sites. These cameras will count people entering, exiting, or passing by the areas, and analyze whether people densities of these areas reach the upper-limits.</p>
<p>This is useful for certain commercial and health protection scenarios, such as limiting the customer traffic of a shopping mall during the promotion period.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>People density here refers to the amount of people staying within a limited area at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark379"></a> Flow Chart for Setting People Counting Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting people counting service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="476" class="wp-image-2086" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 120" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1448" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120-187x300.jpeg 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-31 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-12 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add People Counting Cameras to a Site</td>
<td>Add people counting cameras (i.e., the cameras with people counting capability) to a specific Site. For details about adding devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate People Counting</p>
<p>Service for Channels</td>
<td>Activate people counting service for specific channels of the added people counting cameras. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Activate People</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Counting Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Group for People Counting</td>
<td>Add a group to define people counting rules, such as calculation mode and maximum allowed people in the area. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Add a Group for People Counting</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After complete the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer, so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Œ] Note</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover on the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, he/she will be able to access the people counting functionality of the people counting cameras via the Mobile Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark381"></a> Activate People Counting Service for Channels</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If the end user needs to use people counting related functionality on Hik-Connect, you should activate people counting service for channels of the people counting cameras first.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have added people counting cameras to the target site. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Device</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for device configuration. Or you should apply for the permissions first. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter its site details page, and the select <strong>People Counting </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>The people counting cameras will be displayed in the Device area.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &gt; to open the device panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>The channel(s) of the device will be displayed on the panel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to open the Activate People Counting Service window.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password of the admin account of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to activate people counting service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>15.6.3 Add a Group for People Counting</p>
<p>A people counting group refers to a group of people counting cameras mounted in a certain region.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark384"></a> A people counting group defines two elements, namely, the boarder of the region (i.e., the cameras added to the group) and the maximum amount of people allowed to stay in the region.</p>
<p>The cameras added to the group will detect the entering and exiting persons and at the same time calculate related data. In this way, the platform will be able to determine if the amount of persons staying in the region has reached the maximum allowed value, and meanwhile send related data to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which will display in real time the number of persons staying in the region and the remaining quota for entering the region.</p>
<p>This allows the end users to use Hik- Connect to remotely monitor the people density of the region and take corresponding measures in time. The function is useful in various scenarios in which people flow of a certain region requires to be limited. For example, assume that your customer is the manager of a supermarket, when a contact-transmission disease outbreaks, you can set the people counting cameras at the entrance and exit of the supermarket as a people counting group and enable it, thus allowing your customer to respond timely based on the data on Hik-Connect so as to lower the risk of infection for the customers in the supermarket.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have configuration permission for the people counting cameras. Or you should apply for the permissions first. For details about applying for permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong></a></li>
<li>Make sure you have enabled people counting service for channels. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>People Counting Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Make sure people counting settings (e.g., entering direction) has been configured on the camera. For details, see the user manual of the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>See <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em> for details about how to view related people counting data on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter its site details page, and the select <strong>People Counting </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Group </strong>to open the Add Group panel.</li>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Group Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a name for the people counting group.</p>
<p>For example, if you need to count the customer flow in the first floor of a shopping mall, you can name the group as &#8220;1st Floor&#8221;.</p>
<p><strong>Select Channel</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Add </strong>and then select channel(s) to add the selected one(s) to the group.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only the channel(s) that have been enabled the people counting service can be selected.</li>
<li>Up to 16 channels can be added to one people counting group.</li>
<li>You can add a channel to up to 16 people counting groups.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Calculation Mode</strong></p>
<p>Set the calculation mode for each selected channel.</p>
<p><strong>Standard</strong></p>
<p>Count the amount of the people entered detected by the camera as the amount of people entering the region and count exited as exiting the region. Select this mode when the direction of entering configured on the camera is the same with the actual entering direction.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>See the picture below for reference, in which the blue arrows represent the actual entering and exiting direction of the people, while the red arrows represent the entering direction configured on the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Reverse</strong></p>
<p>Count the amount of people entered detected by the camera as the amount of people exiting the region and count exited as entering the region. Select this mode when the direction of entering configured on the camera is opposite to the actual calculation direction.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>See the picture below for reference, in which the blue arrows represent the actual entering and exiting direction of the people, while the red arrows represent the entering direction configured on the camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="456" class="wp-image-2087" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 121" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1449" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-32 Calculation Mode</p>
<p><strong>Max. People Allowed</strong></p>
<p>Define the maximum amount of people (range: 1 to 100,000) allowed to stay in a specific region at the same time.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Max. People Reached</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, an alarm notification will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if <strong>Max. People Allowed </strong>is reached.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik- Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik-Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The people counting group will be displayed on the <strong>People Counting </strong>tab and it is enabled by default. And the end user will be able to view corresponding people counting data on Hik- Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>0® Note</strong></p>
<p>You can add up to 16 people counting groups to a site.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Group </strong>Hover the cursor onto • • • and then click to edit the group.</p>
<p><strong>Delete Group </strong>Hover the cursor onto • • • and then click © to delete the group.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If you delete a people counting group, the corresponding people counting functionality will also be deleted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disable a</strong></p>
<p><strong>Specific Group</strong></td>
<td>Set ^2) to CW to disable the group.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;•Note</strong></p>
<p>If you disable the group, the people counting related functionality on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unavailable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Batch Enable/</strong></p>
<p><strong>Disable</strong></p>
<p><strong>Groups</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Enable All </strong>or <strong>Disable All </strong>to enable or disable all groups respectively.</p>
<p><strong>CSjNote</strong></p>
<p>If you disable the group, the people counting related functionality on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unavailable.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark385"></a> 15.7 Temperature Screening Service</p>
<p>Temperature Screening service provides contact-less skin-surface temperature measurement and facial mask detection in real time. You can activate this service for your customers, such as the manager of a retail store or the administrator of a school campus, so that they can view the screening results on their mobile phone via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The service is only available in some countries and regions.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark387"></a> Flow Chart for Setting Temperature Screening Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark389"></a> The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting temperature screening service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="384" class="wp-image-2088" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 122" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1450" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122-231x300.jpeg 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-33 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-13 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Temperature Screening Devices to a Site</td>
<td>Add temperature screening devices (i.e., the devices with temperature screening capability) to a specific Site. For details about adding devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Temperature</p>
<p>Screening Service to Channels</td>
<td>Activate temperature screening service to specific channels of the added temperature screening devices. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark392"><strong><em>Activate Temperature Screening Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After complete the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer, so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover on the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, he/she will be able to access the temperature screening functionality of the temperature screening devices via the Mobile Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark390"></a> Activate Temperature Screening Service for Channels</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark392"></a> If you have added devices that support temperature screening to the platform, you need to activate temperature screening service for the channels of these devices and then set temperature screening parameters for each channel. After that, the temperature screening functionality of these devices will be available and the Site Owner will be able to view the skin-surface temperature of the persons appeared in the live view of the channels on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Optimally, you can also enable the channels to push abnormal temperature alarm to Hik- Connect, upload captured pictures of the person whose temperature is abnormal to Hik-Connect, detect if the persons wear masks, and upload the no-mask alarm to Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added devices that support temperature screening to the target Site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Temperature screening related functionality are not available in some countries and regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a Site to enter its site details page, and then select <strong>Temperature Screening </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Only the devices that support temperature screening will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &gt; to open the channel panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>The channel(s) of the device will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to open the Activate Temperature Screening Service window.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password of the admin account of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to activate temperature screening service for the channel.</li>
<li>Set temperature screening parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Settings </strong>to set the temperature screening parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Temperature Threshold</strong></p>
<p>For the channel of a temperature screening camera, set a temperature as the threshold for triggering abnormal temperature alarm if the detected skin-surface temperature is higher than the threshold.</p>
<p>For the channel of a face recognition terminal, define a temperature range as the range of normal skin-surface temperatures. An abnormal temperature alarm will be triggered if the detected skin-surface temperature is NOT within the range.</p>
<p><strong>Mask Detection</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening device will detect if the persons wear masks.</p>
<p><strong>Store Temperature Screening Information</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening information will be uploaded to the Hik-Partner Pro platform.</p>
<p>If disabled, the platform and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unable to receive temperature screening information from temperature screening devices, including abnormal temperature alarm, normal temperature records, no-mask alarm, as well as the captured face pictures of the persons with abnormal skin-surface temperature.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Abnormal Temp. Detected</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, abnormal temperature alarms will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if abnormal skin-surface temperatures are detected.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik- Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<p><strong>Save Normal Temperature Records</strong></p>
<p>Save normal temperature records on the Hik-Partner Pro platform.</p>
<p><strong>Upload Captured Pictures</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening device will capture the face picture of the person whose skin-surface temperature is abnormal and upload the captured picture to the platform.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will be unable to view the captured picture on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Wearing No Mask Detected</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, if a person who wears no mask is detected, an alarm about it will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>nS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik- Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disable Temperature Screening Functionality of a Specific Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Disable Temperature Screening</strong></td>
<td>Set ^3 to CW to disable the temperature screening functionality of the device.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will NOT be able to use the temperature screening functionality of the device on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Disable All </strong>to disable all temperature screening functionality of all devices.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Functionality of All</strong></p>
<p><strong>Devices</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will NOT be able to use the temperature screening functionality of these devices on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark393"></a> .8 Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) Service</li>
</ol>
<p>Alarm Receiving Centers (ARC) is a facility that receives and responds to alarms from systems of companies, schools, factories, etc., for the security purpose. It is made up of a specially trained team who can react quickly when an alarm occurs. Hik-Partner Pro offers multiple ARCs, which can provide 24/7 remote alarm receiving service for customers.</p>
<p>If your company is a professional ARC, you can add your company to the Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) list. After that, all the other Hik-Partner Pro users can be your potential customers. They can select your company as the ARC for their customers. This can promote the brand awareness of your company and provide great possibility for your company to expand business.</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of how an installer can enable the ARC service for the installer&#8217;s customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="451" class="wp-image-2089" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 123" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1451" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123-768x390.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-34 Overall Process of Enabling ARC Service</p>
<p>In the diagram:</p>
<ul>
<li>HPC represents Hik-Partner Pro and HC represents Hik-Connect.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark395"></a> &#8220;Joined as&#8221; indicates that a Hik-Partner Pro user has been authenticated as a user who runs/ manages a professional ARC. Once authenticated, this ARC will be listed in the ARC list of Hik- Partner Pro. For details about how to apply for &#8220;joining as ARC&#8221;, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Add Your Company to the</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>ARC List</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For more information about the five procedures (marked with red digits in the diagram), see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"><strong><em>Enable ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>AX PRO represents the AX PRO security control panel. Here we take this device as a example.</li>
</ul>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>ARC service is only supported by the devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The supported device types include the camera and NVR manufactured by Hikvision, and AX PRO/Hub/Hybrid security control panel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark396"></a> Add Your Company to the ARC List</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add your company to the Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) list to enable your company to provide alarm receiving services to other Hik-Partner Pro users. After adding your company to the ARC list, all the Hik-Partner Pro users can view the company information and determine whether to connect the encoding devices and/or alarm devices managed by them to the ARC of your company. This can greatly increase brand awareness of your company and bring more customers to you.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the type of your company is ARC. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>. If the type of your company is not ARC, you will be reminded of changing the type to ARC first on the page of joining as ARC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for managing company information. If you do not have the permission, contact the Installer Admin.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Find the entry ofjoining as ARC.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>There are three entries.</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page, select a site from the list, select the <strong>ARC Service </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Join as ARC </strong>in the upper-right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="133" class="wp-image-2090" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 124" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1452" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124-300x45.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124-768x115.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-35 The First Entry</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark398"></a> &#8211; Go to the Customer Site page, select a site from the list, select the ARC Service tab, click Select ARC to open the Select ARC for Authorization panel, and then click Join as ARC.</p>
<p>Select ARC for Authorization</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="824" height="59" class="wp-image-2091" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 125" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1453" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125.jpeg 824w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125-300x21.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125-768x55.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 824px) 100vw, 824px" /></p>
<p><sup>J</sup> your company is an Alarm Receiving Center (ARC}, you can apply for providing alarm monitoring services for other users. After the application is approved, your company information will be displayed on the ARC list in the ARC Service module of Hik-Partner Pro. All Hik-Partner Pro users can view the information and determine whether to connect the encoding devices and/or alarm devices managed by them to the ARC of your company Join as ARC</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-36 The Second Entry</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>to enter the company information page, click <strong>Apply Now </strong>in the Add Your Company to ARC List area.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="103" class="wp-image-2092" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 126" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1454" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126-768x89.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-37 The Third Entry</p>
<p>You will enter the introduction page of applying for ARC and can read the detailed steps about how to apply for ARC.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="446" class="wp-image-2093" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 127" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1455" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127-768x387.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-38 The Introduction Page of Applying for ARC</p>
<ol>
<li>If your company has not been authenticated, click <strong>Company Authentication ^ Authenticate Now </strong>to authenticate your company.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2094" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-128.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 128" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1456"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>If your company has been authenticated, click <strong>Apply Now </strong>to enter the following page.</li>
</ol>
<p>Apply for Adding Your Company to ARC List</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="224" height="206" class="wp-image-2095" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-129.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 129" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1457"></p>
<p>Complete Required Information ô</p>
<p><strong>• Company Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Receive the ARC ID (API Key) and ARC Key (API Secret) and</strong></p>
<p><strong>I Email</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; Country/Region</strong></p>
<p><strong>configurations.</strong></p>
<p><strong>located.</strong></p>
<p><strong>3 Connect a device to</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; Service Available For</strong></p>
<p><strong>upload the evidence that your ARC</strong></p>
<p>applying results, to the email aadress.</p>
<p><strong>alarms from the</strong></p>
<p><strong>application quickly, if incorrect information is entered, your application</strong></p>
<p><strong>the application.</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; State/Province/Region</strong></p>
<p><strong>Phone Number</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-39 Fill In Information</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter or edit the required company information such as the email address.</li>
<li>Read <strong>Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>carefully and check <strong>Agree to Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>in the down-right corner.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Application</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="400" class="wp-image-2096" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 130" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1458" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130-768x346.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-40 ARC ID &amp; Key Sent</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You will receive an email containing the ARC ID (API Key) and ARC Key (API Secret). If receiving failed, you can click <strong>Resend </strong>to resend the ARC ID and ARC Key to your email address. Then, you can complete the ARC ID and ARC Key configuration on your ARC software (software used by your company for receiving alarms) or Hik IP Receiver Pro. If you have any questions about the ARC ID and ARC Key configuration, refer to <strong>Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>and find the email for getting help.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>ARC ID &amp; Key Config Completed </strong>to enter the next page.</li>
<li>Authorize a device, and then upload the evidence (up to 2 pictures) that your ARC software can receive alarms from the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="457" class="wp-image-2097" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 131" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1459" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131-768x396.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-41 Authorize Device &amp; Upload Evidence</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click the pictures on the right side to view the examples. Also, you can refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"> <strong><em>Enable</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"><strong><em>ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details about authorizing devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm </strong>to enter the application approval page.</li>
</ol>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Wait for the approval of your application. If the application is approved, your company information (e.g., brand logo) will be displayed on the ARC list. If the approval failed (e.g., you have entered the wrong company information), you should click <strong>Edit ARC Info </strong>to edit your ARC information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark399"></a> 15.8.2 Enable ARC Service for Devices</p>
<p>You can authorize a site to an ARC, and then enable the ARC service for devices on the site to allow the staff of the ARC to receive events from the devices, respond to the events, and send out emergency dispatches (if needed) around the clock.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>ARC service is only supported by the devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The supported device types include camera (except solar camera) and NVR manufactured by Hikvision, and AX PRO/Hub/Hybrid security control panel.</li>
<li>The ARC service is not available in all countries or regions.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Site list page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Go to <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Customer Site </strong>(if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select a Site to enter the site details page, and then select <strong>ARC Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Select ARC </strong>to display the Select ARC for Authorization pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>On the pane, you can view the details of each ARC, including the company name, logo, country/ region, location, contacts, and official website.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click the official website of the ARC to view more information about it.</li>
<li>Select an ARC, and click <strong>Authorize</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The device(s) available for enabling the ARC service will be displayed, and an email will be sent to the ARC&#8217;s <strong>Email Address for Receiving Notification </strong>to notify them, with the user account, device serial No., device model, and your company information.</p>
<p>HE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The ARC service is only supported by Hikvision encoding devices and AX security control panel (including AX PRO, AX Hub, and AX Hybrid) added by Hik-Connect (P2P).</p>
<ol>
<li>Switch on to enable the ARC service for a specific device.</li>
</ol>
<p>The events detected by the device and the device exceptions will be sent to the ARC.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you have enabled the ARC service for an AX device in the previous step and the device is accessed to the ARC via Hik IP Receiver Pro, click the device in the device list to open the configuration pane, and then set the way to connect the device to Hik IP Receiver Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p>HO <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Hik IP Receiver Pro functions as the medium for transmitting alarms and alarm-related videos from the device to the ARC.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark401"></a> You need to acquire <strong>Configuration </strong>permission before you can configure the device.</li>
<li>You might need to verify the Installer account of the device to modify this parameter.</li>
<li>If the device is armed, disarm it first.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Ways to Connect to Hik IP Receiver Pro</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connect Directly or by Hik-Partner Pro Server</strong></p>
<p>When the two types of connection are both available, direct connection will be used in priority, i.e., the device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro directly. When direct connection is abnormal, the device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro by Hik-Partner Pro server. If direct connection is restored, the way will automatically switch back to direct connection.</p>
<p>Such a mechanism ensures the stability of data transmission from the device to the ARC.</p>
<p><strong>Connect by Hik-Partner Pro Server</strong></p>
<p>The device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro byHik-Partner Pro server constantly.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The stability of data transmission is lower if compared with <strong>Connect Directly or by Hik- ProConnect Server</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Deauthorize </strong>to deauthorize the ARC.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After you deauthorize the ARC, the ARC service for all devices on the Site will be automatically disabled.</li>
<li>Once you deauthorize the ARC, an email will be sent to the ARC&#8217;s <strong>Email Address for Receiving Notification </strong>to notify them, with the user account, device serial No., device model, and your company information.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark402"></a> 15.9 HikCentral ReGuard Service</p>
<p>HikCentral ReGuard (hereinafter referred to as HCRG) services are the value-added services offered by the HCRG. HCRG provides a security management solution that helps its users (i.e., service providers) with alarm receiving and handling.</p>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The HCRG services are not supported in some countries/regions. For details about the supported countries/regions, contact the local distributors or after-sales.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark404"></a> HCRG-related features are only supported on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>The HCRG user (usually the Remote Monitoring Center, or RMC, who provides the alarm receiving and handling services) registers and becomes a Hik-Partner Pro user to purchase HCRG services and generate an HCRG key on Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>The HCRG user logs in to HCRG to activate the HCRG services by using the key.</li>
<li>After activation, the HCRG user can create work orders on HCRG, and assign the work orders to an installation company on Hik-Partner Pro by entering the Installer Admin account of the company.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>EH] Note</strong></p>
<p>All installers with the Manage Assigned Site permission in the company will receive the work order notifications, and those who are to handle the work orders will go to the sites to install the devices according to the address and customer information on the work orders.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="424" class="wp-image-2098" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 132" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1460" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132-768x365.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-42 How HCRG Services Are Used</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark405"></a> Purchase HikCentral ReGuard Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the service market, you can purchase HCRG services by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have completed account authentication before you can purchase HCRG services.</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>■Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark407"></a> Online purchase is currently not supported.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the service purchase page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="227" class="wp-image-2099" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 133" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1461" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133-768x197.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-43 HCRG Services in Service Market</p>
<p>&#8211; Go to Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="409" class="wp-image-2100" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 134" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1462" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134-768x355.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-44 The Second Entry</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Purchase by Service Key</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the service key purchased from local distributors offline.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Generate an HCRG key for activating the HCRG system. See details in<a href="#post-1966-bookmark410"> <strong><em>Generate HikCentral ReGuard</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark410"><strong><em>Key</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark408"></a> 15.9.2 Generate HikCentral ReGuard Key</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark410"></a> After HCRG services are purchased by service key, you can generate an HCRG key for activating the HCRG system. The generated key will be sent to the email address of the Installer Admin and is also displayed in My Service. HCRG users can log in to HCRG with the key to activate the HCRG system.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have purchased HCRG services by service key. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark407"><strong><em>Purchase HikCentral</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark407"><strong><em>ReGuard Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="151" class="wp-image-2101" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 135" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1463" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135-768x130.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-45 HikCentral ReGuard Service</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate HCRG Key</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated HCRG key is displayed and automatically sent to the email address of the Installer Admin. You can click © / to hide/display the generated HCRG key.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Log in to HCRG with the key to activate the HCRG system. See details in <em>HikCentral ReGuard Web Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Manage HikCentral ReGuard services. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark413"><strong><em>Manage HikCentral ReGuard Services</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark411"></a> 15.9.3 Manage HikCentral ReGuard Services</p>
<p>After purchasing and activating HCRG services, you can monitor the real-time status of HCRG services on Hik-Partner Pro, including the total number of valid workstations, the number of valid additional services, the number of services expiring within 30 days, and the number of expired services.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Basic Services (1 Workstation/</p>
<p>Year)</td>
<td>You can view the total number of valid workstations and their detailed information, including the person who obtains the workstations, the number of workstations obtained by the person, and the validity period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Additional Services</td>
<td>You can view the total number of valid additional services and for each service, you can view the validity period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark413"></a> Service Filtering</td>
<td>You can view the total number of services expiring within 30 days and total number of expired services.</p>
<p>By selecting the service type (<strong>All Services</strong>, <strong>Workstation</strong>, <strong>Visualized Alarm</strong>, <strong>Virtual Guard</strong>, <strong>Work Order</strong>, or <strong>Operational Enhancement</strong>) and service status (<strong>All Statuses</strong>, <strong>Expires in 30</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Days</strong>, <strong>Expired</strong>, or <strong>Not Expired</strong>), you can filter the service information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark414"></a> 15.10 Co-Branding</p>
<p>This feature helps improve the visibility of your brand, products, and services. It allows your customers to view some basic information of your company via Hik-Connect Mobile Client. You can purchase and enable this service as needed.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can get the co-branding service for free after purchasing the annual type of health monitoring packages (including All Device Annual Package and Network Camera Annual Package) for the first time. For details about how to purchase health monitoring packages, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark416"></a> 15.10.1 Purchase Co-Branding</p>
<p>In the service market, you can either purchase co-branding service packages online or activate them by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you get your company authenticated. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</li>
<li>Purchasing co-branding services online is supported only in some countries/areas. Contact a local distributor for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ Company Management </strong>. In the Co-Branding area, purchase the service packages online or activate the services by service keys.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="272" class="wp-image-2102" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 136" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136-768x236.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-46 Company Management</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Online Purchase</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Online Purchase</strong>.</li>
<li>Specify the amount which determines the validity period, enter your VAT number, and select the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and complete your payment.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate by Service Key</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>if your country/region supports activating services by service keys and you have purchased a service key from a distributor.</li>
<li>Enter the service key.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark418"></a> 15.10.2 Enable Co-Branding</p>
<p>If you enable the co-branding service, your customers (i.e., the end user) will be able to view your company information, such as company logo, address, and phone number, on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>LT Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the co-branding service for free after authenticating your account and adding 3</li>
</ul>
<p>devices via P2P. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="61" class="wp-image-2103" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-137.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 137" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1465"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-47 Entrance for Getting Free Co-Branding</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A window with notification about getting the co-branding service for free will pop up when your co-branding service expires in 2 months.</li>
<li>You can choose to or not to upload your company logo. If no company logo is uploaded, your company name, instead of your company logo, will be displayed on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Company Management ^ Co-Branding </strong>. Switch on <strong>Service Status</strong>, and then hover the cursor onto the Logo area to show the <strong>Edit </strong>button. And finally click <strong>Edit </strong>to upload your company logo. After you edit the logo, the latest logo will be updated to the Company Information page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="473" class="wp-image-2104" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 138" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-48 How Your Company Logo Will Be Shown to Your Customers</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To ensure the co-branding service works on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, please ask your customers to update the Mobile Client to the required version (V 4.15.0 or later if the company logo is uploaded and V 4.26.0 or later if the company logo is not uploaded). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them for downloading the Mobile Client.</li>
<li>If all the devices of your customer are managed by the same installation company, the installation company&#8217;s logo will be displayed on the login page and About page of your customer&#8217;s Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>If your customer&#8217;s devices are managed by different installation companies, your customer can go to the device details page on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to view the companies&#8217; logo and details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark420"></a> Tools</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides tools, such as disk calculator and NVR channel calculator, to help you improve your work efficiency.</p>
<p>On the Hik-Partner Pro page, click <strong>Tools </strong>on the left pane to enter your tools page.</p>
<p>Batch Configuration</p>
<p>The tool is used to batch configure devices on LAN.</p>
<p>See <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p>Batch Upgrade</p>
<p>The tool is used to detect whether the firmware of devices on LAN need to be upgraded and batch upgrade the firmware of the devices.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Search for Important Firmware Update</p>
<p>The tool is used to check whether the firmware of your device needs to be updated and download the relevant firmware package for the update.</p>
<p>Disk Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the recording time and recording space by setting related parameters.</p>
<p>NVR Channel Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the number of network cameras that can be connected to the NVR by setting the related parameters.</p>
<p>Focal Length Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate focal length and object distance by setting related parameters such as sensor size. You can view the recommended data by the tool.</p>
<p>Bandwidth Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the required bandwidth of a network camera or NVR by setting parameters such as channel number and resolution.</p>
<p>Maintenance Quotation</p>
<p>The tool is used to create quotations for after-sales maintenance, which can help installers standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand business.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark422"></a> See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark240"> <strong><em>Create a Maintenance Quotation</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark423"></a> Rewards Store</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides a reward point system to reward your trust and support. By completing specific tasks (e.g., check-in), you can get the reward points redeemable for lots of gifts (e.g., certain value-added services) in the Rewards Store.</p>
<p>CH] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The reward point system is only supported in some countries/regions.</li>
<li>For some countries/regions, the reward points are available only when you have your company authenticated. For details about company authentication, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter the Rewards Store page.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Check In to Earn Points</strong>/<strong>My Points </strong>in the upper-right corner to enter the Rewards Store.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Incentive ^ Rewards Store </strong>to enter the Rewards Store.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="190" class="wp-image-2105" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 139" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1467" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139-300x64.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139-768x165.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 17-1 How to Enter the Rewards Store Page</strong></p>
<p>For the Installer Admin and Installers, the information displayed on the Rewards Store page varies. The Installer Admin can view more information and perform more operations. See the table below for details.</p>
<p>Table 17-1 Available Information/Operations for the Installer Admin / Installers</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Information/Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer Admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total Points Available</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View company total points.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View personal total points.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Points History</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View and filter points earned by each staff member.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View and filter points earned by the Installer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Point Rules</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark425"></a> Check-In Records</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Records of all staff member are available.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Only the Installer&#8217;s own records are available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Information/Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer Admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tier Information</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device to Earn More Points</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View the Task List and Do Tasks</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The task types include inviting friends (by sharing the OR code, invitation code, or invitation link), answering questions, browsing/liking news and how-to articles, inviting staff members, scanning SN codes, and adding devices.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Installers can perform some of the tasks available for Installer Admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Redeem Points for Gifts</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View My Gifts</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lucky Draw</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Only supported in some countries/regions.</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>îl Note</p>
<ul>
<li>Distributors can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Gifts Verify </strong>to verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</li>
<li>After user upgrading, if your original account and Hik-ePartner account are merged to one OneHikID account, the points in the two accounts will add up.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="404" class="wp-image-2106" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 140" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1468" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140-768x348.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 17-2 Rewards Store Page for Installer Admin</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="405" class="wp-image-2107" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 141" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1469" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141-768x348.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p>Figure 17-3 Rewards Store Page for Installers</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark426"></a> Chapter 18 Rebate</p>
<p>For authenticated channel partners, they can view the rebates they earn from successfully promoting services (i.e., health monitoring service and cloud storage service) of Hik-Partner Pro to their customers, including installers and secondary distributors. Here we will introduce the process and the calculation method of earning rebates.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Generate Authentication Code</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For some countries or regions, authenticated channel partners can generate authentication codes for installers and secondary distributors to complete the company authentications on Hik-Partner Pro, and then they can have chances to earn rebates.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Contact the local Hikvision branch for details about whether the country or region supports generating authentication codes on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Authentication Code </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="216" class="wp-image-2108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 142" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1470" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142-300x73.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142-768x187.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-1 Generate Authentication Code</p>
<p>Generate an Authentication Code</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="353" class="wp-image-2109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 143" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1471" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-2 Generate an Authentication Code</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate </strong>to open the Generate an Authentication Code window.</li>
<li>Enter the information about account (email address or company ID) and select the country/ region of the installer or secondary distributor for whom you generate the authentication code.</li>
<li>Check <strong>You promise that you have checked the qualification of installer for generating authentication codes. </strong>and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated authentication code will be displayed on the Authentication Code page.</p>
<p>Batch Generate Authentication Codes</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="225" class="wp-image-2110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 144" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144-300x114.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-3 Batch Generate Authentication Codes</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Generate </strong>to open the Batch Generate Authentication Codes window.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Download </strong>to download the template and fill in the information about accounts of the installer or secondary distributor for whom you generate authentication codes.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload </strong>to upload the filled-in template file.</li>
<li>Select the country/region for the accounts you uploaded.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>You can only batch generate authentication codes for accounts in the same country or region each time.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>You promise that you have checked the qualification of installer for generating authentication codes. </strong>and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated authentication codes will be listed on the Authentication Code page.</p>
<p>Export Authentication Codes</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export Authentication Codes </strong>to export the generated authentication codes and send to the installer or secondary distributor.</p>
<p>You can also check <strong>Show Unused Authentication Codes Only </strong>to export the authentication codes that are not used.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark429"></a> 18.2 The Process of Earning Rebates</p>
<p>The process of earning rebates varies basing on whether the country or region supports generating the authentication codes.</p>
<p>Process for Countries and Regions Which Support Generating Authentication Codes</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Contact the local Hikvision branch for details about whether the country or region supports generating authentication codes on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner introduces and promotes services to an installer or secondary distributor when selling Hikvision devices.</li>
<li>The authenticated channel partner goes to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Authentication Code </strong>on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal and generates an authentication code for the installer or secondary distributor.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CWNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about generating authentication codes, refer to <strong><em>Generate Authentication Code</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>The installer or secondary distributor authenticates their company by entering authentication codes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to authenticate the company, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark431"></a> The installer or secondary distributor activates services for devices via Hik-Partner Pro after their company authentication is completed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate services for devices, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hik-Partner Pro calculates monthly rebate amount based on resources with service(s) activated in the last month for the authenticated channel partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>LU Note</strong></p>
<p>If a service has been activated for a resource before, the resource will NOT be included in statistics. The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules. And for more details, refer to <strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner gets the rebate amount in the form of a credit note.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details </strong>to view the information about the rebates they earned. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"> <strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Process for Other Counties and Regions</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner introduces and promotes services to an installer or secondary distributor when selling Hikvision devices.</li>
<li>The installer or secondary distributor activates services for devices via Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p>HS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate services for devices, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hik-Partner Pro calculates monthly rebate amount based on resources with service(s) activated in the last month for the authenticated channel partner.</li>
</ol>
<p>US <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If a service has been activated for a resource before, the resource will NOT be included in statistics. The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules. Refer to <strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong> for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner gets the rebate amount in the form of a credit note.</li>
</ol>
<p>US <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details </strong>to view the information about the rebates they earned. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"> <strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark432"></a> 18.3 The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</p>
<p>Here we introduce the four elements that determine the rebate amount, and the formula for calculating the rebate amount.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules.</p>
<p>Elements that Determine the Rebate Amount</p>
<p>Four elements determine the earned rebate amount, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>Number of Resources Contributed to Rebates</li>
<li>Unit Price</li>
<li>Rebate Rate</li>
<li>Calculation Type</li>
</ul>
<p>Table 18-1 Element Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Element</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Number of Resources</p>
<p>Contributed to Rebates</td>
<td>The number of resources which have contributed to rebates.</p>
<p>To be a resource contributed to rebates, 1) it should belong to an authenticated channel partner; 2) it should have been added to Hik-Partner Pro and the health monitoring service or cloud storage service should have been activated for it.</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For the health monitoring service, &#8220;resource&#8221; refers to devices.</li>
<li>For the cloud storage service, &#8220;resource&#8221; refers to the channels linked to Hik-ProConnect box.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Unit Price</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>For the health monitoring service, the unit price refers to the monthly service fee per device.</li>
<li>For the cloud storage service, the unit price refers to the monthly service fee per channel.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For example, assume that a customer spent 288 US dollars to purchase a 7-Day Annual Package (a type of cloud storage service package; the &#8220;7-Day&#8221; means the videos uploaded to the cloud will be retained for 7 days; the &#8220;Annual&#8221; means the service lasts for 12 months) and activated it for two channels, the unit price in this case would be the result of 288/2/12, that is, 12 dollars.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Element</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rebate Rate</td>
<td>Fixed rebate rate or tiered rebate rate, depending on the marketing strategy for the country or region.</p>
<p>For the tiered rebate rate, the authenticated channel partner can get a higher rebate rate when the number of resources with service activated reaches a certain threshold.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Calculation Type</td>
<td>One of two calculation types is used for calculating the rebate amount, that is, <strong>Combined </strong>or <strong>Separated</strong>, depending on the marketing strategy for the country or region.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Combined</strong>:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For calculating the rebate amount related to the health monitoring service, the rebate rate(s) for different device types are the same, be it fixed or tiered rebate rate.</p>
<p>° For calculating the rebate amount related to the cloud storage service, the rebate rate for different types of service packages are the same, be it fixed or tiered rebate rate.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Separated</strong>:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For calculating rebate amount related to the health monitoring service, the rebate rate for network cameras and other device types can be different. Other device types include the NVR/DVR, security control device, access control device, video intercom device, etc.</p>
<p>° For calculating rebates related to the cloud storage service, the rebate rate for different types of service packages can be different.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Formula for Calculating the Rebate Amount</p>
<p>The formula for calculating rebate amount is shown below:</p>
<p>Number of New Resources Contributed to Rebates in Current Month x Unit Price x Rebate Rate = Rebate Amount for Current Month</p>
<p><strong>LUilNote</strong></p>
<p>The platform will calculate the rebate amount of the previous month on the 1st day (fixed) of each month.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>Calculate the Rebate Amount of the Current Month</p>
<p>Assume that in the current month:</p>
<ul>
<li>Customer A purchased a 7-day annual package (price: 288 US dollars) and activated it for 8 channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box; Customer B purchased a 30-day annual package (price: 600 US dollars) and activated it for 4 channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box.</li>
<li>The Calculation Type used in the country or region is <strong>Separated</strong>.</li>
<li>Tiered rebate rate is used for calculation in the country or region:</li>
<li>First Tier: a rebate rate of 10% for the first 4 channels activated with the 7-day annual package; a rebate rate of 20% for the first 2 channels activated with the 30-day annual package.</li>
<li>Second Tier: a rebate rate of 30% for all other channels activated with the 7-day annual package; a rebate rate of 40% for all other channels activated with 30-day annual package. In this case, for the 7-day annual package, the unit price would be: (288/12)/8 = 3 US dollars; For 30-day annual package, (600/12)/4 = 12.5 US dollars, so we can calculate the rebate amount as: 4 x 3 x 10% +4 x 3 x 30% + 2 x 12.5 x 20% + 2 x 12.5 x 40% = 19.8 US dollars.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark434"></a> View Rebate Details</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After authenticated channel partners promote the health monitoring service or cloud storage service to their customers (i.e., installers and secondary distributors), if customers activate two services for devices added to Hik-Partner Pro or channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box, authenticated channel partners will earn a certain rebate amount and they can view the details of their rebates.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the rebates of the current month after the calculation day of the next month. For example, if the calculation day of the month is set to 15th, you can view the rebates of July on 16th, August.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details ^ Health Monitoring Related/Cloud Storage Related </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="144" class="wp-image-2111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 145" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1473" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145-300x48.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145-768x124.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-4 Rebate Details</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark436"></a> Select <strong>By Month </strong>or <strong>By Quarter </strong>from the drop-down list on the top left, select a corresponding period, and click <strong>Search </strong>to search for rebate related data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark437"></a> View Bill of Sale</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Authenticated channel partners can filter their bills of sale to check the information related to the devices sold to customers (i.e., installers or secondary distributors). The information includes the device serial No., device model, purchaser name, and purchaser type. By setting the purchaser type to <strong>Secondary Distributor</strong>, authenticated channel partners can transfer rebates related to specific devices to the secondary distributors.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Bill of Sale </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="245" class="wp-image-2112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 146" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1474" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146-768x212.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-5 Bill of Sale Page</p>
<p><strong>LUJNote</strong></p>
<p>If the bill of sale is uploaded before the calculation day, the related rebates will be credited to the amount of the previous month. If the bill of sale is uploaded on or after the calculation day, the related rebates will be credited to the current month.</p>
<p>Filter Bills of Sale</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter a device serial No. or purchaser name to filter.</li>
<li>Set one of the following conditions to filter.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Display All</strong></p>
<p>All bills of sale will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Display Secondary Distributor Only</strong></p>
<p>Only the devices purchased by secondary distributors will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Display Installer Only</strong></p>
<p>Only the devices purchased by installers will be displayed.</p>
<p>Export Bills of Sale</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark439"></a> Click <strong>Export Bill of Sale </strong>and select <strong>Export All Bills of Sale </strong>or <strong>Export Filtered Bills of Sale </strong>to export the data as needed.</p>
<p>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates</p>
<p>If the purchaser of specific devices is a secondary distributor, the authenticated channel partner can transfer the ownership of future rebates related to these devices to the secondary distributor. Once the ownership is transferred, the previously calculated rebates are still owned by the Authenticated channel partner, the secondary distributor starts owning rebates related to these devices from the next month.</p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can transfer the ownership in the following three methods.</p>
<p><strong>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to a Device to a Secondary Distributor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, select a device and click <em>£_</em> in the Operation column.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="249" class="wp-image-2113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 147" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1475" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-6 Transfer Rebates</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the purchaser name.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>as the purchaser type.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Batch Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to Multiple Devices to a Secondary Distributor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, select all devices and click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the purchaser name.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>as the purchaser type.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to Multiple Devices to Multiple Secondary Distributors</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, click <strong>Upload Bill of Sale</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="185" class="wp-image-2114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 148" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1476" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148-300x94.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-7 Upload Bill of Sale</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>and fill the required information (e.g., fill <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>in the Purchaser Type column) in the template.</li>
<li>Click on the Upload Bill of Sale window to upload the filled-in template file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<ol>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-2"><strong>LUJNote</strong>• It is highly recommended to encrypt the device QR code for security reasons.
<p>• Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</p>
<p>• For AX Pro, after adding an AX Pro to Hik-Partner Pro, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; these accounts will be deleted after the Installer deletes the AX Pro from Hik-Partner Pro. If you edit an Installer&#8217;s login password, the password for logging in to the AX Pro by this account will also change. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-2">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-3">After authorizing a site with AX Pro to an Installer, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; besides, the account with the permission of managing all sites will also become the account of the AX Pro. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-3">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-4">□S <strong>Note</strong>• Up to 16 live view windows are supported. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-4">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-5"><a id="post-1966-bookmark0"></a> If Image and Video Encryption has been enabled for the device on the Hik-Connect mobile client, you are required to enter the device verification code before starting live view. If you don&#8217;t know <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-5">↑</a></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
